US20230338702A1 - Nested rigidizing devices - Google Patents
Nested rigidizing devices Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230338702A1 US20230338702A1 US18/343,561 US202318343561A US2023338702A1 US 20230338702 A1 US20230338702 A1 US 20230338702A1 US 202318343561 A US202318343561 A US 202318343561A US 2023338702 A1 US2023338702 A1 US 2023338702A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- rigidizing
- layer
- rigidizing device
- pressure
- braid
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 674
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 118
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 69
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 51
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 49
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 45
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 36
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 33
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 30
- 210000004115 mitral valve Anatomy 0.000 description 30
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 23
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 22
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 19
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000007459 endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography Methods 0.000 description 18
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 15
- 210000000013 bile duct Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 14
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000002052 colonoscopy Methods 0.000 description 12
- 210000005246 left atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 11
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000000277 pancreatic duct Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 8
- -1 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 210000001765 aortic valve Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 210000003157 atrial septum Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000013022 venting Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000012323 Endoscopic submucosal dissection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229920002725 thermoplastic elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 5
- JUPQTSLXMOCDHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,4-diol;bis(4-fluorophenyl)methanone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.C1=CC(F)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JUPQTSLXMOCDHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000005245 right atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000001198 duodenum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000012326 endoscopic mucosal resection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001839 endoscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005461 lubrication Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel titanium Chemical compound [Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ti].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni].[Ni] HLXZNVUGXRDIFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910001000 nickel titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000785 ultra high molecular weight polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 210000001631 vena cava inferior Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 241001631457 Cannula Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920000271 Kevlar® Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000508 Vectran Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004979 Vectran Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000002376 aorta thoracic Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000001715 carotid artery Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002674 endoscopic surgery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002181 esophagogastroduodenoscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002594 fluoroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000004761 kevlar Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001684 low density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004702 low-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002432 robotic surgery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 3
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002799 BoPET Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005041 Mylar™ Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010039897 Sedation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920001494 Technora Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 2
- FPAFDBFIGPHWGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxomagnesium;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Mg]=O.[Mg]=O.[Mg]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O FPAFDBFIGPHWGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002183 duodenal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013152 interventional procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000005240 left ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001050 lubricating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010422 painting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000003014 reinforcing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036280 sedation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005728 strengthening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004950 technora Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001651 Cyanoacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000106 Liquid crystal polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004977 Liquid-crystal polymers (LCPs) Substances 0.000 description 1
- MWCLLHOVUTZFKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl cyanoacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(=C)C#N MWCLLHOVUTZFKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004697 Polyetherimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Natural products C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150044878 US18 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003187 abdominal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000436 anus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000007474 aortic aneurysm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012550 audit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010009 beating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000621 bronchi Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005242 cardiac chamber Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007675 cardiac surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002788 crimping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003670 easy-to-clean Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013536 elastomeric material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003073 embolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010102 embolization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000295 expanded polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001105 femoral artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003191 femoral vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011152 fibreglass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002783 friction material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004519 grease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004013 groin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003709 heart valve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002439 hemostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002706 hydrostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003767 ileocecal valve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003111 iliac vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003116 impacting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000713 mesentery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012907 on board imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003223 poly(pyromellitimide-1,4-diphenyl ether) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005381 potential energy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940071643 prefilled syringe Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001187 pylorus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002321 radial artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001285 shape-memory alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002579 sigmoidoscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007464 sphincterotomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004876 tela submucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001042 thoracic artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003437 trachea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002438 upper gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000626 ureter Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003708 urethra Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002861 ventricular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002747 voluntary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037303 wrinkles Effects 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/0043—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features
- A61M25/005—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features with embedded materials for reinforcement, e.g. wires, coils, braids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/0097—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by the hub
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/01—Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
- A61M25/0102—Insertion or introduction using an inner stiffening member, e.g. stylet or push-rod
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/01—Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
- A61M25/0105—Steering means as part of the catheter or advancing means; Markers for positioning
- A61M25/0133—Tip steering devices
- A61M25/0147—Tip steering devices with movable mechanical means, e.g. pull wires
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
- A61B1/00—Instruments for performing medical examinations of the interior of cavities or tubes of the body by visual or photographical inspection, e.g. endoscopes; Illuminating arrangements therefor
- A61B1/00064—Constructional details of the endoscope body
- A61B1/00071—Insertion part of the endoscope body
- A61B1/00078—Insertion part of the endoscope body with stiffening means
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/0043—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features
- A61M2025/0063—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features having means, e.g. stylets, mandrils, rods or wires to reinforce or adjust temporarily the stiffness, column strength or pushability of catheters which are already inserted into the human body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/01—Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
- A61M25/0105—Steering means as part of the catheter or advancing means; Markers for positioning
- A61M25/0133—Tip steering devices
- A61M25/0147—Tip steering devices with movable mechanical means, e.g. pull wires
- A61M2025/015—Details of the distal fixation of the movable mechanical means
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/01—Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
- A61M25/09—Guide wires
- A61M2025/0915—Guide wires having features for changing the stiffness
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/0043—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features
- A61M25/0045—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features multi-layered, e.g. coated
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/0043—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features
- A61M25/005—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features with embedded materials for reinforcement, e.g. wires, coils, braids
- A61M25/0051—Catheters; Hollow probes characterised by structural features with embedded materials for reinforcement, e.g. wires, coils, braids made from fenestrated or weakened tubing layer
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M25/00—Catheters; Hollow probes
- A61M25/01—Introducing, guiding, advancing, emplacing or holding catheters
- A61M25/06—Body-piercing guide needles or the like
- A61M25/0662—Guide tubes
Definitions
- the interventional medical device can curve or loop through the anatomy, making advancement of the medical device difficult.
- Gastrointestinal looping caused when the endoscope can no longer advance due to excessive curving or looping of the gastrointestinal tract, is a particularly well-known clinical challenge for endoscopy. Indeed, one study found that looping occurred in 91 of 100 patients undergoing colonoscopy [Shah et al, “Magnetic Imaging of Colonoscopy: An Audit of Looping, Accuracy and Ancillary maneuvers.” Gastrointest Endosc 2000; 52: 1-8]. Gastrointestinal looping prolongs the procedure and can cause pain to the patient because it can stretch the vessel wall and the mesentery. Furthermore, gastrointestinal looping leads to an increased incidence of perforations.
- Gastrointestinal looping is an impediment to precise tip control, denying the user the wished one-to-one motion relationship between the handle and the endoscope tip.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- the braid angle is configured to change as the rigidizing device bends when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration.
- the braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees.
- the braid angle can be between 15 and 25 degrees.
- the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least two times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration.
- the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least 5 times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration.
- the rigidizing can further include a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer and having a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer.
- the elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein.
- the reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements.
- the plurality of strands can be braided together at 4-60 picks per inch.
- the strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel.
- the braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube.
- the plurality of strands can include 96 strands or more.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure, and the rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein.
- the bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet.
- the outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum, and the outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath.
- the rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer. The gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” - 0.04”.
- the rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end.
- the rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- the sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees when the rigidizing device is straight, and an outer layer, and where the braid angle changes as the flexible tube bends in the flexible configuration; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- the method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration.
- the braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees.
- the braid angle can be between 15 and 25 degrees.
- the method can further include passing a scope through the rigidizing device while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration.
- the method can further include steering a steerable distal end of the rigidizing device through the body lumen.
- the body lumen can be in the gastrointestinal tract.
- the body lumen can be in the heart.
- the body lumen can be in the kidneys.
- the body lumen can be in the lungs.
- the body lumen can be in the brain.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- a ratio of stiffness of the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration to stiffness of the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration is greater than 5.
- the ratio can be greater than 6.
- the ratio can be greater than 10.
- the braid layer can have a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight.
- the braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees.
- the rigidizing device can further include a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer and having a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer.
- the elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein.
- the reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements.
- the braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together at 4-60 picks per inch.
- the braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together, and the strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel.
- the braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube.
- the braid layer can include 96 strands or more strands braided together.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure.
- the rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein, and the bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet.
- the outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum.
- the outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath.
- the rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer.
- the gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” - 0.04”.
- the rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end.
- the rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- the sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- a ratio of stiffness in the rigid configuration to stiffness in the flexible configuration is greater than 5.
- the method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration.
- the ratio can be greater than 6.
- the ratio can be greater than 10.
- the method can further include passing a scope through the rigidizing device while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration.
- the method can further include steering a steerable distal end of the rigidizing device through the body lumen.
- the body lumen can be in the gastrointestinal tract.
- the body lumen can be in the heart.
- the body lumen can be in the kidneys.
- the body lumen can be in the lungs.
- the body lumen can be in the brain.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned radially outwards the elongate flexible tube, a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer, an outer layer, and a vacuum or pressure inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- the outer layer is over the flexible tube, the braid layer, and the slip layer.
- the inlet is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- the slip layer is configured to reduce friction between the braid layer and the elongate flexible tube or the outer layer when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration.
- the slip layer can have a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer.
- the slip layer can include a powder.
- the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least two times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration.
- the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least 5 times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration.
- the braid layer can have a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight.
- the braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees.
- the elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein.
- the reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements.
- the braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together at 4-60 picks per inch.
- the braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together, and the strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel.
- the braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube.
- the braid layer can include 96 strands or more strands braided together.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure.
- the rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein.
- the bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet.
- the outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum.
- the outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath.
- the rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer. The gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” - 0.04”.
- the rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end.
- the rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer. The sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer, and an outer layer, and where the slip layer reduces friction between the braid layer and the elongate flexible tube or the outer layer while the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the sheath to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- the method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration.
- the slip layer can have a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer.
- the slip layer can include a powder.
- the method can further include passing a scope through the rigidizing device while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration.
- the method can further include steering a steerable distal end of the rigidizing device through the body lumen.
- the body lumen can be in the gastrointestinal tract.
- the body lumen can be in the heart.
- the body lumen can be in the kidneys.
- the body lumen can be in the lungs.
- the body lumen can be in the brain.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an inner elongate flexible tube including a reinforcement element and a matrix, a braid layer positioned radially outwards the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the braid layer, and a vacuum or pressure inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the reinforcement element has a width to thickness aspect ratio of over 5:1.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the vacuum inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the vacuum inlet.
- the reinforcement element can be a coil.
- the reinforcement element can include a plurality of closed rings.
- the closed rings can include a plurality of pockets and notches.
- the reinforcement element can include an undulating wire.
- the reinforcement element can be a fiber or a metal wire.
- the aspect ratio can be over 10:1
- the aspect ratio can be over 11:1.
- the elongate flexible tube can further include a matrix within which the reinforcement element is embedded.
- the matrix can include TPU or TPE.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube having a reinforcement element and a matrix, a braid layer, and an outer layer, and where the reinforcement element has a width to thickness aspect ratio of over 10:1; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- the elongate flexible tube can resist compression when vacuum or pressure is applied.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet. Ends of the strands are embedded in or surrounded by an annular ring that allows relative movement of the ends when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration.
- the annular ring can include a coating of material.
- the annular ring can include silicone or urethane.
- the annular ring can be approximately 0.005-0.250 inches thick.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the sheath to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- Ends of the strands are embedded in or surrounded by an annular ring such that the ends move relative to one another while the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration. The ends are substantially fixed relative to one another while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer sealed over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum.
- the braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together and a plurality of hoop fibers woven into the braid.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum is not applied through the inlet.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- the braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together and a plurality of hoop fibers woven into the braid.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a bladder layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the bladder layer, an outer layer positioned over the flexible tube and the braid layer, a pressure inlet between the bladder layer and the elongate flexible tube, and a vent outlet between the bladder layer and the outer layer.
- the pressure inlet configured to attach to a source of pressure.
- the braid layer includes a plurality of strands braided together.
- the rigidizing device is configured to achieve a rigid configuration when pressure is supplied through the pressure inlet and a flexible configuration when pressure is not supplied through the pressure inlet. Fluid or gas surrounding the strands moves out of the vent outlet as the rigidizing device transitions from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration.
- the rigidizing device can further include a handle attached to the elongate flexible tube.
- the handle can include a vent port in communication with the vent outlet.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a bladder layer, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, providing pressure through an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the bladder layer and venting gas or fluid surrounding the strands out of a vent outlet to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, a channel extending between the outer layer and the elongate flexible tube, and an inlet.
- the inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the channel includes a working channel, a steering cable channel, or an inflation lumen.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- a method of advancing a medical tool through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (3) passing a medical tool through a sealed working channel that is positioned between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- a method of advancing a medical tool through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device comprises an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (3) activating at least one cable that is positioned between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer to orient a distal end of the rigidizing device.
- a method of advancing a medical tool through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (3) inflating a balloon on the rigidizing device by passing an inflation medium through a sealed inflation lumen that is positioned between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube having a central lumen, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, a plurality of sealed working channels extending within the central lumen, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- a method of advancing a plurality of medical tools through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) and when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; (3) passing a first medical tool through a first sealed working channel of the rigidizing device, and (4) passing a second medical tool through a second sealed working channel of the rigidizing device.
- an overtube in one embodiment, includes an elongate tube and a distal tip attached to the elongate tube.
- the distal tip has an annular distal face with one or more vacuum holes extending therethrough.
- the one or more vacuum holes are configured to draw tissue towards the annular distal face upon application of vacuum therethrough.
- the elongate tube can be a rigidizing device, and the rigidizing device can be configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied to a wall thereof and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied to the wall.
- the elongate tube can include a braid layer and an outer layer thereover.
- the annular distal face can be angled relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate tube.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and a distal tip attached to the elongate flexible tube.
- the braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a first braid angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight.
- the distal tip includes a second braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together at a second braid angle that is different from the first braid angle.
- An inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- the second braid angle can be greater than the first braid angle.
- the first and second braid layers can be bonded to one another.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube including a plurality of reinforcement elements therein.
- the elongate flexible tube includes a proximal section and a distal section.
- a braid layer is positioned over the proximal section and not the distal section.
- the braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a first braid angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight.
- An outer layer is positioned over the braid layer.
- a plurality of steerable linkages extend over the distal section and not the proximal section.
- An inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- the rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages.
- the cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes a rigidizing assembly and plurality of linkages.
- the rigidizing assemble includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet.
- the inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the plurality of steering linkages are mounted over a distal portion of the rigidizing assembly.
- the rigidizing assembly is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- the rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages.
- the cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes an elongate flexible tube, a plurality of steerable linkages and an outlet.
- the elongate flexible tube includes a proximal section and a distal section.
- the elongate flexible tube includes a plurality of reinforcement elements therein, a braid layer positioned over the proximal section the distal section, an outer layer including a plurality of reinforcement elements.
- the plurality of steerable linkages extends over the distal section and not the proximal section.
- the inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a first braid angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight.
- the outer layer is positioned over the proximal section and not the distal section.
- the rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- the rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages.
- the cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes a rigidizing assembly and a plurality of linkages.
- the rigidizing assembly includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- a spine extends through a distal section of the rigidizing assembly. The spine is configured to provide bending of the rigidizing assembly in a set direction.
- the plurality of steering linkages are distal to the rigidizing assembly.
- the rigidizing assembly is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- the rigidizing device can further include a pullwire configured to bend the device at the spine when activated.
- the rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages. The cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- a rigidizing device in one embodiment, includes a rigidizing assembly and a distal tip.
- the rigidizing assembly includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure.
- the distal tip is attached to the elongate flexible tube.
- the distal tip includes a plurality of linkages connected together at pivot points.
- the rigidizing assembly and the distal tip are configured to assume a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- a handle for use with a rigidizing device includes a handle body configured to attach to a rigidizing device, a vacuum feed line attached to the handle body and configured to connect to a source of vacuum, a vacuum port in communication with a wall of the rigidizing device, and an activation element on the handle body.
- the activation element is configured to move between a first position and a second position. The activation element in the first position connects the vacuum feed line with the vacuum port to provide vacuum to the wall of the rigidizing device, and the activation element in the second position disconnects the vacuum feed line from the vacuum port to vent the wall of the rigidizing device.
- the activation element can include a magnetic element thereon.
- the magnetic element can be configured to hold the activation element in the first position or the second position.
- the vacuum feed line can be coiled within the handle.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) holding a handle of the rigidizing device; (2) inserting an elongate body of the rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration; (3) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, moving an activation element in a first direction to connect a vacuum feed line of the handle with a vacuum port to a wall of the elongate body such that vacuum flows into the wall of the elongate body to transition the elongate body to a rigid configuration; and (4) moving the activation element in a second direction to disconnect the vacuum feed line from the vacuum port such that the elongate body vents to transition the elongate body to the flexible configuration.
- a handle for use with a rigidizing device includes a handle body configured to attach to a rigidizing device, a fluid chamber within the handle body, an outlet in fluid communication with the fluid chamber and with a wall of the rigidizing device, and an activation element configured to move between a first position and a second position.
- the activation element is configured to transfer fluid from the fluid chamber to the wall of the rigidizing device when moving from the first position to the second position and to transfer fluid back into the fluid chamber when moving from the second position to the first position.
- the handle can further include an overflow chamber within the handle body and a pressure relief valve between the fluid chamber and the overflow chamber.
- the pressure relief valve can be configured to open to allow fluid to flow into the overflow chamber when pressure in the fluid chamber reaches a predetermined maximum pressure.
- the handle can further include a piston and rolling diaphragm within the handle body. The piston can be configured to push on the rolling diaphragm as the activation element is moved between the first position and the second position.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) holding a handle of the rigidizing device, (2) inserting an elongate body of the rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration; (3) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, moving an activation element in a first direction to move fluid from a fluid chamber of the handle into a wall of the rigidizing element to transition the rigidizing device to a rigid configuration; and (4) moving the activation in a second direction to move fluid from the wall of the rigidizing element back into the handle to transition the rigidizing device to the flexible configuration.
- a nested system in one embodiment, includes a first rigidizing device and a second rigidizing device positioned radially within the first rigidizing device.
- the second rigidizing device is axially slideable relative to the first rigidizing device.
- the first and second rigidizing devices are configured to be alternately rigidized by vacuum or pressure.
- the pressure can be greater than 1 atm.
- the first rigidizing device can be configured to be rigidized by vacuum and the second rigidizing device can be configured to be rigidized by pressure of greater than 1 atm.
- Each of the first and second rigidizing devices can include a plurality of layers.
- the vacuum or pressure can be configured to be supplied between the plurality of layers. At least one of the plurality of layers can be a braid layer.
- a method of advancing through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a first rigidizing device into the body lumen while the first rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration; (2) supplying vacuum or pressure to the first rigidizing device to transition the first rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; (3) inserting a second rigidizing device in a flexible configuration through the first rigidizing device while the first rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration such that the second rigidizing device takes on a shape of the first rigidizing device in the rigid configuration; and (4) supplying vacuum or pressure to the second rigidizing device to transition the second rigidizing device from the flexible configuration to a rigid configuration.
- Each rigidizing device can include an elongate flexible tube and a braid layer. Supplying vacuum or pressure can compress the braid layer to transition the rigidizing device to the rigid configuration.
- a method of advancing through a body lumen includes: (1) moving a first rigidizing device in a flexible configuration until the first rigidizing device reaches a desired location; (2) after the first rigidizing device has reached the desired location, transitioning the first rigidizing device into a rigid configuration by supplying vacuum or pressure to the first rigidizing device; (3) after the first rigidizing device is rigidized, moving a second rigidizing device in a flexible configuration over the first rigidizing device in the rigidized configuration; (4) transitioning the second rigidizing element into a rigid configuration by supplying vacuum or pressure to the second rigidizing device; (5) transitioning the first rigidizing device into a flexible configuration by removing the vacuum or pressure; and (6) moving the first rigidizing device in the flexible configuration through the second elongate rigidizing device until the first rigidizing device reaches a desired location.
- the method can further include periodically moving both the first and second rigidizing devices into a flexible configuration to allow a curvature of the first and second rigidizing devices to increase to match surrounding anatomy.
- a rigidizing rod in one embodiment, includes an inner bladder layer, a braid layer positioned over the inner bladder layer, an outer sheath sealed over the inner bladder layer and the braid layer, and an inlet between the outer sheath and the inner bladder layer configured to attach to a source of vacuum.
- the rigidizing rod is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not supplied through the inlet.
- the rigidizing rod does not have a through-lumen extending therethrough.
- a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) advancing the rigidizing device through the body lumen; (2) inserting a rod having an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and a bladder into a lumen of the rigidizing device while the rod is in a flexible configuration; (3) when the rod has reached a desired location in the lumen of the rigidizing device, supplying pressure of greater than 1 atm to a central sealed lumen of the rod to force the braid layer against the elongate flexible tube to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (4) further advancing the rigidizing device over the rod while the rod is in the rigid configuration.
- a method of performing cholangioscopy includes: (1) inserting an overtube into colon while the overtube is in a flexible configuration, where the overtube includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; (2) steering a distal end of the overtube towards a papilla; (3) activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the overtube into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; (4) while the overtube is in the rigid configuration, advancing a guidewire through the overtube and into a bile duct or pancreatic duct; and (5) advancing a scope over the guidewire to the bile duct or pancreatic duct.
- a method of accessing the cardiac anatomy includes: (1) inserting a sheath into the cardiac anatomy while the sheath is in the flexible configuration, where the sheath includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; (2) steering a distal end of the sheath towards a desired final location; (3) activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the overtube into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (4) passing a cardiac device through the rigid sheath.
- the desired final location can be the aortic valve.
- the cardiac device can be a transcatheter aortic valve replacement.
- the desired final location can be the mitral valve.
- the cardiac device can be a mitral valve replacement or a mitral valve repair element.
- the rigidizing device can further include a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer.
- the slip layer can have a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer.
- the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least two times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration.
- the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least 5 times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration.
- the braid layer can have a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight.
- the braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees.
- the elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein.
- the reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements.
- the braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together at 4-60 picks per inch.
- the braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together.
- the strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel.
- the braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube.
- the braid layer can include 96 strands or more strands braided together.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure.
- the rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein.
- the bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet.
- the outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein.
- the inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum.
- the outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath.
- the rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer. The gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” -0.04”.
- the rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end.
- the rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- the sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- the method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration.
- the method can be performed in the gastrointestinal tract.
- the method can be performed in the heart.
- the method can be performed in the kidneys.
- the method can be performed in the lungs.
- the method can be performed in the brain.
- FIG. 1 shows a rigidizing device
- FIGS. 2 A- 2 B show portions of a braid layer of a rigidizing device.
- FIG. 3 is a graph of bend force vs braid angle when a rigidizing device is placed under vacuum.
- FIGS. 4 A- 4 D show exemplary braid formations.
- FIGS. 5 A- 5 B show exemplary braid formations.
- FIGS. 6 A- 6 D various designs for the termination of braid layers of a rigidizing device.
- FIG. 7 shows an inner layer of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 8 A- 8 F show different coil designs for a layer of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 9 A- 9 B show undulating reinforcement elements for a layer of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 10 A- 10 E show notch and pocket reinforcement elements for a layer of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 11 A- 11 B show a cut tubing reinforcement element for a layer of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 12 A- 12 B show exemplary rigidized shapes of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 13 A- 13 D show an exemplary vacuum rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 14 A- 14 B show an exemplary pressure rigidizing device.
- FIG. 15 is a graph of bending strength vs pressure for a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 16 A- 16 O show various examples of pressure rigidizing devices.
- FIGS. 17 A- 17 D show a rigidizing device with an incorporated working channel.
- FIGS. 18 A- 18 B show a rigidizing device with a spiraled working channel.
- FIGS. 19 A- 19 B show a rigidizing device with a plurality of spiraled working channels.
- FIGS. 20 A- 20 B show a rigidizing device with a plurality of working channels extending down the central lumen.
- FIG. 21 shows a rigidizing device with a working channel extending out the side thereof.
- FIG. 22 shows a tool that can be used with a working channel of a device, such as a rigidizing device.
- FIG. 23 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section.
- FIG. 24 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having a separate braid pattern from the proximal section of the device.
- FIG. 25 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having a plurality of passive linkages.
- FIG. 26 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having a plurality of actively controlled linkages.
- FIGS. 27 A- 27 E shows a plurality of actively controlled linkages.
- FIG. 28 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall.
- FIG. 29 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall.
- FIG. 30 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall.
- FIG. 31 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall.
- FIG. 32 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall.
- FIG. 33 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall.
- FIG. 34 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall.
- FIG. 35 shows a rigidizing device including cables extending down the central lumen.
- FIG. 36 shows an embodiment of rigidizing device including a cable spiraled therearound.
- FIG. 37 shows an embodiment of a rigidizing device with a cable spiraled therearound.
- FIGS. 38 A- 38 B show an embodiment of a rigidizing device with a cable spiraled therearound.
- FIGS. 39 A- 39 B show a rigidizing device with a cable spiraled therein.
- FIGS. 40 A- 40 D show exemplary linkages for a distal end section.
- FIGS. 41 A- 41 B show a rigidizing device with a distal end section having linkages over a rigidizing section.
- FIG. 42 A shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having linkages within a rigidizing section.
- FIG. 42 B shows a rigidizing device with a steering cable attached to a wall near the distal end thereof.
- FIGS. 43 A- 43 C show a rigidizing device having an actively deflected distal end section.
- FIGS. 44 A- 44 C show a rigidizing device with separate rigidizing chambers along the length thereof.
- FIGS. 45 A- 45 D show a rigidizing device with a balloon and inflation lumen.
- FIGS. 46 A- 46 B show an embodiment of a suction tip for a device such as a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 47 A- 47 B show an embodiment of a suction tip for a device such as a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 48 A- 48 B show an embodiment of a suction tip for a device such as a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 49 A- 49 D show an embodiment of a handle for use with a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 50 A- 50 B show an embodiment of an activation element for a handle of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 51 A- 51 C show an embodiment of an activation element for a handle of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 52 A- 52 C show an embodiment of an activation element with a coupling for a handle of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 53 A- 53 D show an embodiment of a handle for use with a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 54 A- 54 B show an embodiment of a handle for use with a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 55 A- 55 C show an embodiment of an activation element for a handle of a rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 56 A- 56 G show an embodiment of a handle for use with a vacuum rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 57 A- 57 C show an embodiment of a handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device.
- FIGS. 58 A- 58 E show a pre-filled handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device.
- FIG. 59 shows a rigidizing device with imaging elements mounted on a side thereof.
- FIG. 60 shows a rigidizing introducer
- FIGS. 61 A- 61 B show a rigidizing device with a side-access mechanism.
- FIG. 62 shows a nested rigidizing system.
- FIG. 63 shows a nested rigidizing system with a cover between the inner and outer rigidizing devices.
- FIGS. 64 A- 64 B show a nested rigidizing system where the outer rigidizing device includes steering and imaging.
- FIGS. 65 A- 65 H show exemplary use of a nested rigidizing system.
- FIG. 66 shows a rigidizing rod
- FIG. 67 shows a rigidizing rod in use with a colonoscope.
- FIGS. 68 A- 68 B show an exemplary rigidizing device with a scope therein.
- FIGS. 69 A- 69 B show use of a rigidizing device in the gastrointestinal tract.
- FIGS. 70 A- 70 B show a method of use of a rigidizing device for ERCP.
- FIGS. 71 A- 71 B show a method of use of a rigidizing device for ERCP.
- FIGS. 72 A- 72 D show a method of use of a rigidizing device for ERCP.
- FIGS. 73 A- 73 B show a method of use of a rigidizing device in the heart to create access to the left atrium.
- FIGS. 74 A- 74 B show a method of use of a rigidizing device in the heart to perform treatment of a branching vessel.
- FIGS. 75 A- 75 C show a method of use of a rigidizing device in the heart for mitral valve repair.
- FIGS. 76 A- 76 B show a method of use of a dual rigidizing device in the heart.
- FIG. 77 shows a rigidizing device used as a trocar.
- FIG. 78 shows a rigidizing device in use at the aortic bifurcation.
- FIG. 79 shows a rigidizing device for mitral valve repair.
- FIG. 80 shows a rigidizing device with a distal payload for mitral valve repair.
- FIGS. 81 A- 81 F show a method of using a rigidizing device to control a working tool.
- rigidizing devices e.g., overtubes
- the rigidizing devices can be long, thin, and hollow and can transition quickly from a flexible configuration (i.e., one that is relaxed, limp, or floppy) to a rigid configuration (i.e., one that is stiff and/or holds the shape it is in when it is rigidized).
- a plurality of layers e.g., coiled or reinforced layers, slip layers, braided layers, bladder layers and/or sealing sheaths
- a plurality of layers e.g., coiled or reinforced layers, slip layers, braided layers, bladder layers and/or sealing sheaths
- the rigidizing devices can transition from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration, for example, by applying a vacuum or pressure to the wall of the rigidizing device or within the wall of the rigidizing device. With the vacuum or pressure removed, the layers can easily shear or move relative to each other. With the vacuum or pressure applied, the layers can transition to a condition in which they exhibit substantially enhanced ability to resist shear, movement, bending, and buckling, thereby providing system rigidization.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can provide rigidization for a variety of medical applications, including catheters, sheaths, scopes (e.g., endoscopes), wires, or laparoscopic instruments.
- the rigidizing devices can function as a separate add-on device or can be integrated into the body of catheters, sheaths, scopes, wires, or laparoscopic instruments.
- the devices described herein can also provide rigidization for non-medical structures.
- FIG. 1 An exemplary rigidizing device system is shown in FIG. 1 .
- the system includes a rigidizing device 300 having a wall with a plurality of layers including a braid layer, an outer layer (part of which is cut away to show the braid thereunder), and an inner layer.
- the system further includes a handle 342 having a vacuum or pressure inlet 344 to supply vacuum or pressure to the rigidizing device 300 .
- An actuation element 346 can be used to turn the vacuum or pressure on and off to thereby transition the rigidizing device 300 between flexible and rigid configurations.
- the distal tip 339 of the rigidizing device 300 can be smooth, flexible, and atraumatic to facilitate distal movement of the rigidizing device 300 through the body. Further, the tip 339 can taper from the distal end to the proximal end to further facilitate distal movement of the rigidizing device 300 through the body.
- FIGS. 2 A- 2 B A portion of an exemplary braid layer 209 for a rigidizing device similar to device 300 is shown in FIGS. 2 A- 2 B .
- the braid layer 209 can included braided strands 233 .
- the braid layer 209 can, for example, be a tubular braid.
- the braid angle ⁇ of the strands 233 relative to the longitudinal axis 235 of the rigidizing device when the rigidizing device (e.g., device 300 ) is in a straight (unbent) configuration can be less than 45 degrees, such as less than or equal to 40 degrees, less than or equal to 35 degrees, or less than or equal to 25 degrees.
- the bending strength of the rigidizing device decreases as the braid angle ⁇ (when the rigidizing device is straight or unbent) increases. That is, the bending strength under vacuum of the rigidizing device with a braid angle of 45 degrees (a typical minimum angle for a torque or torsion braid.
- Still larger angles are typically used for catheter shaft reinforcement) under vacuum is 27% of the bending strength under vacuum of a rigidizing device with a braid angle of 25 degrees. Accordingly, having a lower braid angle (e.g., less than 45 degrees, such as 40 degrees or less or 35 degrees or less) advantageously ensures that the rigidizing device (e.g., device 300 ) remains stiff in bending (resistant to a change in configuration) under vacuum (and similarly under pressure). Additionally, the braid angle ⁇ when the rigidizing device is in a straight (unbent) configuration can be greater than 5 degrees, such as greater than 8 degrees, such as greater than 10 degrees, such as 15 degrees or greater.
- the braid angle ⁇ of the strands 233 relative to the longitudinal axis 235 of the rigidizing device when the rigidizing device is in a straight configuration can be 5 to 40 degrees, such as 10 to 35 degrees, such as 15 to 25 degrees, such as approximately 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40 degrees.
- the braid angle ⁇ of the strands 233 relative to the longitudinal axis 235 of the rigidizing device when the rigidizing device is in a straight (unbent) configuration of 5-40 degrees ensures that the rigidizing device is flexible enough to bend in the flexible configuration (e.g., when not under vacuum/pressure) yet stiff when in the rigid configuration (e.g., when placed under vacuum or pressure). Additionally, it should be understood that the strands 233 are configured to slide over one another, and therefore that the braid angle ⁇ will change the rigidizing device flexes and bends. Having an angle ⁇ that is between 5 and 40 degrees also advantageously ensures that the strands 233 can move freely relative to one another without causing the fibers to collide with one another and prevent further angular change.
- the braid for braid layer 209 can be between 4-60 picks per inch, such as 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or 25 picks/inch.
- the tube formed by the layer 209 has a diameter of 0.578”, and the braid is 12-14 picks per inch.
- the braid layer 209 (or any braid layer described herein) can be configured such that the rigidizing devices described herein have a high stiffness ratio (i.e., the ratio of the stiffness in the rigid configuration, such as when vacuum or pressure is applied, to stiffness in the flexible configuration, such as when vacuum or pressure is not applied).
- the stiffness ratio can be greater than 5, such as greater than 6, greater than 9, greater than 9, or greater than 10. Referring to Table 1 below, six vacuum rigidizing devices (samples A-F) were built and tested over a length of 4′′ and a deflection of 1 ⁇ 2” for cantilevered bending stiffnesses at atmospheric pressure (flexible configuration) and under vacuum (rigid configuration).
- Samples E and F show, in particular, the stiffness difference between a braid at a typical torque angle (sample E, 47.7 degrees and rigid stiffness of 0.5291bf) and a braid with a lower angle (sample F, 27.2 degrees, and a rigid stiffness of 1.455 lbf).
- rigidizing devices with lower angles can have a much higher stiffness ratio (e.g., ratio of greater than 5, greater than 6, greater than 9, or greater than 10) than rigidizing devices with higher angles (e.g., angles of 45 degrees or above, such as sample F), which can have a stiffness ratio of under 5.
- both samples A and B have a stiffness ratio above 5.
- Sample B at a 14.9 degree braid angle, has a lower stiffness ratio but a higher absolute stiffness than sample because the strands of sample B are oriented close to the longitudinal axis (and therefore sample B has a higher stiffness in the flexible configuration).
- samples G-I three pressure rigidizing devices (samples G-I) were built and tested over a length of 4” and a deflection of 1 ⁇ 2” for cantilevered bending stiffnesses at atmospheric pressure atmospheric pressure (flexible configuration) and under 4 atm pressure (rigid configuration).
- the samples all included a coverage of 35-45% and a braid with 96 strands and one filament per strand. As shown, lowering the braid angles raises the stiffness of the rigidizing devices.
- rigidizing devices with lower angles can have a higher stiffness ratio than rigidizing devices with higher angles.
- the pressure rigidizing devices described herein have a stiffness ratio of greater than 10, such as greater than 15, such as greater than 20.
- the braid of braid layer 209 can have a coverage of 30%-70%, such as 40%-60%, e.g., 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70%, where the coverage area is the percentage of an underlying surface that is covered or obstructed by the braid.
- the braid layer 209 can be formed by running each individual strand around an inner tube or the rigidizing device and/or a separate mandrel in a helix such that the strands 233 are interlaced with one another.
- the braid layer 209 can be heat formed over a 0.50”-0.60”, e.g., 0.56” mandrel.
- the braid layer during manufacturing can be mounted over a tube or mandrel to a diameter that is smaller than the core diameter (i.e., smaller than the diameter at which the braid was originally manufactured). Compressing the braid radially in this way can decrease the braid angle in the range that provides a high rigidization multiple (while also decreasing the PPI, increasing the total length of the tubular braid layer, and increasing the braid coverage percentage).
- the strands 233 can be rectangular/flat (e.g., with a long edge of 0.001”-0.060”, such as 0.005”, 0.007”, 0.010”, or 0.012”, and a short edge of 0.0003′′-0.030”, such as 0.001”, 0.002”, or 0.003”), round (e.g., with a diameter of 0.001”-0.020”, such as 0.005”, 0.01”, or 0.012”), or oval.
- some of the strands 233 can be flat and some of the strands 233 can be round.
- the strands 233 can be made of metal filaments (e.g., stainless steel, aluminum, nitinol, tungsten, or titanium), plastic (nylon, polyethylene terephthalate, PEEK, polyetherimide), or high strength fiber (e.g., aramids, ultra-high molecular weight UHMW polyethylene, or liquid crystal polymers such as Vectran).
- the strands 233 can be made of a multi-layer composite, such as a metal core with a thin elastomeric coating.
- the strands 233 can include round nylon having a diameter of 0.010” (or metal filaments having a diameter of 0.003”) intertwined with flat aluminized PET with cross-sectional dimensions of 0.002” by 0.002”.
- the material for the strands 233 of the braid can be a material with a known high coefficient of friction.
- the strands 233 can be a monolithic structure or have a coating such that the strands include aluminum on aluminum, copper on copper, silver on silver, or gold on gold.
- the strands 233 can be coated with an elastomeric material (e.g., lower durometer elastomers can be coated on top of a higher modulus substrate).
- the strands 233 can be made of styrene co-polymer, polycarbonate, or acrylic.
- strands 233 there can be between 12-800 strands 233 , such as 24, 48, 96, 120, 144 or more strands 233 extending within braid layer 209 .
- a higher number of strands may advantageously help rigidize the braid due to the increased interaction between strands.
- the braid of any of the rigidizing devices described herein can be in a variety of different braid patterns.
- the braid of layer 1709 can be a diamond full load pattern in which two neighboring strands 1733 a , b extend over two strands and then under two strands.
- the braid of layer 1709 can be a full load pattern, in which each strand 1733 a extends over two strands and under two strands in a manner that is opposite to the neighboring strand 1733 b .
- the braid of layer 1709 can be a diamond half load pattern in which each strand 1733 a extends over one strand and under one strand opposite to the neighboring strand 1733 b .
- the braid of layer 1709 can include one or more longitudinal strands 1733 c running through the crossed strands 1733 a , 1733 b .
- each strand 1833 can include a single filament 1818 ( FIG. 5 A ) or multiple filaments 1818 a - c (three filaments 1818 a - c are shown in each strand 1833 in FIG. 5 B ).
- the filaments 1818 can be chosen (i.e., diameter, spacing, and modulus can be specifically tailored) to reduce crimp (the waviness or bending of the filaments). Reduced crimp can help the system provide enhanced compression buckling resistance, which can translate to enhanced system stiffness.
- vacuum or pressure can be supplied between the walls of the rigidizing devices described herein, causing the braided layer and neighboring layer(s) to constrict and/or separate to transition between flexible and rigid configurations.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can thus advantageously transition from very flexible to very stiff upon activation by the user.
- the braids or strands can radially constrict or expand to become mechanically fixed or locked in place relative to one another.
- the rigidizing device can go from a flexible configuration to a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied (thereby fixing the rigidizing device in the shape that the rigidizing device was in just prior to application of the vacuum or pressure).
- one or both ends of the braid layer 5609 of a rigidizing device 5600 as described herein can be bonded to another layer of the device 5600 to prevent the strands 5633 of the braid from coming unbraided.
- the ends of the strands 5633 can be bonded in such a way so as to allow relative movement of the strands 5633 during flexing of the rigidizing device 5600 when it is in the flexible configuration (i.e., so as to prevent rigidity or buckling of the device 5600 , which in turn can lead to drag at the tip 5629 , that might otherwise occur if the strands 5633 were constrained).
- the tip 5629 of the braid layer 5609 can include a coating 5634 thereover of low durometer material, such as silicone or urethane, that is stretchable and/or flexible.
- low durometer material such as silicone or urethane
- the ends of the strands 5633 can be encapsulated by the coating 5634 (and therefore prevented from unbraiding) while still moving with coating 5634 as it stretches and/or flexes.
- the coating 5634 can be thin, such as between 0.005-0.250 thick (e.g., approximately 1/32′′ thick).
- the tip 5629 of the braid layer 5609 can include an annular ring 5601 z therearound.
- the ring 5601 z can be formed by melting the tips of the strands 5633 .
- the ring 5601 z can be a separate element that is bonded to the strands 5633 (e.g., bonded to less than 20%, less than 10%, or less than 5% of the strands 5633 ).
- the ring 5601 z can advantageously ensure that the strands 5633 do not unwind and yet can substantially move relative to one another underneath the ring 5601 z .
- the ring 5601 z can be made, for example, of rubber, Kapton, PTFE, silicone, urethane, latex, or ePTFE.
- the tip 5629 of the braid layer 5609 can have a varying pick count along the tip 5629 with a greater pick count at the tip and a lower pick count towards the center.
- the strands 5633 can have a greater angle relative to the longitudinal axis at the tip 5629 than in the rest of the layer 5609 .
- the strands 5633 in the central portion of the device 5600 can have an angle of 45° or less relative to the longitudinal axis of the device 5600 (for example, 40 degrees or less, 35 degrees or less, 25 degrees or less, or 20 degrees or less)
- the strands 5633 at the tip 5629 can have an angle of greater than 45°, such as between 45° and 60°, relative to the longitudinal axis (for example, 35 degrees, 45 degrees, or 55 degrees).
- the change in braid angle can be a continuous change at the tip 5629 and/or can be created by joining two separate braids together.
- the strands 5633 of greater angle can be glued down to the innermost layer at the tip 5629 .
- the tip 5629 can remain flexible as it curves or bends even when the strands 5633 are fixed to the inner layer 5615 .
- the increasing braid angle at the tip 5629 can be created by changing the speed of pulling the core inside the tubular braid during manufacturing.
- the tip 5629 of the braid layer 5609 can be everted and bonded to the innermost layer 5615 (and/or other layer that is radially inwards of the braid layer 5609 ).
- the tip 5629 can be more flexible relative to a non-everted tip 5629 because it includes an extra (everted) length within which to allowed the strands 5633 to move.
- the proximal and distal ends of the braid layer 5609 can have different treatments (e.g., the distal end may have a first treatment as described in FIGS. 6 A- 6 D while the proximal end may have a second treatment as described in FIGS. 6 A- 6 D ).
- the rigidizing devices described herein can include one or more slip layers bordering the braid layer (e.g., braid layer 209 ).
- the slip layer can be configured to reduce friction between the braid and the bordering layers to allow the bordering layers (and in particular the braid layer) to more easily shear or move relative to each other, particularly when no vacuum or pressure is applied to the rigidizing device, to maximize flexibility in the flexible configuration.
- the slip layer can advantageously enhance the baseline flexibility of the rigidizing device to allow the layers to move relative to one another.
- the slip layer can include a powder, such as talcum or cornstarch.
- a powder slip layer can advantageously reduce friction without adding significant thickness to the device, thereby enhancing flexibility of the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration.
- the slip layer can be made of a low coefficient of friction material, such as a thin film fluoropolymer (FEP, Chemfilm, PTFE, with thicknesses from 2-50 microns).
- FEP thin film fluoropolymer
- the slip layer can be a coating.
- the slip layer can be a slip additive added to an elastomer.
- the slip layer can be a sheath of thin plastic film that is inherently lubricious, such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE).
- LDPE low-density polyethylene
- the slip layer can be made of a thin spiral-wrapped film, such at 0.0005′′ FEP or 0.00025” Chemfilm (St. Gobain). In one embodiment, the slip layer can be made of a grease, oil or other liquid.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can include an innermost layer configured to provide an inner surface against which the additional layers (e.g., braid layer) can be consolidated, for example, when a vacuum or pressure is applied within the walls of the rigidizing device.
- the layer can further provide a seal for the wall (i.e., can be leak-proof) and can be strong enough to provide resistance to diametrical collapse even during bending of the rigidizing device and/or compression of the rigidizing device during rigidization.
- the innermost layer 8815 can include a reinforcement element 8850 z or coil within a matrix 8851 z .
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be a continuous spiral coil or closed rings with gaps in between them (which may exhibit more resistance to collapse than a spiral coil). Additionally, the inner layer 8815 can include an inner film 8852 z and an outer film 8853 z on one or both sides thereof. In some embodiments, each of the elements 8853 z , 8852 z , 8850 z / 8851 z can have a thickness of 0.0002” - 0.015”.
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be, for example, a metal wire, such as a metal wire made of stainless steel, nitinol, or Tungsten.
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be, for example, a high strength fiber (e.g., Kevlar, Dyneema, Vectran, Technora, or carbon fiber).
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be, for example, a stent, a structure cut from a tube, or a braid.
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be a round wire (e.g., 0.0005”-0.030” in diameter, such as 0.001”, 0.003”, 0.005”, 0.007” or 0.009 ” in diameter).
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be a rectangular wire (e.g., having a width of 0.001” to 0.100” inch, for instance, 0.010”, 0.020”, 0.030”, 0.040”, 0.050”, 0.060”, 0.070”, 0.080”, 0.090”, or 0.100” and/or
- the rectangular wire can have a thickness from 0.0003” to 0.020”, for instance, 0.001”, 0.003”, 0.005”, 0.007” or 0.010”).
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can have an oval cross-section and/or can include a plurality of individual strands and/or can have a rectangular cross section in which the four sharp corners are rounded.
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be cut from a single tube using, for instance, a laser to create the gaps. In some embodiments, no reinforcement element is used.
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be an element with a high aspect ratio (e.g., have a high RE width relative to RE height, such as an aspect ratio of over 5:1, such as over 10:1, such as over 11:1, such as approximately 12:1).
- RE width is the width of reinforcement element 8850 z
- RE height is height or thickness of reinforcement element 8850 z
- RE Gap is distance between reinforcement elements 8850 z .
- the high ratio of width to height of the reinforcement element 8850 z can advantageously help prevent external pressure caused parallelogramming-type collapse of the reinforcement elements 8850 z within the innermost layer 8815 .
- Parallelogramming-type collapse occurs when the spirals of the coil move from being approximately normal to the axis of the center of the coil towards being parallel to the axis of the center of the coil (the spirals essentially “tip over”). Further, it may be advantageous in preventing parallelogramming if the RE gap between the reinforcement elements 8850 z is no more than 3 times the RE height, such as no more than 2 times the RE height, such as no more than 1.5 times the RE height. Additionally, a ratio of the inner diameter of a hollow tube with an innermost layer 8815 to the width of the reinforcement layer 8850 z in the innermost layer 8815 of less than 5, such as less than 4.5, such as approximately 4.3, can likewise help prevent parallelogramming-type collapse.
- the matrix 8851 z may be a very low durometer, for example a TPU or TPE, with a durometer equal to or less than 60 A, 50 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A or 10 A.
- the matrix 8851 z can be TPU, TPE, PET, PEEK, Mylar, urethane, or silicone.
- Inner and outer films 8852 z , 8853 z can similarly include TPU, TPE, PET, PEEK, Mylar, urethane, or silicone.
- the inner and outer films 8852 z , 8853 z can be applied by spraying, dipping, wrapping as a sheet or tube, pulling through a bath of solvent, melted, and/or consolidated.
- the layer 8815 does not include inner and/or outer films 8852 z , 8853 z and/or additional films can be included.
- the inner and/or outer films 8852 z , 8853 z can create a smooth inner and outer surface.
- an innermost layer 8815 for a pressure system the layer is made at 0.260” inside diameter as a hollow tube with an RE width of 0.050”, an RE height of 0.008”, and an RE Gap of 0.010”.
- Film 8853 z is omitted on both sides.
- Film 8852 z (on both sides of the matrix 8851 z and reinforcement elements 8850 z ) are all made of urethane (600 psi to 100% strain).
- the thickness of both the matrix 8851 z and each film 8852 z is about 0.006”, giving a total wall thickness of 0.018”. This structure can resist collapse at over 10 atm of external pressure.
- film 8853 z is omitted on both sides.
- the RE width is 0.050
- the RE height is 0.008
- the RE Gap is 0.010”.
- the film 8852 z is a higher durometer elastomer, for example an elastomer that has a stress of 2000 psi@100% strain and has a thickness of about 0.001” thick.
- the matrix 8851 z can be an 50A urethane.
- the matrix 8851 z can be deposited as thermoplastic elastomer cord stock, for example at 0.008” rectangular cross section or 0.010” round cross section. This cord stock can also be deposited with increased axial modulus (but not transverse modulus) by co-extruding the stock with a wire (for example, 0.001” diameter) or fiber at its core.
- the reinforcement element 8850 z can be a wire with a high aspect ratio.
- the layer 8815 can have an RE height of 0.005”, an RE width of 0.060” and an RE gap of 0.006” in a square stainless steel wire.
- the inner diameter of the tube formed with the innermost layer 8815 is 0.26”.
- Elements 8852 z and 8851 z can be 80 A urethane and can be approximately 0.002” thick.
- layer 8851 z can be a 50 A urethane (e.g., deposited from a heated tank with melted urethane therein and an orifice for precise dispensing via pressure).
- the structure of this exemplary innermost layer 8815 can resist collapse at over 10 atm of external pressure, such as over 12 atm of pressure, such as over 13 atm of pressure.
- the outer film 8853 z on one side is omitted
- the film 8852 z above (outside of) the reinforcement/matrix includes a 0.005” 50 A urethane
- the matrix 8851 z is made of 0.005” thick 50 A urethane
- the reinforcement element 8850 z is a stainless steel wire
- the film 8852 z below (inside of) the reinforcement/matrix includes 0.0025” thick 50 A urethane
- the bottom outer film 8853 z is a 0.004” thick 80A urethane.
- the RE width is 0.020”
- the RE height is 0.005
- the RE Gap is 0.010”.
- the bottom outer film 8853 z is hydrophilically coated.
- the inner diameter of the tube formed by layer 8815 is 0.551”.
- the innermost layer 8815 need not have a symmetrical arrangement of films 8852 z , 8853 z .
- neither layer may be on the bottom (inside of the matrix/reinforcement) while both layers are present on top.
- the material for both innermost films 8852 z need not be the same, nor need the material for the both of the outermost films 8853 z be the same.
- the reinforcement elements of the innermost layer can be in a variety of configurations.
- the reinforcement element 9205 z can be a multi-start coil winding (e.g., 2 starts as shown in FIG. 8 F , three starts as shown in FIG. 8 E , or four starts as shown in FIG. 8 D ).
- the gap between reinforcement elements along the longitudinal axis can be the same as with a single coil, but number of starts can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or even more.
- FIGS. 8 A- 8 C show individual starts (coils) from the multistart reinforcement elements 9205 Z.
- FIG. 8 C shows one coil from FIG. 8 F
- FIG. 8 B shows one coil from FIG. 8 E
- FIG. 8 A shows one coil from FIG. 8 D .
- the reinforcement elements 8950 z can be a series of wavy or undulated wires (or an undulated wire that is coiled as described herein). As shown in FIG. 9 B , when the device is loaded, the undulated reinforcement elements 8950 z moves toward colliding with itself, compressing the matrix 8851 Z in between the wires and resisting a parallelogram-type collapse.
- an innermost layer with such an undulating wire can have an RE height of 0.005”, an RE width of 0.060” and an RE gap of just 0.006”.
- the undulating wave can vary +/- 0.03” from a centerline (that is, have a wave amplitude of 0.060”). The wave can repeat every 0.3” (that is, have a wavelength of 0.3”).
- the reinforcement elements 9050 z can include alternating pocket wires 9052 z and notched wires 9053 z .
- the pockets and notches of each respective element can be separate (as shown in FIG. 10 D ).
- the notch of wire 9053 z moves toward colliding with the pocket of wire 9052 z (as shown in FIG. 10 E ) compressing the matrix 8851 z in between the wires and resisting a parallelogram-type collapse.
- the reinforcing elements 9150 z can be a flexure design, e.g., cut from a laser tube.
- the reinforcement element can be separate from the inner layer.
- the reinforcement element can be positioned diametrically inside or outside the inner layer.
- the innermost layer can have a hardness, for example, of 30 A to 80 A. Further, the innermost layer can have a wall thickness of between 0.0005” and 0.060”.
- the innermost layer can include lubrication or a coating (e.g., hydrophilic coating) on the inner surface thereof to improve sliding of an endoscope or other instrument therethrough.
- the coating can be hydrophilic (e.g., a Hydromer® coating or a Surmodics® coating) or hydrophobic (e.g., a fluoropolymer).
- the coating can be applied, for example, by dipping, painting, or spraying the coating thereon.
- the innermost layer can be a laminated layer with a low frictional coefficient.
- FIGS. 12 A and 12 B Exemplary rigidizing devices in the rigidized configuration are shown in FIGS. 12 A and 12 B .
- the rigidizing device As the rigidizing device is rigidized, it does so in the shape it was in before vacuum or pressure was applied, i.e., it does not straighten, bend, or otherwise substantially modify its shape (e.g., it may stiffen in a looped configuration as shown in FIG. 12 A or in a serpentine shape as shown in FIG. 12 B ).
- the air stiffening effect on the inner or outer layers e.g., made of coil-wound tube
- the air stiffening effect on the inner or outer layers can be a small percentage (e.g., 5%) of the maximum load capability of the rigidizing device in bending, thereby allowing the rigidizing device to resist straightening.
- braids or strands can unlock relative to one another and again move so as to allow bending of the rigidizing device.
- the rigidizing device is made more flexible through the release of vacuum or pressure, it does so in the shape it was in before the vacuum or pressure was released, i.e., it does not straighten, bend, or otherwise substantially modify its shape.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can transition from a flexible, less-stiff configuration to a rigid configuration of higher stiffness by restricting the motion between the strands of braid (e.g., by applying vacuum or pressure).
- the rigidizing devices described herein can toggle between the rigid and flexible configurations quickly, and in some embodiments with an indefinite number of transition cycles. As interventional medical devices are made longer and inserted deeper into the human body, and as they are expected to do more exacting therapeutic procedures, there is an increased need for precision and control.
- Selectively rigidizing devices e.g., overtubes as described herein can advantageously provide both the benefits of flexibility (when needed) and the benefits of stiffness (when needed).
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used, for example, with classic endoscopes, colonoscopes, robotic systems, and/or navigation systems, such as those described in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2016/050290, filed Sep. 2, 2016, titled “DEVICE FOR ENDOSCOPIC ADVANCEMENT THROUGH THE SMALL INTESTINE,” the entirety of which is incorporated by referenced herein.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be provided in multiple configurations, including different lengths and diameters.
- the rigidizing devices can include working channels (for instance, for allowing the passage of typical endoscopic tools within the body of the rigidizing device), balloons, nested elements, and/or side-loading features.
- a tubular rigidizing device 100 can include a wall having a plurality of layers positioned around the lumen 120 (e.g., for placement of an instrument or endoscope therethrough). A vacuum can be supplied between the layers to rigidize the rigidizing device 100 .
- the innermost layer 115 can be configured to provide an inner surface against which the remaining layers can be consolidated, for example, when a vacuum is applied within the walls of the rigidizing device 100 .
- the structure can be configured to minimize bend force / maximize flexibility in the non-vacuum condition.
- the innermost layer 115 can include a reinforcement element 150 z or coil within a matrix, as described above.
- the layer 113 over (i.e., radially outwards of) the innermost layer 115 can be a slip layer.
- the layer 111 can be a radial gap (i.e., a space).
- the gap layer 111 can provide space for the braided layer(s) thereover to move within (when no vacuum is applied) as well as space within which the braided or woven layers can move radially inward (upon application of vacuum).
- the layer 109 can be a first braid layer including braided strands 133 similar to as described elsewhere herein.
- the braid layer can be, for example, 0.001” to 0.040” thick.
- a braid layer can be 0.001”, 0.003”, 0.005”, 0.010”, 0.015”, 0.020”, 0.025” or 0.030” thick.
- the braid can have tensile or hoop fibers 137 .
- Hoop fibers 137 can be spiraled and/or woven into a braid layer. Further, the hoop fibers 137 can be positioned at 2-50, e.g., 20-40 hoops per inch.
- the hoop fibers 137 can advantageously deliver high compression stiffness (to resist buckling or bowing out) in the radial direction, but can remain compliant in the direction of the longitudinal axis 135 of the rigidizing device 100 . That is, if compression is applied to the rigidizing device 100 , the braid layer 109 will try to expand in diameter as it compresses. The hoop fibers 137 can resist this diametrical expansion and thus resist compression. Accordingly, the hoop fiber 137 can provide a system that is flexible in bending but still resists both tension and compression.
- the layer 107 can be another radial gap layer similar to layer 111 .
- the rigidizing devices described herein can have more than one braid layer.
- the rigidizing devices can include two, three, or four braid layers.
- the layer 105 can be a second braid layer 105 .
- the second braid layer 105 can have any of the characteristics described with respect to the first braid layer 109 .
- the braid of second braid layer 105 can be identical to the braid of first braid layer 109 .
- the braid of second braid layer 105 can be different than the braid of the first braid layer 109 .
- the braid of the second braid layer 105 can include fewer strands and have a larger braid angle ⁇ than the braid of the first braid layer 109 .
- Having fewer strands can help increase the flexibility of the rigidizing device 100 (relative to having a second strand with equivalent or greater number of strands), and a larger braid angle ⁇ can help constrict the diameter of the of the first braid layer 109 (for instance, if the first braid layer is compressed) while increasing/maintaining the flexibility of the rigidizing device 100 .
- the braid of the second braid layer 105 can include more strands and have a larger braid angle ⁇ than the braid of the first braid layer 109 . Having more strands can result in a relatively tough and smooth layer while having a larger braid angle ⁇ can help constrict the diameter of the first braid layer 109 .
- the layer 103 can be another radial gap layer similar to layer 111 .
- the gap layer 103 can have a thickness of 0.0002-0.04”, such as approximately 0.03”. A thickness within this range can ensure that the strands 133 of the braid layer(s) can easily slip and/or bulge relative to one another to ensure flexibility during bending of the rigidizing device 100 .
- the outermost layer 101 can be configured to move radially inward when a vacuum is applied to pull down against the braid layers 105 , 109 and conform onto the surface(s) thereof.
- the outermost layer 101 can be soft and atraumatic and can be sealed at both ends to create a vacuum-tight chamber with layer 115 .
- the outermost layer 101 can be elastomeric, e.g., made of urethane.
- the hardness of the outermost layer 101 can be, for example, 30 A to 80 A.
- the outermost layer 101 can be have a thickness of 0.0001-0.01”, such as approximately 0.001”, 0.002, 0.003” or 0.004”.
- the outermost layer can be plastic, including, for example, LDPE, nylon, or PEEK.
- the outermost layer 101 can, for example, have tensile or hoop fibers 137 extending therethrough.
- the hoop fibers 137 can be made, for example, of aramids (e.g., Technora, nylon, Kevlar), Vectran, Dyneema, carbon fiber, fiber glass or plastic. Further, the hoop fibers 137 can be positioned at 2-50, e.g., 20-40 hoops per inch. In some embodiments, the hoop fibers 137 can be laminated within an elastomeric sheath.
- the hoop fibers can advantageously deliver higher stiffness in one direction compared to another (e.g., can be very stiff in the hoop direction, but very compliant in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the rigidizing device). Additionally, the hoop fibers can advantageously provide low hoop stiffness until the fibers are placed under a tensile load, at which point the hoop fibers can suddenly exhibit high hoop stiffness.
- the outermost layer 101 can include a lubrication, coating and/or powder (e.g., talcum powder) on the outer surface thereof to improve sliding of the rigidizing device through the anatomy.
- the coating can be hydrophilic (e.g., a Hydromer® coating or a Surmodics® coating) or hydrophobic (e.g., a fluoropolymer).
- the coating can be applied, for example, by dipping, painting, or spraying the coating thereon.
- the innermost layer 115 can similarly include a lubrication, coating (e.g., hydrophilic or hydrophobic coating), and/or powder (e.g., talcum powder) on the inner surface thereof configured to allow the bordering layers to more easily shear relative to each other, particularly when no vacuum is applied to the rigidizing device 100 , to maximize flexibility.
- a lubrication, coating e.g., hydrophilic or hydrophobic coating
- powder e.g., talcum powder
- the outermost layer 101 can be loose over the radially inward layers.
- the inside diameter of layer 101 (assuming it constitutes a tube) may have a diametrical gap of 0”-0.200” with the next layer radially inwards (e.g., with a braid layer). This may give the vacuum rigidized system more flexibility when not under vacuum while still preserving a high rigidization multiple.
- the outermost layer 101 may be stretched some over the next layer radially inwards (e.g., the braid layer).
- the zero-strain diameter of a tube constituting layer 101 may be from 0-0.200′′ smaller in diameter than the next layer radially inwards and then stretched thereover. When not under vacuum, this system may have less flexibility than one wherein the outer layer 101 is looser. However, it may also have a smoother outer appearance and be less likely to tear during use.
- the outermost layer 101 can be loose over the radially inward layers.
- a small positive pressure may be applied underneath the layer 101 in order to gently expand layer 101 and allow the rigidizing device to bend more freely in the flexible configuration.
- the outermost layer 101 can be elastomeric and can maintain a compressive force over the braid, thereby imparting stiffness. Once positive pressure is supplied (enough to nominally expand the sheath off of the braid, for example, 2 psi), the outermost layer 101 is no longer is a contributor to stiffness, which can enhance baseline flexibility. Once rigidization is desired, positive pressure can be replaced by negative pressure (vacuum) to deliver stiffness.
- a vacuum can be carried within rigidizing device 100 from minimal to full atmospheric vacuum (e.g., approximately 14.7 psi).
- the vacuum pressure can advantageously be used to rigidize the rigidizing device structure by compressing the layer(s) of braided sleeve against neighboring layers. Braid is naturally flexible in bending (i.e. when bent normal to its longitudinal axis), and the lattice structure formed by the interlaced strands distort as the sleeve is bent in order for the braid to conform to the bent shape while resting on the inner layers.
- the corner angles of each lattice element change as the braided sleeve bends.
- the lattice elements become locked at their current angles and have enhanced capability to resist deformation upon application of vacuum, thereby rigidizing the entire structure in bending when vacuum is applied.
- the hoop fibers through or over the braid can carry tensile loads that help to prevent local buckling of the braid at high applied bending load.
- the stiffness of the rigidizing device 100 can increase from 2-fold to over 30- fold, for instance 10-fold, 15-fold, or 20-fold, when transitioned from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration.
- the stiffness of a rigidizing device similar to rigidizing device 100 was tested.
- the wall thickness of the test rigidizing device was 1.0 mm, the outer diameter was 17 mm, and a force was applied at the end of a 9.5 cm long cantilevered portion of the rigidizing device until the rigidizing device deflected 10 degrees.
- the forced required to do so when in flexible mode was only 30 grams while the forced required to do so in rigid (vacuum) mode was 350 grams.
- a vacuum rigidizing device 100 there can be only one braid layer. In other embodiments of a vacuum rigidizing device 100 , there can be two, three, or more braid layers. In some embodiments, one or more of the radial gap layers or slip layers of rigidizing device 100 can be removed. In some embodiments, some or all of the slip layers of the rigidizing device 100 can be removed.
- variable stiffness layer can include one or more variable stiffness elements or structures that, when activated (e.g., when vacuum is applied), the bending stiffness and/or shear resistance is increased, resulting in higher rigidity.
- Other variable stiffness elements can be used in addition to or in place of the braid layer.
- engagers can be used as a variable stiffness element, as described in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2018/042946, filed Jul. 19, 2018, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING OVERTUBE,” the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- the variable stiffness element can include particles or granules, jamming layers, scales, rigidizing axial members, rigidizers, longitudinal members or substantially longitudinal members.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can rigidize through the application of pressure rather than vacuum.
- the rigidizing device 2100 can be similar to rigidizing device 100 except that it can be configured to hold pressure (e.g., of greater than 1 atm) therein for rigidization rather than vacuum.
- the rigidizing device 2100 can thus include a plurality of layers positioned around the lumen 2120 (e.g., for placement of an instrument or endoscope therethrough).
- the rigidizing device 2100 can include an innermost layer 2115 (similar to innermost layer 115 ), a slip layer 2113 (similar to slip layer 113 ), a pressure gap 2112 , a bladder layer 2121 , a gap layer 2111 (similar to gap layer 111 ), a braid layer 2109 (similar to braid layer 109 ) or other variable stiffness layer as described herein, a gap layer 2107 (similar to layer 107 ), and an outermost containment layer 2101 .
- the pressure gap 2112 can be a sealed chamber that provides a gap for the application of pressure to layers of rigidizing device 2100 .
- the pressure can be supplied to the pressure gap 2112 using a fluid or gas inflation/pressure media.
- the inflation/pressure media can be water or saline or, for example, a lubricating fluid such as soil or glycerin.
- the lubricating fluid can, for example, help the layers of the rigidizing device 2100 flow over one another in the flexible configuration.
- the inflation/pressure media can be supplied to the gap 2112 during rigidization of the rigidizing device 2100 and can be partially or fully evacuated therefrom to transform the rigidizing device 2100 back to the flexible configuration.
- the pressure gap 2112 of the rigidizing device 2100 can be connected to a pre-filled pressure source, such as a pre-filled syringe or a pre-filled insufflator, thereby reducing the physician’s required set-up time.
- a pre-filled pressure source such as a pre-filled syringe or a pre-filled insufflator
- the bladder layer 2121 can be made, for example, of a low durometer elastomer (e.g., of shore 20A to 70A) or a thin plastic sheet.
- the bladder layer 2121 can be formed out of a thin sheet of plastic or rubber that has been sealed lengthwise to form a tube.
- the lengthwise seal can be, for instance, a butt or lap joint.
- a lap joint can be formed in a lengthwise fashion in a sheet of rubber by melting the rubber at the lap joint or by using an adhesive.
- the bladder layer 2121 can be 0.0002-0.020” thick, such as approximately 0.005” thick.
- the bladder layer 2121 can be soft, high-friction, stretchy, and/or able to wrinkle easily.
- the bladder layer 2121 is a polyolefin or a PET.
- the bladder 2121 can be formed, for example, by using methods used to form heat shrink tubing, such as extrusion of a base material and then wall thinning with heat, pressure and/or radiation. When pressure is supplied through the pressure gap 2112 , the bladder layer 2121 can expand through the gap layer 2111 to push the braid layer 2109 against the outermost containment layer 2101 such that the relative motion of the braid strands is reduced.
- the outermost containment layer 2101 can be a tube, such as an extruded tube.
- the outermost containment layer 2101 can be a tube in which a reinforcing member (for example, metal wire, including round or rectangular cross-sections) is encapsulated within an elastomeric matrix, similar to as described with respect to the innermost layer for other embodiments described herein.
- the outermost containment layer 2101 can include a helical spring (e.g., made of circular or flat wire), and/or a tubular braid (such as one made from round or flat metal wire) and a thin elastomeric sheet that is not bonded to the other elements in the layer.
- the outermost containment layer 2101 can be a tubular structure with a continuous and smooth surface. This can facilitate an outer member that slides against it in close proximity and with locally high contact loads (e.g., a nested configuration as described further herein). Further, the outer layer 2101 can be configured to support compressive loads, such as pinching. Additionally, the outer layer 2101 (e.g., with a reinforcement element therein) can be configured to prevent the rigidizing device 2100 from changing diameter even when pressure is applied.
- the braid layer 2109 can be reasonably constrained from both shrinking diameter (under tensile loads) and growing in diameter (under compression loads).
- the rigidity of the rigidizing device 2100 can be increased.
- the pressure supplied to the pressure gap 2112 can be between 1 and 40 atmospheres, such as between 2 and 40 atmospheres, such as between 4 and 20 atmospheres, such as between 5 and 10 atmospheres.
- the pressure supplied is approximate 2 atm, approximately 4 atmospheres, approximately 5 atmospheres, approximately 10 atmospheres, approximately 20 atmospheres.
- the rigidizing device 2100 can exhibit change in relative bending stiffness (as measured in a simple cantilevered configuration) from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration of 2-100 times, such as 10-80 times, such as 20-50 times.
- the rigidizing device 2100 can have a change in relative bending stiffness from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration of approximately 10, 15, 20, or 25, 30, 40, 50, or over 100 times.
- FIG. 15 shows a graph of bending strength vs pressure for a rigidizing device as described herein. As shown, the bending strength of the rigidizing device increases as the pressure supplied to the wall increases.
- rigidizing device 2200 a of FIG. 16 A includes the innermost layer 2215 a , pressure gap 2212 a , bladder layer 2221 a that is sealed to the outermost layer 2201 a , braid layer 2209 a , and outer containment layer 2201 a (similar as described with respect to rigidizing device 2100 ).
- the rigidizing device 2200 a further includes end caps 2292 a at the proximal and distal ends thereof to seal the pressure therein.
- rigidizing device 2200 j is similar to rigidizing device 2200 a except that slip layer 2213 j and stiffening layer 2298 j are added.
- Layer 2213 j can be a slip layer as described herein, for example comprising a coating film or powder.
- Layer 2298 j can be a stiffening layer that, similar to layers 2201 j and 2215 j , can include a reinforcement element 2250 z as described elsewhere herein.
- the additional stiffening layer 2298 j can work in concert with the inner layer 2215 j .
- the two layers 2215 j and 2298 j can easily slip past one another (via slip layer 2213 j ) in the flexible configuration and stick to one another to form a stiff composite structure in the rigid configuration (i.e., when pressure is applied).
- Layer 2298 j can be a high durometer elastomeric rubber, for example a TPU or TPE with a durometer greater than or equal to 60 A, 70 A, 80 A or 90 A.
- layers 2215 j and 2298 j may easily shear or move with respect to each other (e.g., due to slip layer 2213 j ) such that the flexibility of the system is lower than it would be if the layers were bonded together.
- layers 2215 j , 2298 j and 2213 j may lock to each other and act like a single bonded layer in order to resist collapse of the wall of the rigidizing device 2200 j .
- the braid layer 2205 j can push against the outer layer 2201 j when pressure is supplied to gap 2212 j to rigidize the device 2200 j .
- rigidizing device 2200 b is similar to rigidizing device 2200 a except that the pressure gap 2212 b is surrounded by an everted bladder layer 2221 b (or a double-layered bladder), i.e., such that the bladder layer 2221 b includes one side that borders the braid layer 2205 b and one side that borders the innermost layer 2215 b .
- the bladder layer 2221 b can expand both against the innermost layer 2215 b and against the braid 2209 b (which in turn can be pushed against the outermost layer 2201 b ).
- rigidizing device 2200 c is similar to rigidizing device 2200 a except that the bladder layer 2221 c is sealed to the innermost layer 2215 c rather than the outermost layer 2201 c .
- the bladder layer 2221 c is pressed against the braid layer 2209 c , which in turn is pressed against the outermost layer 2201 c .
- rigidizing device 2200 d is similar to rigidizing device 2200 b except that the innermost layer 2215 d is a spring element rather than a coil-wound tube. Because the pressure is in the everted bladder layer 2221 d , the inner layer 2215 d need not be sealed itself.
- rigidizing device 2200 e is similar to rigidizing device 2200 a except that the innermost layer 2215 a is replaced with an inner payload 2294 e that is sealed at both the proximal and distal ends and can include a plurality of lumens therein (e.g., a working channel 2291 e , a pressure channel 2292 e , and a rinse channel 2293 e ).
- rigidizing device 2200 f is similar to rigidizing device 2200 a except that the braid layer 2209 f is inside of the pressure gap 2212 f and the bladder layer 2221 f such that pressure supplied to the pressure gap 2212 f causes the bladder layer 2221 f to push inwards against the braid layer 2209 f , which in turn pushes against innermost layer 2215 f .
- a pressure rigidizing device can include two braid layers (e.g., of the same or different braid characteristics).
- an exemplary rigidizing device 2200 m with two braid layers 2209 m and 2205 m is shown in FIG. 16 M .
- the two braid layers 2209 m and 2205 m sandwich two bladders 2221 m and 2217 m (and/or a single annular bladder) therebetween.
- the outer braid layer 2205 m will be pushed radially outwards against the outer layer 2201 m while the inner braid layer 2209 m will be pushed radially inwards against the inner braid layer 2215 m to rigidize the device 2200 m.
- FIG. 16 N Another exemplary rigidizing device 2200 n with two braid layers 2209 n , 2205 n is shown in FIG. 16 N .
- the two braid layers 2209 n , 2205 n are positioned adjacent to one another between the bladder layer 2221 n (not labeled in figure) and the outer tube 2201 n .
- the bladder 2221 n forces the two braid layers 2209 n , 2205 n together and against the outer tube 2201 n .
- the braid layers 2209 n , 2205 n may interdigitate with one another when pressurized, thereby strengthening the rigidity of the device 2200 n .
- rigidizing device 2200 k is similar to rigidizing device 2200 a except that an annular ring 2219 k , e.g., including fibers and adhesive, is positioned around each of the ends of the braid layer 2209 k and bladder layer 2221 k to attach the bladder layer 2221 k to the innermost layer 2215 k (and thereby hold pressure within the pressure gap 2212 k when pressure is supplied through the inlet 2293 k ).
- the annular ring 2219 k can, for example, include a high strength fiber, such as Kevlar or Dyneema.
- the adhesive can be, for example, a cyanoacrylate. In some embodiments, adhesive can also be placed at the ends between the innermost layer 2215 k and the bladder layer 2221 k and also encompassing the inlet tube.
- FIG. 16 G shows a rigidizing device 2200 g with gap inlet 2293 g and vent inlet 2223 g .
- Inlet 2293 g connects to pressure gap 2212 g (via pressure line 2294 g ).
- Inlet 2223 g connects to gap 2206 g around the braid layer 2209 g (between bladder 2221 g and outermost layer 2201 g ).
- the device 2200 g can be rigidized in one or more different configurations. In a first rigidizing configuration, pressure can be applied to inlet 2293 g while the vent inlet 2223 g can be open or vented to atmospheric pressure.
- the pressure supplied to the pressure gap 2212 g through the inlet 2293 g can thus push the braid 2209 g against the outermost layer 2201 g , which in turn can force any air in the gap 2206 g out through the vent inlet 2223 g . Allowing the air to escape through the vent inlet 2223 g can enable a tighter mechanical fit between the braid layer 2209 g and the outer layer 2201 g , thereby strengthening the rigidization of the device 2200 g .
- pressure can be applied to inlet 2293 g and a vacuum can be applied to vent inlet 2223 g .
- the device 2200 g can likewise be made flexible in one or more different configurations. In a first flexible configuration, both inlet 2293 g and vent inlet 2223 g can be opened to atmospheric pressure. This will loosen the braid layer 2209 g relative to the outer layer 2201 g and cause the rigidizing device 2200 g to be flexible as the braid layer 2209 g moves freely relative to the outer layer 2201 g .
- a low pressure (e.g., 5-10% above atmospheric pressure) can be provided to both inlet 2293 g and vent inlet 2223 g .
- This may cause the outermost layer 2201 g and the innermost layer 2215 g to separate slightly, which can provide additionally area for the braid layer 2209 g to move freely. As a result, this may cause the rigidizing device 2200 g to become even more flexible than in the first rigidizing configuration.
- providing a low pressure above atmospheric pressure in the flexible configuration can allow the rigidizing device 2200 g to be introduced into the body with a very small diameter (e.g., such that the pressure gap 2212 g is essentially zero) and then the low pressure can be provided to both inlet 2293 g and vent inlet 2223 g to slightly expand the pressure gap 2212 g to provide more room for the braid layer 2209 g to move freely.
- FIG. 16 H shows a rigidizing device 2200 h with bellows 2243 h connected to pressure line 2294 h .
- Pressure gap 2212 h , pressure line 2294 h , and bellows 2243 h can all be configured to be filled with a sealed pressure transmitting medium, such as distilled water or saline solution or an oil.
- the pressure transmitting medium may be a radiopaque fluid that advantageously will show the rigidized device more clearly during a procedure using fluoroscopy.
- the pressure transmitting medium can be added to the rigidizing device immediately before use and/or when the device is being manufactured.
- activating the actuator 2288 h can compress bellows 2243 h , thus reducing the volume of pressure medium in the bellows 2243 h , which flows through the pressure line 2294 h to the pressure gap 2212 h , causing a rise in pressure in the pressure gap 2212 h and movement of the braid layer 2209 h against the outer layer 2201 h .
- the vent inlet 2223 h can be open to the atmosphere to allow gas to escape from the space 2206 h around the braid layer 2209 h . Further, reversing the action of the actuator 2288 h can cause the pressure in the pressure gap 2212 h to fall as the pressure medium moves back to the bellows 2243 h .
- Actuator 2288 h can be, for example, a solenoid, a voice coil, a lead screw, a valve, or a rotary cam.
- the pressure line 2294 h can be pinched or flattened to raise the pressure in pressure gap 2212 h rather than using bellows 2243 h .
- FIG. 16 I shows a rigidizing device 2200 i including sumps 2230 i and 2228 i respectively.
- Sumps 2230 i and 2228 i may comprise a fluid medium, such as water and a gaseous medium such as air. Pressure or vacuum or combinations thereof may be applied to inlets 2293 i , 2223 i .
- Using the sump configuration shown may mean that there is no air or gas in the rigidizing device regardless of the pressurization state of each gap 2206 i or 2212 i (increased pressure, vacuum or atmospheric pressure). In the event that the gaps leaks during a procedure, this may mean that only the fluid medium enters into the patient. This may offer patient protection from gaseous (e.g. air) embolization.
- gaseous e.g. air
- the rigidizing devices described herein can include a plurality of individual bladders running longitudinally down the length of the device.
- device 2200 o includes four different circumferential bladders 2221 o surrounding pressure gaps 2212 o .
- the braid layer is likewise divided into four longitudinal flat braids 2209 o , each of which is positioned radially outwards from a bladder 2221 o .
- the braid layer can include tubular braids wrapped around the bladders 2221 o (similar to as described with respect to FIG. 67 below).
- the outer and inner layers 2201 o , 2215 o are connected by dividers 2236 o .
- the dividers 2236 o can be formed by elements of the outer or inner layers 2201 o , 2215 o (e.g., be continuous elements of one or both layers 2201 o , 2215 o ). In some embodiments, the dividers 2236 o can be configured to help maintain the thickness of the wall. When pressure is supplied to the pressure gaps 2212 o , the bladders 2221 o expand to push the flat braids 2209 o against the outer layer 2201 o .
- the pressure rigidizing devices described herein do not include an innermost layer (e.g., do not include an innermost layer with a reinforcement element therein). Rather, the rigidizing device 22001 can include an outer layer 22011 , gap layer 22061 , braid layer 22091 , and an everted or tubular bladder 22211 (with a pressure gap 22121 therein).
- the tubular bladder 22211 can be configured to be positioned around the inner device (such as a scope 2291 ).
- the bladder 22211 can expand against the scope 2291 and the braid layer 22091 .
- any of the features described herein with respect to vacuum rigidizing devices can be substituted or replaced with any of the features described with respect to pressure rigidizing devices.
- a rigidizing device 500 can include a working channel 555 extending therethrough.
- the working channel 555 can include a central lumen 571 z (e.g., for passage of a working element therethrough) formed by alternating telescoping tubular sections that are locally necked or tapered from a larger diameter end 569 z to a smaller diameter end 570 z .
- Each of the sections can be connected to the underlying layer of the wall (e.g., the slip layer 513 over the innermost layer 515 ) at a discrete location or anchor point 568 z and can be otherwise free to move.
- the smaller diameter end 570 z can move within the larger diameter end 559 z of a neighboring section so as to allow for bending of the working channel 555 .
- the working channel 555 can be positioned within the wall of the rigidizing device 500 , such as in the radial gap 511 between the slip layer 513 and the first braid layer 509 (and can therefore also be positioned underneath the radial gap layer 507 , the second braid layer 505 , the radial gap layer 503 , and the outermost layer 501 ).
- the working channel 555 can thus be positioned within the sealed vacuum (or pressure chamber) of the rigidizing device 500 .
- the working channel 555 can itself be positioned within a sealed bag or layer 572 z so as to ensure that there is no vacuum or pressure leak path.
- the sections can include sliding seals therebetween to ensure that there is no vacuum or pressure leak path. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.
- the working channel can be placed within the sealed volume formed by layers 501 and 515 or it can be placed outside of this sealed volume, such as on top of layer 501 .
- a rigidizing device 7800 can include a working channel 7855 spiraled around a portion of the elongate body 7803 z of the rigidizing device 7800 .
- the working channel 7855 can be spiraled at a 40-50 degree angle, such as approximately a 45 degree angle, relative to the longitudinal axis of the device 7800 .
- a spiraled working channel 7855 can advantageously deform into a curved path as the rigidizing device 7800 bends without resisting bending and/or without forcing path length adjustments along its length.
- the working channel 7855 can include a proximal port 7840 z integrated into the handle 7831 and a distal port 7841 z (through which a working tool may exit) molded onto end of the tip 7833 z of the rigidizing device 7800 .
- the spiraled working channel 7855 can be positioned over the outermost layer 7801 , under the outer layer 7801 (as shown in FIGS. 18 A- 18 B where the outer layer 7801 has been removed for clarity), or further within the layers of the wall (.e., under the braid layer).
- a rigidizing device 4500 can include a plurality of working channels 4555 spiraled around the outside thereof. As shown in FIGS. 19 A- 19 B , the working channels 4555 can, for example, form a spiral shield around the rigidizing device 4500 . In some embodiments, the working channels 4555 can be configured together to form a second rigidizing element that can be rigidized separately from the inner rigidizing device 4500 . The second rigidizing element can advantageously be highly flexible due to the relative movement of the individual spiraling working channels 4555 . In some embodiments, the working channels 4555 can include a thin flexible ring and/or thin flexible sheath to contain the working channels 4555 in a circular cross section. In some embodiments, the device 4500 can further include a steerable distal tip 4547 , e.g., to help with placement of the tools that extend through the working channels 4555 .
- a rigidizing device 8000 can include a rigidizing elongate body 8003 z with a plurality of working channels 8055 a - d (such as 1-10, 3-5, or 4-5 working channels) extending down the central lumen 8020 thereof to the tip 8033 z .
- the working channels 8055 a - d can be used for a plurality of different tools throughout a procedure.
- one of the working channels 8055 a - d can be used for a catheter with a camera and lighting, another could be used for traction, another could be used for cutting, another could be used for suction, etc.
- the rigidizing elongate body 8003 z can be disposable while the tools can be cleanable and/or sterilizable.
- the rigidizing device 8000 can further include passive or active linkages 8004 z .
- a rigidizing device 8100 can include a first working channel 8155 a and a second working channel 8155 b .
- the first working channel 8155 b can extend down the central lumen 8120 (or within the walls of the elongate body 8103 z ) to the distal end 8133 z .
- the second working channel can similarly extend down the central lumen 8120 or within the walls of the elongate body 8103 z , but can exit the side of the elongate body 8103 z proximal to the distal section 8102 z (e.g., prior to the linkages 8104 z ). Having tool channel 8155 b exit proximal to the distal section can advantageously limit interference with steering or bending of the linkages 8104 z .
- a tool 7942 z can be specifically designed for use with a working channel of a rigidizing device as described herein.
- the tool 7942 z can include a flexible shaft 7943 z and an expandable atraumatic tip 7944 z .
- the atraumatic tip 7944 z can be an expandable balloon or a nitinol cage with foam therearound.
- the expandable tip 7944 z can be configured to be collapsed (e.g., sheathed) for delivery through the working channel and to self-expand after sheath withdrawal and placement through the working channel.
- the atraumatic tip 7944 z can be sized, for example, so as to not fill the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract and therefore so as to not contact the walls of the gastrointestinal tract.
- the tool 7942 z can further have a flexible loop 7945 z that is attached to the tip 7944 z or to the shaft 7943 z .
- the loop 7945 z can be attached to an endoscopic clip (often used to close a variety of defects in the GI tract) to provide traction during an ESD procedure. By sliding the shaft 7943 z longitudinally, the user can provide traction to the clip.
- the expandable atraumatic tip 7944 z can advantageously allow the tool 7942 z to be advanced freely ahead of the rigidizing device without being concerned that it will cause trauma or get caught in the GI tract.
- the tool 7942 z can get good traction with a simple back and forth motion of the flexible shaft 7943 z .
- rigidizing device 5500 can have a main elongate body 5503 z and a distal end section 5502 z . Only the distal end section 5502 z , only the main elongate body 5503 z , or both the distal end section 5502 z and the main elongate body 5503 z can be rigidizing as described herein (e.g., by vacuum and/or pressure).
- one section 5502 z , 5503 z is activated by pressure and the other section 5502 z , 5503 z is activated by vacuum. In other embodiments, both sections 5502 z , 5503 z are activated by pressure or vacuum, respectively.
- the distal section 5702 z can include a rigidizing braid that differs from the braid of the main elongate section 5703 z .
- the braid angle relative to the longitudinal axis in the distal end section 5702 z can be greater than the braid angle of the main elongate body 5703 z .
- the braid angle in distal section may be 40 degrees while the braid angle in the main elongate body may be 20 degrees.
- the braids may overlap somewhat and be joined with a flexible adhesive.
- Having a more flexible distal tip can, for example, advantageously prevent buckling and drag at the tip (caused by fixing the braid ends) and/or can advantageously provide flexibility during navigation through a body lumen to prevent trauma to the anatomy.
- the braid angle relative to the longitudinal axis in the distal end section 5702 z can be less than the braid angle of the main elongate body 5703 z . This may give distal end section 5702 z more stiffness in the rigidized state relative to the main elongate body 5703 z . Having more stiffness in the distal end section 5702 z can, for example, advantageously provide a stable platform for movement or delivery of a medical device through the central lumen and out the distal end of the rigidizing device 5700 .
- the distal end section 5802 z can include a plurality of linkages 5804 z that are passively activated.
- the linkages 5804 z can be connected together at one or more pivot points and can advantageously provide deterministic bending (i.e., bending in a specific and predetermined direction). Additionally, the linkages 5804 z can advantageously provide torsional rigidity to the distal end section 5802 z while providing high flexibility for bending.
- the linkages 5804 z can be activated passively, e.g., via flexing as the device 5800 is moved through the anatomy.
- the distal end section 5802 z may, for example, include 1-100 linkages 5804 z , such as 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 30, or 40 links 5504 z .
- the linkages 5804 z can be formed by passively cut flexures, such as laser cut tubes or stents.
- the distal end section 7602 z can include a plurality of linkages 7604 z that are actively controlled, such as via cables 7624 , for steering of the rigidizing device 7600 .
- the device 7600 is similar to device 5800 except that it includes cables 7624 configured to control movement of the device. While the passage of the cables 7624 through the rigidizing elongate body 7603 z (i.e., with outer wall 7601 , braid layer 7609 , and inner layer 7615 ) is not shown in FIG. 26 , the cables 7624 can extend therethrough in any manner as described elsewhere herein.
- one or more layers of the rigidizing elongate body 7603 z can continue into the distal end section 7602 z .
- the inner layer 7615 can continue into the distal end section 7602 z , e.g., can be located radially inwards of the linkages 7604 z .
- any of the additional layers from the rigidizing proximal section e.g., the braid layer 7609 or the outer layer 7601 may be continued into the distal end section 7602 z and/or be positioned radially inwards of the linkages 7604 z ).
- the linkages 7604 z can include a covering 7627 z thereover.
- the covering 7627 z can advantageously make the distal end section 7602 z atraumatic and/or smooth.
- the covering 7627 z can be a film, such as expanded PTFE. Expanded PTFE can advantageously provide a smooth, low friction surface with low resistance to bending but high resistance to buckling.
- FIGS. 27 A-E show another exemplary distal end section 4302 z that includes a plurality of linkages 4304 z that are actively controlled, such as via cables 4324 , for steering of the rigidizing device.
- the pivots for the linkages 4304 z can be involutes, similar to gear teeth, as shown in FIGS. 27 A-E , to reduce the local contact drag.
- the cables 4324 can be positioned within cable guides (e.g., jackets or coil pipes) that extend the length of the rigidizing device. In some embodiments, the cables 4324 (and cable guides) can extend within the wall of the rigidizing device.
- the cable guides can advantageously ensure that tensile load is carried through the cable guide, rather than through the wall of the rigidizing device, so that the structure of the wall is not adversely deflected as the load is applied to the linkages 4304 z .
- the cable guides and cables 4324 can have excess length to account for bending of the rigidizing device. This excess length can, for example, be woven or curled within the wall of the rigidizing device. Further, the cables 4324 can run through apertures and/or grooves in the linkages 4304 z (see, e.g., FIG. 27 C ) while remaining otherwise free to float within the wall (and thereby to account for bending of the rigidizing device.
- the linkages 4304 z pivot relative to one another, thereby providing steering for the distal end section of a rigidizing device.
- Articulation of the linkages 4304 z and cables 4324 for steering can be achieved by actuators (e.g., local motors, current-activated (heat) nitinol wires, proximal actuators (typically stainless steel, tungsten, or composites), hydraulics, and/or EAP (electro-active polymers)).
- actuators e.g., local motors, current-activated (heat) nitinol wires, proximal actuators (typically stainless steel, tungsten, or composites), hydraulics, and/or EAP (electro-active polymers)
- Such steering mechanisms can advantageously provide increased clinical utility.
- such steering allows the device that is positioned through the central lumen (for example, an endoscope or a guidewire) be steered towards and more easily reach the desired anatomical location.
- FIG. 28 - 39 B show exemplary configurations of rigidizing devices with cable guides (some wall layers have been omitted in FIG. 28 - 39 B for clarity).
- FIG. 28 shows a rigidizing device 6200 having cables 6224 extending in cable guides 6299 within the outer radial gap layer 6207 (and thus between the braid layer 6209 and the outer layer 6201 ).
- each of the cables 6224 and cable guides 6299 can be positioned approximately equidistant around the circumference (i.e., approximately 90 degrees away from neighboring cables when four cables are used).
- one or more of the cables 6224 and cable guides 6299 can be grouped closely together (e.g., within the same quadrant) rather than spaced apart. Further, in some embodiments, the cables 6224 and/or guides 6299 can be asymmetrically positioned around the circumference of the rigidizing device 6200 .
- FIG. 29 shows a rigidizing device 6300 in which the cables 6324 and cable guides 6399 are positioned within the inner radial gap layer 6311 (and thus between the braid layer 6309 and the inner layers of the rigidizing device, such as the bladder 6321 ).
- the bladder 6321 can push against the braid layer 6309 , and the braid layer and correspondingly push against the outer layer 6301 without the braid layer 6309 squeezing or otherwise impacting the cables 6324 .
- the cables 6324 and cable guides can be positioned equidistant or asymmetrically about the circumference of the rigidizing device 6300 .
- the rigidizing device 6400 can have cables 6424 and cable guides 6499 at least partially separated from the pressurized or vacuum zone.
- a tubular bladder layer 6421 can surround the pressure gap 6412 .
- Some or all of the cables 6424 and cable guides 6499 can be positioned in the gap 6407 between the inner layer 6415 and the braid layer 6409 and circumferentially adjacent to the tubular bladder layer 6421 .
- the cables 6424 and cable guides 6499 can both be minimally impacted by pressurization of the bladder layer 6421 and provide substantially no additive stack height or thickness to the wall.
- the rigidizing device 6500 can include a plurality of tubular bladders 6521 spaced circumferentially apart such that each cable 6524 and cable guide 6599 can fit in the gap 6507 between adjacent tubular bladders 6521 .
- rigidizing device 6600 is similar to device 6500 except that cables 6624 and guides 6699 are grouped in pairs to reduce the number of tubular bladders 6621 necessary (e.g., there can be two tubular bladders 6621 and a two pair of cables 6624 and guides 6699 positioned therebetween).
- rigidizing device 6700 is similar to device 6500 except that each tubular bladder 6721 includes a tubular braid layer 6709 therearound (i.e., rather than having a single braid layer 6509 as with device 6500 ).
- the bladder 6721 can expand to press each individual tubular braid 6709 , which can expand to press against the inner and outer layers 6715 , 6701 .
- not all of the bladders can be pressurized at the same time (for instance, just 1 or 2) such that the device is only stiffened partway around the circumference. This may create stiffness along only a portion of the device, while still enabling flexibility amongst the other portion, which may create preferential motion should the device be imparted with a deflection load.
- a rigidizing device 6800 can include strips of braid layer 6809 (i.e., flat braid rather than tubular braid). Each strip of braid layer 6809 and each cable 6824 and cable guide 6899 can be positioned in the radial gap 6807 . Further, the strips of braid layer 6809 can alternate with the cables 6824 / 6899 so as to minimize the thickness of the wall of the rigidizing device 6800 .
- the bladder 6821 can be positioned radially outwards of the strips of braid layer 6809 and cables 6824 / guides 6899 .
- the bladder 6821 can push the strips of braid layer 6809 radially inwards against the innermost layer 6815 to rigidize the device 6800 .
- the bladder 6821 can be radially inwards of the strips of braid layer 6809 (and cables 6824 / guides 6899 ) and be configured to push the strips of braid layer 6809 against the outer layer 6801 .
- the cables 6924 and cable guides 6999 can be positioned so as to extend down the central lumen 6920 of the rigidizing device 6900 .
- the cables 7024 and cable guides 7099 can be positioned radially outwards of the outer layer 7001 .
- the cables 7024 and guides 7099 can, for example, be positioned in a sheath 7009 z that can extend only over the cables 7024 or that can fully encompass the outer layer 7001 .
- the guides 7099 can be only minimally constrained within the sheath 7009 z so as to freely bend during movement of the device 7000 (e.g., so as to curl or extend to full length depending on whether the guides 7099 are positioned on the inside or outside of the cure of the rigidizing device 7000 as it bends).
- a cable guide 7199 (with one or more cables therein) can be spiraled around the outside of the outer layer 7101 of the rigidizing device 7100 . Additional cable guides can likewise be spiraled therearound. In some embodiments, the cable guide 7199 can be spiraled around other layers of the rigidizing device 7100 , such as around the inner layer.
- a cable guide 7299 (with one or more cables therein) and a tubular element 7210 z can be alternately spiraled around the inner layer 7215 (i.e., such that the cable guide 7299 and the tubular element 7210 z form approximately a single layer down the length of the rigidizing device 7200 .
- the tubular element 7210 z can include an outer tubular braid 7209 with an inner tubular bladder 7221 . As pressurizing medium is provided to pressure gap 7212 , the bladder 7221 can expand to press outwards on the tubular braid 7209 , which can push outwards on the outer layer (not shown for clarity).
- a rigidizing device 7300 can be similar to device 7200 except that only the cable guide 7399 and a tubular bladder 7321 can be spiraled around the inner layer 7315 within gap 7311 (note that cable guide 7399 and tubular bladder 7321 are not shown in FIG. 39 B for clarity).
- a braid layer 7309 can then be wrapped radially around the gap 7311 .
- the bladder 7321 can expand to push the braid layer 7309 against the outer layer 7301 (not shown in FIG. 39 A for clarity).
- the cable configurations described with respect to FIG. 28 - 39 B can be used with any number of cables (such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, or 16 cables). Further, the cables can be used to steer any tip or a rigidizing device and/or to steer any distal end section (e.g., sections with linkages or different braid angles). Further, the cable guides described herein can be round with round cables, flat, rectangular with flat ribbon tensile elements, or a combination thereof. Further, in some embodiments, other steering elements can be used in addition to or in place of the cables (e.g., pneumatics, hydraulics, shape memory alloys, EAP (electro-active polymers), or motors). Intentionally separating the elements required for steering and the elements required for rigidization can enable the structure to exhibit a continuously high rigidization performance as a function of length, even if the forces available for steering are demonstrably lower than the forces required for nested system rigidization.
- cables can be used to steer any tip or a rigidizing device and/or to steer any distal
- cable configurations and placement described with respect to FIG. 28 - 39 B can similarly be used for the placement of working channels or other lumens (for example, inflation lumens for balloons) within the rigidizing devices.
- the distal end section 5902 z may include a series of linkages 5904 z (either active or passive) that are specifically designed to rigidize via the application of pressure or vacuum.
- the linkages 5904 z can be connected to each other through a pivot point 5928 z (which can, for example, be wire pivot points).
- Each pivot point 5928 z can allow bending with one degree of freedom between linkages.
- the linkages 5904 z can be arranged in alternating fashion with every other linkage connected with the pivot points 5928 z positioned 90 degrees away from the previous linkage.
- Each linkage 5904 z can have cut-outs 5975 z at the proximal and distal ends thereof extending from the pivot-points 5928 z to as to allow bending of the linkages 5904 z relative to one another. Further, each linkage 5904 z can be connected to a neighboring linkage 5904 z by a respective tensile member 5930 z . The tensile member 5930 z can be fixed relative to one linkage and at least partially movable within a track 5931 z of the neighboring linkage (e.g., within track 5931 z of linkage 5904 z ).
- Movement of the linkages 5904 z allows the tensile member 5930 z to lengthen when on the outside of the curve and shorten when on the inside of the curve during bending of the rigidizing device.
- the proximal end section 5902 z can include two sliding clamps 5932 z attached to tensile member 5930 z along opposite axis (i.e., 90 degrees away from one another). The two tensile members 5930 z extend from each of the sliding clamps 5932 z to the distal-most end of the distal section 5902 z .
- each sliding clamp 5932 z gets shorter and one cable element of each sliding clamp 5932 z gets longer, resulting in circumferential movement of the sliding clamps 5932 z .
- the outer sleeve can compress the sliding clamps 5932 z to the track 5931 z surface.
- the sliding clamps 5932 Z and the track 5931 z surface may be smooth, rough or have teeth. This compression force may case the sliding clamps 5932 Z to lock in place with respect to the links 5904 z , thereby fixing the position of tensile members 5930 z and making the distal end section stiffer in its current shape.
- the distal end section 6002 z can include linkages 6004 z (either active or passive) that are placed over a section 6007 z that rigidizes via vacuum or pressure as otherwise described herein (i.e., over a rigidizing wall with inner layer 6015 , pressure gap 6012 , bladder 6021 , braid layer 6009 , and outer layer 6001 ). Placing the linkages 6004 z over the rigidizing section can provide the advantages of a linked system (e.g., flexibility in bending and torsional stiffness) together with a steering or deterministic bending tip that can be rigidized when the remaining structure is rigidized. Alternatively, linkages can be positioned radially inwards of a rigidizing section. As shown in FIG. 41 B , cables 6024 in cable guides 6099 can extend through linkages 6004 z to provide optional active steering of the linkages 6004 z .
- linkages 6004 z either active or passive
- the distal end section 6102 z can include a series of linkages 6104 z (either active or passive) sealed within a thin layer of material 6108 z (e.g., made of an elastomer, PVC, or PEEK).
- the linkages 6104 z and thin layer of material 6108 z can, for example, be positioned over (i.e., radially outwards from) the braid layer 6109 and can be continuous with the coil wound tube 6101 of the main elongate body 6103 z .
- the braid layer 6109 when pressure or vacuum is supplied to the gap 6112 , the braid layer 6109 can be compressed by the bladder 6121 against the coil wound tube 6101 in the main elongate body 6103 z and against the linkage sheath 6108 z in the distal end section 6102 z to rigidize.
- the linkage sheath 6108 z is supported by the linkages 6104 z such that it can resist the pressure of the braid expanding.
- This design advantageously provides both rigidization and linkages while maintaining a low wall thickness and/or diameter.
- the distal end section 6102 z can, for example, include cables 6124 extending within cable guides to activate the linkages 6104 z .
- the rigidizing structure can be steered from within the wall of the rigidizing structure and optionally without any links.
- FIG. 42 B shows a cross section of a pressure rigidizing structure 2500 where a cable guide 2599 is placed in the pressure gap 2512 and can be attached to the inner layer 2515 .
- the cable 2524 extends from the cable guide 2599 into the distal end section 2502 z and is anchored to the inner layer 2515 at anchor point 2568 . Pulling on the cable 2524 will cause the distal end section 2502 z (distal to the end of the cable guide 2599 ) to deflect.
- the cable guide 2599 can be omitted, and the rigidizing device 2500 will bend along its entire length when the cable 2524 is pulled.
- the device 2500 can be built with a distal end section 2502 z that has a lower bending stiffness than the proximal elongate body 2503 z (as described herein, for instance by varying the braid angle or using a more flexible reinforcement element in either the inner or outer layer) so that the distal end section 2502 z bends more than the body 2503 z .
- the cable guide 2599 and cables 2524 can be located between the bladder 2521 and the braid 2509 or between the braid 2509 and outer layer 2501 .
- the cable guide 2599 and/or the cables 2524 can be attached to the outer wall 2501 .
- the cable guide 2599 and cables 2524 can be located between the inner layer and the braid or between the braid and the outer layer.
- the bladder 2521 and the braid of the braid layer 2509 can be omitted in the section where the cable 2524 is not inside the cable guide 2599 , leaving only inner and outer layers 2515 , 2501 , or just an outer layer or just an inner layer.
- the distal end section 4602 z can include active deflection segment 4646 .
- the deflection segment 4646 can include a ribbon or spine extending therethrough that provides bending only in one or more predetermined directions upon activation.
- the active deflection segment 4646 can be deflected, for example, using one or more cables, bladders, pullwires, and/or introduction of a guide wire, to a predetermined shape.
- the active deflection segment 4646 can thus provide bending of the rigidizing device 4600 at a fixed location and in a fixed direction.
- markers e.g., radiopaque markers
- markers can be positioned within or proximate to the active deflection segment 4646 to indicate where the bend will occur and/or in which direction the active deflection segment 4646 will bend.
- Bending of the rigidizing device 4600 using the active deflection segment 4646 can be advantageous, for example, where bending is required without assistance from the anatomy (i.e., when the anatomical path for the rigidizing device 4600 is not predefined or constrained by the anatomy). For example, such bending might be useful to create a bend across the open or relatively unconstrained space between the inferior vena cava (IVC) and the atrial septum during transseptal procedures in the mitral valve.
- IVC inferior vena cava
- the active bending segment 4646 can be configured to be rigidized (i.e., via pressure or vacuum) as described herein to fix or lock the active deflection segment 4646 in the bent configuration.
- the rigidizing device 4600 can include a steerable distal section 4647 (e.g., with linkages) in addition to the active deflection segment 4646 .
- the steerable distal section 4647 can be used to point or orient the distal end of the rigidizing device 4646 in the desired direction (e.g., via cables and/or along four axes), as described elsewhere herein.
- a rigidizing device 900 can have separate vacuum/pressure chambers 975 a - d (e.g., four vacuum or pressure chambers) along the length thereof.
- Each chambers 975 a ,b,c,d can have its own vacuum/pressure line 927 a - d extending thereto for individual rigidization of the chambers 975 a ,b,c,d.
- Pressure seals 929 can extend between each chamber and/or at the distal end.
- the rigidizing device 900 with separately rigidizing chambers 975 a ,b,c,d can, in some embodiments, include a steerable distal section 902 z (e.g., with linkages as otherwise described herein).
- the cables 924 a - d to control the steerable distal section 902 z can be managed using cable guides 999 (e.g., there can be at least one, such as 1-4 cable guides 999 in each vacuum chamber 975 ). In some embodiments, shown in FIG.
- the cables 924 a - d , cable guides 999 a - d , and/or vacuum/pressure lines 927 a - d can extend within a radial gap 911 between the innermost layer 915 and the braid layer 909 (and thus also beneath the outermost layer 901 ).
- the cables 924 a - d , cable guides 999 a - d , and/or vacuum/pressure lines 927 a - d can extend within the central lumen 920 of the rigidizing device 900 .
- any of the chambers 975 a - d that are in the flexible state can be steered or deflected in the direction of cable tension while the chambers 975 a - d that are rigidized will remain in their position and not be deflected.
- this design allows alternating which chambers 975 a - d are under vacuum/pressure and/or direction of steering to form a variety of complex shapes and provide navigation through the anatomy with minimal looping.
- a rigidizing device 600 can include a balloon 666 and a balloon inflation lumen or tube 667 extending thereto. As shown in FIGS. 45 B- 45 D (the outer layers have been removed in 6B-6C for clarity), the balloon inflation tube 667 can extend alongside the working channel 655 (and thus within the radial gap 611 between the slip layer 613 and the first braid layer 609 ). As shown in FIGS. 45 B- 45 D (the outer layers have been removed in 6B-6C for clarity), the balloon inflation tube 667 can extend alongside the working channel 655 (and thus within the radial gap 611 between the slip layer 613 and the first braid layer 609 ). As shown in FIGS.
- the inflation tube 667 can be configured to include a service loop 668 that can change lengths (i.e., straighten as in FIG. 45 B or obtain a greater bend as in 45C) to accommodate bending of the rigidizing device 600 .
- the balloon inflation tube can be spiraled about its axis to accommodate bending.
- a vacuum rigidizing device can include a balloon inflation tube between the innermost layer and the braid, between the braid and the outer layer, radially inwards of the inner layer, or radially outwards of the outer layer.
- a pressure rigidizing device can include an inflation lumen in the pressure gap, between the bladder and braid, between the braid and outer layer, radially inwards if the inner layer, or radially outwards of the outer layer.
- the inflation lumen can be positioned similar to as described herein with respect to working channels and/or cables.
- FIGS. 46 A- 46 B show an exemplary vacuum tip 5354 for use with a rigidizing device.
- the vacuum tip 5354 can include a circumferential array of vacuum holes 5358 on the distal-most face 5359 .
- the array of vacuum holes 5358 can be connected to a vacuum line 5356 that runs along the rigidizing device (e.g., within or alongside the layered walls of the rigidizing device).
- the vacuum line 5356 can be connected to a source of vacuum such that, when activated, vacuum is provided through the vacuum line 5356 to each of the holes 5358 of the array (e.g., through an annular inlet 5319 z ).
- suction can be provided on the distal-most face 5359 of the tip 5354 (and thus the distal-most face of the rigidizing device).
- Such suction can be useful, for example, to suction tissue thereto (e.g., for stabilization during interventional procedures such as for cannulation of the papilla, e.g., for access to the pancreatic duct or bile duct).
- the suction can also be useful, for example, for Endoscopic Submucosa Dissection (ESD), or Endoscopic Full Thickness Resection (EFTR).
- the vacuum tip 5354 can be positioned just distal to a steering section of the rigidizing device, which can advantageously be used to orient the vacuum tip 5354 in the desired direction.
- a tool e.g., guidewire or scope
- a tool can pass through the central lumen 5320 z of the tip 5354 and between the array of vacuum holes 5358 to allow for procedures to be performed while suction is activated.
- the vacuum tip 5254 can include a semi- annular array of holes 5238 at the distal-most face 5259 rather than a circumferential array of holes.
- the vacuum tip 5454 can have an angled distal face 5459 (e.g., angled at 30-80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of the tip 5454 , such as 30, 45, 60, 70, or 80 degrees).
- the angled distal face can advantageously help approach angled anatomy to more easily adhere to the local surface.
- the vacuum tips described herein can advantageously provide suction without causing “red-out” of the endoscopic lens, as the suction can occur locally (e.g., at the holes 5358 ) and not at the lens of the scope. Accordingly, the scope can provide visualization of the tissue even when suction is applied.
- the vacuum tips described herein can include a metallized portion and/or have co-joined wires such that the vacuum tips can conduct current.
- Such current can be used, for example, to cut or coagulate the suctioned tissue.
- the vacuum tips described herein can be used with a standard endoscope or endoscopic type device that does not include rigidization.
- any of the rigidizing devices described herein can be used with a handle configured to allow manual manipulation and/or activation of the device.
- FIGS. 49 A- 49 D An exemplary handle 1031 is shown in FIGS. 49 A- 49 D .
- the handle 1031 includes an activation element 1048 in the form of a button configured to activate the vacuum or pressure (the button is shown off in FIGS. 49 A and 49 C and on in FIGS. 49 B and 49 D ).
- a flow path within the handle 1031 can include a vacuum or pressure inlet port 1049 configured to be attached to the vacuum or pressure source, a rigidizing device port 1050 that connects to the rigidizing device via output 1073 z , and a vent port 1051 that connects to atmosphere. As shown in FIG.
- the vent port 1051 and rigidizing device port 1050 are in communication with one another, thereby venting any rigidizing pressure or vacuum to the air and allowing the rigidizing device to be in a flexible configuration.
- FIG. 49 B when the activation element 1048 is in a proximal “on” position (i.e., such that vacuum or pressure to the rigidizing device is on), the rigidizing device port 1050 and the vacuum or pressure inlet port 1049 are in communication with one another, thereby supplying pressure or vacuum to the rigidizing device to allow the device to rigidize.
- the handle 1031 can be configured to be bonded to the rigidizing device (e.g., to an inner coil wound tube over the rigidizing device) at bonding region 1053 .
- the handle includes a status indicator element 1067 z to indicate whether the rigidizing device is in the flexible or rigid configuration.
- the status indicator 1067 z is such that the word “on” shows when the button is placed in the “on” position, and the word “off” shows when the button is placed in the “off” position.
- the status indicator can be a symbol, color, light, or moving indicator.
- the activation element for a rigidizing device handle as described herein can be a button, switch, toggle, slider, screwed connection, squeeze handle, or stop-cock. Further, the activation element can be planar, a sector, or omnidirectional.
- the indicator element can include words, lights, or an element that spins with flow of vacuum or pressure.
- the activation element 1548 can be a slider element.
- the activation element 1548 can include a connection element 1574 z (e.g., a hollow tube or snap-fit element) configured to slide over a handle.
- the indicator element 1567 z can be built into the slider (e.g., indicate “rigid” when the slider is in one position and “flexible” when the slider is in another position).
- a similar slider actuation element 1648 (this one orthogonal) can be seen in FIGS. 51 A- 51 C .
- the activation element can be positioned along the vacuum or pressure line between the handle and the vacuum or pressure pump, can be actuated by a foot pedal, can be on the scope umbilical, on the scope shaft, or can be clipped on the patient’s bed.
- the actuation element can be separate from the handle, but can clip onto the handle during part of the procedure.
- FIGS. 52 A- 52 C show an activation element 1448 that includes an attachment mechanism 1452 (e.g., a c-shaped clip) for detachable coupling to a handle 1431 .
- Having the indicator element and/or activation element separate from the handle can advantageously allow the actuator and indicator to be seen more clearly (i.e., not be obstructed by the person’s anatomy) and/or can allow the actuator and indicator to be controlled/used more easily by an additional person (e.g., a procedural assistant).
- FIGS. 53 A-D show a handle 1131 that is designed to allow manipulation of a rigidizing device, but that does not include an activation element or an indicator element.
- the handle 1131 includes a large stopper or flange 1161 at the distal end thereof that can act as an insertion blocker for the handle 1131 (i.e., to stop the handle 1131 from moving into the anatomy) and to act as a face against which the operator can push during use.
- the rigidizing device can connect at bond region 1153 .
- the handle 1131 can include an input 1165 from the remote activation element connected to an output 1173 z to the rigidizing device.
- a handle for use with a vacuum rigidizing device can include a vent port to vent the rigidizing device when vacuum is not supplied (i.e., when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration).
- FIGS. 54 A- 54 B show a handle 1231 having spool valve activation element 1248 that is shuttled in one direction to activate the vacuum in the rigidizing device and can be shuttled in the opposite direction to deactivate the vacuum or pressure.
- the activation element 1248 can provide venting via vent port 1251 .
- the activation element 1248 can be positioned on the vacuum or pressure line 1232 leading to the handle, such as 4′′-8′′, e.g., 6′′ away from the handle.
- the spool valve with end button indicator element 1267 z can indicate that the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration (as shown) or the rigid configuration (when pushed in the opposite direction).
- the activation element 1348 can be a rotary valve (e.g., connected to the handle or elsewhere as described herein), and a sliding indicator 1367 z on the rotary valve activation element 1348 can show that the vacuum or pressure is on (as shown in FIGS. 55 A and 55 C ) or off and vented (as shown in FIG. 55 B ).
- a handle for use with a vacuum rigidizing device can include a mechanism configured to automatically lock the handle in the vacuum or vented configuration.
- handle 7531 for use with a vacuum rigidizing device 7500 is shown in FIGS. 56 A- 56 G .
- the handle 7531 includes a handle body 7515 z configured to attach to the rigidizing device 7500 .
- the handle 7531 further includes an activation element 7548 in the form of a switch ring for supplying vacuum to the rigidizing device 7500 .
- the switch ring activation element 7548 can include a magnet 7522 z that is configured to mate with either a proximal magnet 7523 z (as shown in FIG. 56 D ) or a distal magnet 7524 z (as shown in FIG.
- the magnets 7522 z , 7523 z , 7524 z can lock the switch ring 7548 in the vacuum or vent configurations, thereby preventing harm to the patient that could result if in the unintended configuration (e.g., attempted movement of the device 7500 through the anatomy when in a rigid configuration when it could damage the anatomy).
- the magnet 7522 z can be a ferrous material while the magnets 7523 z , 7524 z can be magnets or vice versa.
- the handle 7531 can further include a user grip 7521 z for the user’s hand with a grip cover 7525 z configured to cover the vacuum feed tube line 7532 in the handle 7531 .
- the vacuum feed tube line 7532 can connect directly to the switch ring activation element 7548 .
- the vacuum feed line 7532 may have a spiral or winding shape under the grip cover 7525 z , which can allow the switch ring activation element 7548 to move proximally and distally without restricted motion caused by the vacuum feed line 7532 .
- the spiraling of the vacuum feed line 7532 may be from 30 to about 1440 degrees. For instance, 90 degrees (as shown in FIG. 56 C where the grip cover is removed for clarity) 180 , 360 and 720 degrees.
- the grip cover 7525 z may be designed such that it covers the whole vacuum feed line 7532 even when the spiral goes all the way around the handle 7531 .
- the handle 7531 can further include a stopper flange 7561 to prevent the handle 7531 from moving into the anatomy (for instance, the stopper flange may prevent the device from passing through the anus or through an oral bite guard), a proximal handle port 7526 z for insertion of a scope or other working tool therethrough, and/or an indicator element 7567 z .
- the indicator element 7567 z is a band that is visible only when the switch ring activation element 7548 is in the distal position.
- the indicator element 7567 z may have a different color and or value than the rest of the handle, preferably a color that contrasts sharply and is visible in reduced lighting configurations.
- the handle 7531 may be white and the indicator element 7567 z may be a medium to dark blue.
- the indicator element 7567 z band may also have a different texture than the rest of the handle 7531 . For instance, it may have raised bumps or a crosshatching. This may allow a physician to easily feel the state of the handle 7531 .
- a handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device can include a pressure gap inlet and a vent gap inlet.
- An exemplary handle 6231 attached to a pressure rigidizing device 6200 is shown in FIGS. 57 A- 57 C .
- the handle includes a gap inlet 6293 and a vent gap inlet 6223 .
- Pressure gap inlet 6293 connects to pressure gap 6212 (via pressure line 6294 ).
- Vent gap inlet 6223 (which can extend all the way through the handle to exit on both sides thereof) connects to gap 6206 around the braid layer 6209 (between the bladder 6221 and the outermost layer 6201 ).
- the vent inlet 6223 can be open to atmosphere while the gap inlet 6293 can be connected to a pressure source (e.g., and activated with an activation element).
- the handle 6231 can, for example, be used to operate the device 2200 g described with respect to FIG. 16 G .
- a fitting can be added to the gap inlet 6293 so that the handle 6231 can be used to operate the device 2200 i as described with respect to FIG. 16 I .
- a handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device can include a pre-filled pressure medium therein.
- an exemplary handle 7431 attached to a pressure rigidizing device 7400 is shown in FIGS. 58 A- 58 E .
- the handle 7431 includes a handle body 7415 z and a grip/lever 7411 z that can be activated to provide pressure medium to the rigidizing device 7400 , such as pressure medium pre-filled or stored in the fluid chamber 7412 z of the handle 7431 .
- the chamber 7412 z can, for example, be bordered by a rolling diaphragm 7416 z .
- the grip/lever 7411 z can include teeth 7476 z that mate with a rack 7414 z of a piston 7413 z .
- the piston 7413 z can move distally towards the rolling diaphragm 7416 z of the fluid chamber 7412 z .
- the rolling diaphragm 7416 z is pushed distally, it forces the pressure medium from the chamber 7412 z through the gap inlet 7493 to the pressure gap 7412 outside of the bladder 7421 for stiffening (and air or other fluids can likewise escape from around the braid layer via vent 7423 ).
- the handle 7431 can include a locking mechanism (e.g., via a click on/click off mechanism, such as that found in a ball point pen) with spring and feeler 7778 z configured to lock the grip/lever 7411 z against the body 7415 z so as to lock the rigidizing device 7400 in the rigid configuration.
- a locking mechanism e.g., via a click on/click off mechanism, such as that found in a ball point pen
- spring and feeler 7778 z configured to lock the grip/lever 7411 z against the body 7415 z so as to lock the rigidizing device 7400 in the rigid configuration.
- the grip/lever 7411 z is pushed against the body again, the grip/lever 7411 can be released, and the fluid can move back into the fluid chamber 7412 z via inlet 7493 .
- the handle 7431 can further include a pressure relief valve 7417 z between the chamber 7412 z and an overflow chamber 7418 z .
- a pressure relief valve 7417 z can open to allow fluid to be channeled into the overflow chamber 7418 z .
- the fluid chamber 7412 z can be overfilled during manufacturing such that the valve 7417 always opens upon the first activation of the grip/lever 7411 z , which can ensure calibration of the handle 7431 to the desired pressure.
- One exemplary method of filling the fluid chamber 7412 z can include: (1) attaching the handle 7431 to a filling fitting that attaches to a tube leading to the pressure system; (2) drawing a vacuum on the handle to remove air through that filling fitting; (3) while maintaining vacuum, introducing water, DI, Saline, an oil or another incompressible fluid into the system through the filling fitting; and (4) crimping and sealing the tube (via a mechanical crimp, via melting the tube, etc.) distal to the pressure fitting and then removing the pressure fitting, leaving the crimped/sealed tube in the handle.
- any of the handles described herein can have a pressure indicating feature built in.
- the handles may have a pressure gauge.
- the handles may include a feature, such as a piston, that is displaced to give a visual indication that the device is pressurized.
- the handles may have a feature that flips or turns such that it displays a different color; for instance, it may display a green dot at atmospheric pressure and red dot when rigidized.
- the visual indication can be seen on fluoroscopy.
- any of the pressure rigidizing handles described may have an emergency venting feature if, for some reason, the handle passageways became clogged.
- the emergency venting feature can, for example, allow for incising of the device, thereby breaking its pressure cavity.
- the emergency venting feature can, for example, be a valve distal to the handle (for example, a swabable valve), such that should the valve be actuated, the device would vent pressure and therefore de-rigidize.
- any of the rigidizing devices described herein can include built-in cameras, lighting, etc. to provide for on-board imaging.
- the cameras and lighting can be positioned at the distal tip of the device.
- a rigidizing device 8200 can include a camera 8234 z and lighting 8235 z mounted on the elongate body 8203 z proximal to the distal end 8202 z of the device (e.g., proximal to steering linkages 8204 z ).
- a rigidizing device 8700 can include a rigidizing elongate body 8703 z with a tapered distal tip 8733 z .
- the device 8700 can further include a hemostatic valve 8749 z and/or a flush line 8748 z .
- the braid described herein can include or be replaced by a mesh, a woven material, a ribbon or a cloth.
- the braid can be non-woven (i.e., fibers at different angles may not go over and under each other but instead be on separate layers that do not cross each other).
- the braid can be replaced by a stent or a structure (e.g., metal structure) cut from a hypodermic tube.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be configured to be loaded over the side of the scope or other instrument (e.g., rather than requiring insertion of the scope/instrument into the proximal end of the rigidizing device).
- the rigidizing device 400 can be split along the length thereof (i.e., split longitudinally through the wall from the proximal end to the distal end).
- a connection feature 444 can connect the split wall together.
- the connection feature 444 can be reusable.
- the connection feature 444 can be a series of magnets that can engage ( FIG. 61 A ) to hold the rigidizing device 400 together and disengage ( FIG.
- connection feature 444 can be permanent and not reusable, such as permanent tape or adhesive.
- the vacuum and pressure multi-layered systems described herein can be used to create stiffness for non-cylindrical or non-tubular structures.
- the systems described herein could be used to create a balloon that assumes the desired shape when pressurized and/or rigidized.
- Such a structure can be a flexible structure that nevertheless contains elements that exhibit high hoop stiffness, such as wire (tension or compression) or thin fiber strands (tension).
- the rigidizing devices described herein can include proximal and distal seals within the innermost layer to create a space between the scope or instrument and the innermost layer to hold lubrication.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used in conjunction with other versions of the product.
- an endoscope can include the rigidizing mechanisms described herein, and a rigidizing device can include the rigidizing mechanisms described herein. Used together, they can create a nested system that can advance, one after the other, allowing one of the elements to always remain stiffened, such that looping is reduced or eliminated (i.e., they can create a sequentially advancing nested system).
- the system 2300 z can include an outer rigidizing device 2300 and an inner rigidizing device 2310 (here, configured as a rigidizing scope) that are axially movable with respect to one another either concentrically or non-concentrically.
- the outer rigidizing device 2300 and the inner rigidizing device 2310 can include any of the rigidizing features as described herein.
- the outer rigidizing device 2300 can include an outermost layer 2301 a , a braided layer 2309 a , and an inner layer 2315 a including a coil wound therethrough.
- the outer rigidizing device 2300 can be, for example, configured to receive vacuum between the outermost layer 2301 a and the inner layer 2315 a to provide rigidization.
- the inner scope 2310 can include an outer layer 2301 b (e.g., with a coil wound therethrough), a braid layer 2309 b , a bladder layer 2321 b , and an inner layer 2315 b (e.g., with a coil wound therethrough).
- the inner scope 2310 can be, for example, configured to receive pressure between the bladder 2321 b and the inner layer 2315 b to provide rigidization.
- an air/water channel 2336 z and a working channel 2355 can extend through the inner rigidizing device 2310 .
- the inner rigidizing scope 2310 can include a distal section 2302 z with a camera 2334 z , lights 2335 z , and steerable linkages 2304 z .
- a cover 2327 z can extend over the distal section 2302 z .
- the camera and/or lighting can be delivered in a separate assembly (e.g., the camera and lighting can be bundled together in a catheter and delivered down the working channel 2355 and/or an additional working channel to the distal-most end 2333 z ).
- An interface 2337 z can be positioned between the inner rigidizing device 2310 and the outer rigidizing device 2300 .
- the interface 2337 z can be a gap, for example, having a dimension d (see FIG. 62 ) of 0.001”-0.050”, such as 0.0020”, 0.005′′ or 0.020” thick.
- the interface 2337 z can be low friction and include, for example, powder, coatings, or laminations to reduce the friction.
- there can be seals between the inner rigidizing device 2310 and outer rigidizing device 2300 and the intervening space can be pressurized, for example, with fluid or water, to create a hydrostatic bearing.
- there can be seals between the inner rigidizing device 2310 and outer rigidizing device 2300 can be filled with small spheres to reduce friction.
- the inner rigidizing device 2310 and outer rigidizing device 2300 can move relative to one another and alternately rigidize so as to transfer a bend or shape down the length of the nested system 2300 z .
- the inner device 2310 can be inserted into a lumen and bent or steered into the desired shape.
- Pressure can be applied to the inner rigidizing device 2310 to cause the braid elements to engage and lock the inner rigidizing device 2310 in the configuration.
- the rigidizing device (for instance, in a flexible state) 2300 can then be advanced over the rigid inner device 2310 .
- vacuum can be applied to the rigidizing device 2300 to cause the layers to engage and lock to fix the shape of the rigidizing device.
- the inner device 2310 can be transitioned to a flexible state, advanced, and the process repeated.
- the system 2300 z is described as including a rigidizing device and an inner device configured as a scope, it should be understood that other configurations are possible.
- the system might include two overtubes, two catheters, or a combination of overtube, catheter, and scope.
- FIG. 63 shows another exemplary nested system 2700 z .
- System 2700 z is similar to system 2300 z except that it includes a cover 2738 z attached to both the inner and outer rigidizing device 2710 , 2700 .
- the cover 2738 z may be, for example, low-durometer and thin-walled to allow elasticity and stretching.
- the cover 2738 z may be a rubber, such as urethane, latex, or silicone.
- the cover 2738 z may protect the interface / radial gap between the inner and outer devices 2710 , 2700 .
- the cover 2738 z may prevent contamination from entering the space between the inner and outer tubes.
- the cover 2738 z may further prevent tissue and other substances from becoming trapped in the space between the inner and outer tubes.
- the cover 2738 z may stretch to allow the inner device 2710 and outer device 2700 to travel independently of one another within the elastic limits of the material.
- the cover 2738 z may be bonded or attached to the rigidizing devices 2710 , 2700 in such a way that the cover 2738 z is always at a minimum slightly stretched. This embodiment may be wiped down externally for cleaning.
- the cover 2738 z can be configured as a “rolling” seal, such as disclosed in US6447491, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
- FIGS. 64 A- 64 B show another exemplary nested system 9400 z .
- the outer rigidizing device 9400 includes steering and imaging (e.g., similar to a scope) while the inner device includes only rigidization (though it could include additional steering elements as described elsewhere herein).
- outer device 9400 includes linkages or other steering means disclosed herein 9404 z , camera 9434 z , and lighting 9435 z .
- the outer device 9400 can further include a central passageway 9439 z for access to the inner device 9410 (e.g., lumens such as working channels therein).
- bellows or a loop of tubing can connect the passageway 9439 z to lumens of the inner device 9410 .
- the outer device 9400 can lead the inner device 9410 (the inner device 9410 is shown retracted relative to the outer device 9400 in FIG. 64 A and extended substantially even with the outer device 9400 in FIG. 64 B ).
- system 9400 z can provide a smooth exterior surface to avoid pinching the anatomy and/or entrance of fluid between the inner and outer devices 9410 , 9400 .
- Having the steering on the outer device 9400 can also provide additional leverage for steering the tip.
- the outer device can facilitate better imaging capabilities due to the larger diameter of the outer device 9400 and its ability to accommodate a larger camera.
- FIGS. 65 A- 65 H show the exemplary use of a nested system 2400 z as described herein.
- the inner rigidizing device 2410 is positioned within the outer rigidizing device 2400 such that the distal end of the inner rigidizing device 2410 extends outside of the outer rigidizing device 2400 .
- the distal end of the inner rigidizing device 2410 is bent in the desired direction/orientation and then rigidized (e.g., using vacuum or pressure as described herein).
- the outer rigidizing device 2400 in the flexible configuration
- is advanced over the rigidized inner rigidizing device 2410 including over the bending distal section).
- the outer rigidizing device 2400 can be rigidized (e.g., using vacuum or pressure as described herein).
- the inner rigidizing device 2410 can then be transitioned to the flexible state (e.g., by removing the vacuum or pressure as described herein and by allowing the steering cables to go slack such that tip can move easily) and can be advanced and directed/oriented/steered as desired.
- the inner rigidizing device 2410 can be actively steered (either manually or via computational control) as it emerges such that is minimizes the load on the rigidized outer tube.
- the outer rigidizing device 2400 can be transitioned to the flexible state and advanced thereover (as shown in FIG. 65 E ). The process can then be repeated as shown in FIGS. 65 F-H .
- a third rigidizing device can be slid over the first two rigidizing devices ( 2400 , 2410 ) and rigidized. Rigidizing devices 2400 and 2410 can then be withdrawn. Finally, a fourth rigidizing device can be inserted through the inner lumen of the third tube.
- This fourth rigidizing device may have a larger diameter and more features than rigidizing device 2410 . For instance, it may have a larger working channel, more working channels, a better camera, or combinations thereof. This technique can allow two smaller tubes, which tend to be more flexible and maneuverable, to reach deep into the body while still ultimately deliver a larger tube for therapeutic purposes.
- the fourth rigidizing device can be a regular endoscope as is known in the art.
- outer rigidizing device 2400 may be rigidized and then the inner rigidizing device 2410 may be removed.
- the rigidizing device 2410 may be a “navigation” device comprising a camera, lighting and a distal steering section.
- the “navigation” device 2410 may be well sealed such that it is easy to clean between procedures.
- a second inner device may then be placed inside the rigidized outer device 2400 and advanced past the distal end of the outer device 2400 .
- the second inner device may be a “therapeutic” tube comprising such elements as a camera, lights, water, suction and various tools.
- the “therapeutic” device may not have a steering section or the ability to rigidize, thereby giving additional room in the body of the therapeutic tube for the inclusion of other features, for example, tools for performing therapies.
- the tools on the “therapeutic” tube may be used to perform a therapy in the body, such as, for example, a mucosal resection or dissection in the human GI tract.
- a third device may be inserted inside inner tube 2410 .
- the third device may be rigidizing and/or an endoscope.
- outer rigidizing device for the nested systems described herein is often referred to as rigidizing via vacuum and the inner scope rigidizing device as rigidizing via pressure, the opposite can be true (i.e., the outer rigidizing device can rigidize via pressure and the inner rigidizing device via vacuum) and/or both can have the same rigidizing source (pressure and/or vacuum).
- the inner and outer elements of the nested systems are generally described as including integrated rigidizing elements, the rigidizing elements can be separate (e.g., so as to allow relative sliding between the imaging scope elements and the rigidizing elements).
- the rigidizing devices of the nested systems described herein can be designed such that inner rigidizing device can’t rotate substantially within outer rigidizing device when they are assembled.
- the outer surface of the inner rigidizing device can have longitudinal ridges and grooves that form a spline.
- the inner surface of the outer rigidizing device can have corresponding ridges and grooves that mate with the same features in the outer rigidizing device.
- Either or both of the rigidizing devices of the nested systems described herein can be steerable. If both rigidizing devices are steerable, an algorithm can be implemented that steers whichever rigidizing device is flexible and moving longitudinally. The algorithm can steer the flexible rigidizing device to anticipate the shape of the rigidized device thus minimizing the tendency for the moving, flexible rigidizing device to straighten the rigid device.
- one rigidizing device of the nested systems described herein requires vacuum and the other rigidizing device requires pressure
- user controls can be constructed in which moving one vs. the other (outer and inner) involves flipping a switch, with the switch toggling between a first condition in which, for example, one is pressurized for rigidity when the other is vented for flexibility and a second condition in which one is vented for flexibility and the other is vacuumed for stiffness.
- This for example, could be a foot pedal or a hand switch.
- the alternate movement of the nested systems described herein can be controlled manually. In other embodiments, the alternate movement can be controlled automatically, via a computer and/or with a motorized motion control system.
- the nested systems described herein can advantageously be of similar stiffness. This can ensure that the total stiffnesses of the nested system is relatively continuous.
- the nested systems described herein can be small so as to fit in a variety of different anatomies.
- the outside diameter of the system can be between 0.05”-0.15”, such as approximately 0.1”.
- the outside diameter of the system can be between 0.1′′-0.3”, such as approximately 0.2”.
- the outside diameter of the system can be between 0.3′′-1.0”, such as 0.8”.
- the nested systems described herein can maintain high stiffness even at a small profile.
- the change in relative stiffness from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration can be multiples of 10x, 20x, 30x, and even larger. Additionally, the nested systems described herein can advantageously move smoothly relative to one another.
- the nested systems described herein can advantageously navigate an arbitrary path, or an open, complex, or tortuous space, and create a range of free-standing complex shapes.
- the nested systems can further advantageously provide shape propagation, allowing for shape memory to be imparted from one element to another.
- both tubes can be placed in a partially or fully flexible state such that, for instance, the radii or curvature of the system increases, and the surrounding anatomy provides support to the system.
- the pressure or vacuum being used to rigidize the tubes can be reduced or stopped to place the tubes in a partially or fully flexible state.
- This momentary relaxation (for instance, for 1-10 seconds) may allow the system to find a shape that more closely matches the anatomy it is travelling through. For instance, in the colon, this relaxation may gently open tight turns in the anatomy.
- the stiffness capabilities of the inner or outer rigidizing devices may be designed such that tight turns formed by the inner rigidizing device at its tip, when copied by the outer rigidizing device, are gradually opened up (made to have a larger radius) as the shape propagates proximally down the outer tube.
- the outer rigidizing device may be designed to have a higher minimum radius of curvature when rigidized.
- the nested systems are continuous (i.e., non-segmented) and therefor provide smooth and continuous movement through the body (e.g., the intestines).
- the nested systems can be disposable and low-cost.
- the outer rigidizing device can be a dynamically rigidizing overtube (e.g., as described in PCT/US18/42946, the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein).
- the inner rigidizing device can be a rigidizing system or a commercially available scope, for example a 5 mm diameter nasal scope. Utilizing rigidization and a nested system enables the utilization of a smaller scope that delivers, compared to a duodenoscope, more flexibility if desired, more stiffness if desired, enhanced maneuverability, and the ability to articulate at a much smaller radius of curvature.
- the inner rigidizing device of a nested system upon reaching the target destination, can be withdrawn.
- the outer rigidizing device can remain rigidized and contrast can be injected through the inner element’s space to fluoroscopically image.
- RF coils can be used in any of the nested systems described herein to provide a 3-D representation of whatever shape the nested system takes. That representation can be used to recreate a shape or return to a given point (e.g., for reexamination by the doctor after an automated colonoscopy).
- the nested systems described herein can be useful as a complete endoscope, with the internal structure carrying the payload of working channels, pressurization lines, vacuum lines, tip wash, and electronics for lighting and imaging (vision systems, ultrasound, x-ray, MRI).
- the nested systems described herein can be used, for example, for colonoscopy.
- a colonoscopy nested system can reduce or eliminate looping. It could eliminate the need for endoscopic reduction. Without looping, the procedure can combine the speed and low cost of a sigmoidoscopy with the efficacy of a colonoscopy.
- colonoscopy nested systems can eliminate conscious sedation and its associated costs, time, risks, and facility requirements. Further, procedural skill can be markedly reduced for such colonoscopy procedures by using the nested systems described herein.
- the nested systems described herein can provide automated colonoscopy, wherein a vision system automatically drives the nested system down the center of the colon while looking for polyps. Such an automated system would advantageously not require sedation nor a doctor for the basic exam while allowing the doctor to follow up for further examination if required.
- a rigidizing device as described herein can be configured as a rigidizing rod.
- the rod 4900 can include an outer layer 4901 , a braid layer 4909 , and an inner bladder layer 4921 .
- the gap 4912 within the bladder layer can be sealed and filled, for example, with air or water (e.g., to push the bladder layer 4921 radially outwards).
- the outer layer 4901 can be a wire-reinforced layer, such as a coil reinforced urethane tube.
- the braid layer 4901 can include braided strands 4933 and can include any of the features of other braid layers described herein.
- the inner bladder layer 4921 can be made of a low durometer elastomer.
- the rod 4900 can further include an atraumatic tip that is soft and/or tapered.
- the distal end of the inner bladder layer 4921 can be sealed to the outer layer 4901 , and the rod 4900 can include an inlet between the outer layer 4901 and the inner bladder layer 4921 to provide vacuum for rigidization.
- the distal end of the inner bladder layer 4921 can be sealed to itself or to the atraumatic distal tip and the proximal end can be configured to have an inlet to the inside of the inner bladder layer 4921 (i.e., radially inward of the inner bladder layer 4921 ) to provide pressure rigidization.
- the rod 4900 can further include a vent on the distal and/or proximal end to allow venting of air from between the inner bladder layer 4921 and outer layer 4901 (thereby allowing the bladder 4921 to fully push the braid layer 4909 against the outer layer 4901 ).
- the outer surface of the outer layer 4901 can be coated to provide a low friction surface including a hydrophilic coating.
- the outer diameter of the rod 4900 can be less than 5 mm, less than 4 mm, or less than 3 mm.
- the outer diameter can be between 2 mm and 5 mm, such as between 2.5 mm and 3 mm, such as approximately 2.8 mm.
- an angle of the braid of the braid layer 4909 can be less than 25 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the tube, such as approximately 5-15 degrees.
- the rod 4900 can be used, for example, as a stiffening wire for colonoscopy.
- the colonoscope 5091 can be inserted into the patient’s colon. If looping occurs (thereby hindering advancement of the colonoscope), the scope 5091 can be left in place, the working channel 5055 of the scope 5091 can be flushed, water can be applied to the outer surface of the rod 4900 to activate the hydrophilic coating, and the rod 4900 can be inserted in the flexible state (i.e., un-rigidized) through the working channel 5055 .
- the rod 4900 is fully inserted into the endoscope such that the distal end of the rod 4900 is flush with the distal end of the colonoscope 5091 vacuum or pressure can be applied to the rod 4900 (e.g., via pressure inlet and/or connector 5063 z ), thereby rigidizing the rod.
- the pressure or vacuum can be supplied to the rod 4900 through a syringe or locking insufflator
- the colonoscope 5091 can be advanced over the rod 4900 and relative to the patient while holding the rod 4900 stationary relative to the patient.
- the vacuum or pressure can be removed to advance or remove the rigidizing rod 4900 .
- the rod 4900 can thus be inserted into the scope 5091 in a flexible configuration so as to navigate around turns easily relative to a standard stiffening wire (i.e., relative to a stiffening wire of fixed rigidity). Further, the rod 4900 can conform to the shape of the looped colon in the flexible configuration while providing a rigid track for the scope to ride along in the rigid configuration. Dynamic transitions of the rod 4900 between flexible and stiff configurations can prevent unwanted straightening of the scope 5091 (which can otherwise occur with standard stiffening wires). Further, the atraumatic tip of the rod 4900 can prevent damaging of the working channel 5055 .
- the rigidizing rod 4900 can further be relatively long (e.g., longer than the scope) without prohibiting navigation of the scope because the scope moves over and along the rigidizing rod 4900 , and thus the rod 4900 can work with a variety of scopes regardless of length of the scope.
- the rod 4900 can have a diameter of 3.2 mm or less and can thus work with a variety of endoscopes regardless of diameter (as most endoscopes have a working channel that is 3.2 mm or larger).
- the rigidizing systems and devices described herein can be used to treat or access a number of different anatomical locations.
- a rigidizing device as described herein can be introduced to the patient in the flexible configuration. Once the distal end of the rigidizing device is positioned past the challenging anatomy (e.g., a portion of the anatomy that would cause looping or is otherwise difficult to pass with a standard instrument), the rigidizing device can be transitioned to the rigid configuration. An instrument (e.g., a scope) can then be passed over or through the rigid device.
- the devices described herein can be used to navigate the gastrointestinal tract, to reach anatomical locations in the stomach, for abdominal access to anatomical locations otherwise blocked by other organs, for interventional endoscopic procedures (including ESD (Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection) and EMR (Endoscopic Mucosal Resection)), for direct cholangioscopy, for endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography, for cardiac applications, for resection or snaring of a lesion in the gastrointestinal tract, for enteroscopy, for EUS, to access the lungs, to access the kidneys, for neuro applications, for treatment of chronic total occlusions, for laparoscopic manual tools, for contralateral leg access, for ear nose and throat applications, during esophagogastroduodenoscopy, for transoral robotic surgery, for flexible robotic endoscopy, for natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery, or for altered anatomy cases. Specific examples are further described below.
- ESD Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection
- a rigidizing device can have an inner diameter of approximately 0.3′′-0.8” (e.g., 0.5”), an outer diameter of 0.4′′-1.0” (e.g., 0.6”), and a length of 50-200 cm, such as 75-150 cm, when designed, for example, for use in the gastrointestinal tract.
- the rigidizing device can have an inner diameter of, for example, 0.04”-0.3” (e.g., 0.2”), an outer diameter of 0.06′′-0.4”, and a length of 30-130 cm when designed, for example, for use in the cardiac vessels.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used as overtubes for scopes in at least three different manners: (I) placement of the overtube after the scope has reached the destination; (II) overtube follows the scope closely, but remains proximal to the tip of the scope until the scope has reached its destination; or (III) the point and shoot method.
- An exemplary rigidizing device 2000 and scope 2091 is shown in FIGS. 68 A- 68 B
- the scope 2091 can be placed in the body at the desired location using standard technique, and then the rigidizing device 2000 can be advanced from the proximal end until the rigidizing device 2000 is sufficiently supporting the scope 2091 .
- a doctor may advance a colonoscope to the target site and then advance a rigidizing device almost or completely to the tip of the endoscope.
- the rigidizing device 2000 may then be rigidized.
- the rigidized device 2000 can, for example, advantageously enhance control during resection of a colon by providing a stable surgical platform.
- the rigidized device 2000 can also advantageously facilitate a good connection between the doctor’s hand motion of the shaft of the scope 2091 external to the patient and motion of the tip of the scope 2091 (so called “1 to 1” motion).
- the scope 2091 may lead the rigidizing device 2000 (for example, the distal end of the scope 2091 and the distal end of the rigidizing device 2000 may never approximately align) with the rigidizing device repeatedly being switched between a flexible and rigid state to aid advancement of the scope.
- the rigidizing device 2000 may be rigid, helping to prevent scope looping and aiding in scope force transmission.
- the rigidizing device may be made flexible again and advanced distally on the scope. The process may be repeated.
- Method III may include the following steps: (1) rigidizing device 2000 can be in a flexible state with the distal end of the rigidizing device 2000 approximately aligned with the distal end of the scope 2091 ; (2) scope 2091 can be steered with the distal end of the rigidizing device 2000 positioned thereover and therefore being steered by the scope 2091 ; (3) rigidizing device 2000 can be placed in a rigid state that mirrors the steering position of the scope 2091 ; (4) the distal end of scope 2091 can be advanced. This point and shoot method can advantageously allow the scope 2091 to be advanced in the direction to which the tip of the scope 2091 is pointing. In some embodiments, the steps can be repeated to advance the rigidizing device 2000 and scope 2091 within a body cavity or lumen.
- the rigidizing device can be steerable to further provide direction for the scope.
- the three different manners of control can be used in the digestive tract.
- these techniques may allow an endoscope 2691 a to be positioned in the upper digestive tract 2646 z with a rigidizing device 2600 a as shown in FIG. 69 A .
- a rigidizing device 2600 b may be used to position an endoscope 2691 b in the lower digestive tract 2647 z as shown in FIG. 69 B .
- the described manners of control may make the positioning shown in FIGS. 69 A and 69 B easier and faster to achieve, while minimizing risk of complications (such as GI tract perforation) and reducing or eliminating patient discomfort form endoscopic looping.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) and/or direct cholangioscopy (DC).
- ERCP endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography
- DC direct cholangioscopy
- the goal of endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography is to diagnose and treat disease in the bile and pancreatic ducts. This is most commonly performed with a side viewing duodenoscope by navigating a guidewire into the bile and pancreatic ducts, injecting contrast into the ducts, viewing under fluoroscopy, and passing various tools through the ducts over the wire. It is desirable to directly visualize the ducts with a camera rather than using radiation and contrast injections. By passing a small endoscope into the bile ducts, one can directly visualize the ducts without radiation. However, it is very difficult to navigate such a small endoscope through the stomach and into the bile duct as the scope will tend to loop.
- the endoscope must be small in order to fit inside the small ducts which means it is very flexible and buckles inside the stomach when trying to exit the stomach.
- the duct entrance (papilla) is on the side of the duodenum wall which means the endoscope must bend and advance at an angle relative to the long axis of the endoscope which cannot be done without a surface to deflect against.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used to create more optimal access and stabilization during ERCP and DC, including the kinematically and clinically challenging tasks of cannulating the papilla.
- the devices described herein can be used both for getting to the papilla (which is typically performed with a duodenoscope) and to cannulate the biliary and pancreatic trees.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used for ERCP and direct visualization of the pancreatic or bile duct (cholangioscopy) in a variety of ways.
- a rigidizing device 8300 (which can be similar to the rigidizing device of FIG. 25 ) with a steerable distal end 8302 z may be used over a cholangioscope 8391 .
- the cholangioscope 8391 can be a flexible endoscope with a camera, lighting, and optionally a tool channel designed to achieve the bend radius and diameter necessary to navigate into the bile ducts.
- the bend radius of the cholangioscope 8391 can be 0.5” with a distal tip and insertion tube diameter of 2 mm- 6 mm.
- the cholangioscope 8391 can be placed inside the rigidizing device 8300 , and the rigidizing device 8300 can begin in the flexible condition.
- the two devices 8300 , 8391 may be navigated together through the upper gastrointestinal tract to the duodenum 8354 z (or the cholangioscope 8391 may be advanced ahead of the rigidizing device 8300 with the rigidizing device 8300 following it when deemed necessary by the operator).
- the rigidizing device 8300 can be rigidized and steered to angle the cholangioscope 8391 towards the entrance to the ducts (papilla 8355 z ).
- the rigidizing device 8300 steering can be locked in place and the cholangioscope 8391 can be advanced towards the papilla 8355 z .
- a guidewire 8385 can be pushed through the cholangioscope 8391 and aimed at the entrance to the papilla 8355 z and pushed through into the bile duct 8357 z or the pancreatic duct 8356 z (positioning in the bile duct 8355 z is shown in FIG. 70 A ). As shown in FIG.
- the cholangioscope 8391 can be advanced into the bile duct 8357 z over the wire 8385 to achieve direct cannulation.
- This rigidizing device 8300 in this method can advantageously support the small cholangioscope 8391 to keep it from buckling in the stomach, and the steering section 8302 z of the rigidizing device 8300 can advantageously deflect the cholangioscope 8391 and direct it towards the papilla. As a result, direct visualization can be achieved, reducing the amount of radiation required during ERCP.
- FIGS. 71 A- 71 B Another exemplary ERCP method is shown in FIGS. 71 A- 71 B .
- a rigidizing device 8400 without a steerable distal end can be used.
- the cholangioscope 8491 can be used to steer the rigidizing device 8400 while in the flexible configuration to point the rigidizing device 8400 towards the papilla 8455 z . Once pointed in the correct direction, the rigidizing device 8400 can be rigidized.
- the cholangioscope 8491 can then be advanced in the same manner as described above with respect to FIGS. 70 A- 70 B . This method can be referred to as the “point and shoot” method of direct cholangioscopy.
- the rigidizing device 8500 includes at least two working channels therein (e.g., similar to the device of FIGS. 20 A- 20 B and 21 A- 21 B ).
- the cholangioscope 8591 is placed down the first tool channel initially for navigation and cannulation of the papilla 8555 z . Once the guidewire 8585 has been crossed into the bile duct 8557 z (as shown in FIG. 72 B ) or pancreatic duct ( 8556 z ), the cholangioscope 8591 can be removed from the first tool channel with the wire 8585 remaining in place inside the duct 8557 z (as shown in FIG. 72 C ).
- the cholangioscope 8591 can then be placed into the second tool channel (e.g., which may extend sideways out of the wall of the device 8500 as shown in FIG. 81 ) such that the duodenal side of the papilla 8555 z can be seen (as shown in FIG. 72 D ).
- the first tool channel can be used to place larger instruments therethrough, such as a stent 8558 z to be placed into the duct 8557 z .
- a rigidizing device similar to the device of FIG. 59 includes a single tool channel running the entire length of the device.
- the rigidizing device includes a camera attached to the outside of the rigidizing device just proximal to the steering section.
- Cannulation, ERCP, and direct cholangioscopy can be performed similar to the methods described above.
- the cholangioscope can be removed from the tool channel and the rigidizing device camera can be used to view the exterior of the papilla while larger instruments or stents are used.
- the rigidizing device includes a suction tip on the distal end thereof as described in FIGS. 46 A- 46 B .
- the suction tip can surround the papilla, and suction can be applied at the tip. This action can stabilize the papilla and make it easier for the cholangioscope to aim to the appropriate location to cross the wire. Holding the surrounding tissue of the papilla can also provide some counter-tension when pushing on the papilla with the wire or cholangioscope. Providing counter tension to the compression force of the cholangioscope or other tools could decrease the number of sphincterotomies (cutting open the papilla) required.
- the rigidizing devices used for ERCP as described herein can be disposable and sterile, reducing risk of infection or cross-patient contamination.
- the methods further result in less radiation and easy of navigation to the papilla with steering capabilities on the rigidizing device and/or the scope.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for cardiology and cardiac surgery, including in the aortic and mitral valves.
- the clinician affects motion from the access site (e.g., an artery or vein in the groin, arm, etc.) using some sort of flexible rod or shaft that has adequate stiffness to advance the catheter to the treatment site but is flexible enough to conform to the anatomy.
- the access site e.g., an artery or vein in the groin, arm, etc.
- some sort of flexible rod or shaft that has adequate stiffness to advance the catheter to the treatment site but is flexible enough to conform to the anatomy.
- all the force or leverage is developed at the remote access site and may be reflected off of more local anatomy to: (a) bend the flexible rod or shaft to navigate to the procedure site; and to (b) provide localized forces (linear and torque) at the procedure site.
- a dynamically rigidizing device as described herein effectively moves the access site to the treatment site by providing a means to both navigate through tortuous anatomy to the treatment site and to rigidize and form a stable port at the treatment site independent of anatomical reflections.
- One of the advantages of the rigidizing devices described herein is the ability to conform to surrounding anatomy (e.g., the vasculature).
- Devices such as guide catheters need to provide a certain amount of stiffness to be advanced through the anatomy (e.g. vasculature) and perform the functions required.
- Stiff systems can prevent the device from being advanced to the target anatomy due, at least in part, to highly tortuous paths, forcing the anatomy to conform to the device, which can lead to trauma to surrounding tissues and vessels.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be flexible enough to be moved through the vasculature, conforming to the vasculature instead of remodeling the vasculature.
- the inch-worming allowed by a rigidizing device or nested system as described herein allows for this flexible forward movement. Once the device has advanced to a target site, the rigidization allows for preservation and utilization of the created path through the vasculature.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be 1 ⁇ 10 as stiff as a typical guide catheter when in a flexible state and 5 times stiffer than a typical guide catheter when in a rigid state.
- a rigidizing device as described herein can be used during percutaneous procedures in the heart or vasculature.
- the rigidizing device can both conform to the cardiac anatomy and provide a local distal fulcrum for instrument manipulation.
- the mechanical fixation and stabilization occurs at the access site (e.g., femoral vein, radial artery, iliac vein, etc.). As described above, this fixation point creates a long moment arm extending from the access site to the procedure site.
- the mechanical linkage created by typical stiff catheter systems between the access site and target anatomy relies on anatomical reflections to direct the catheter tip and transmit force to the tools being used.
- Stiff catheter systems create potential energy along the access route when they are bent to conform to the anatomy. This energy can be released when there is voluntary or involuntary patient movement or unintentional movement by the operator at the access site.
- the rigidizing devices described herein conform to the anatomical pathway prior to rigidization, eliminating stored energy associated with stiff catheter systems. Once rigidized, the mechanical fixation is achieved independently of anatomical reflections, greatly reducing the moment arm and increasing a physician’s control over the procedure tools leading to more predictable results.
- the rigidizing device can comprise an integrated hemostasis valve, obviating the need for a separate access sheath.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used to stiffen a guide sheath in interventional cardiology or structural heart cases.
- the rigidizing devices can be used to provide a “rail” for the transcatheter aortic valve replacement (TAVR) device, thereby keeping the tip of the TAVR catheter from scraping and skiving the top of the aortic arch where there is often thrombus burden (current systems tend to ride the outside of the arch, rubbing against plaques, creating embolic debris).
- TAVR transcatheter aortic valve replacement
- the rigidizing devices can help enable superior alignment and placement as well as lower paravalvular leakage and optimal placement relative to pacing nodes.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used as a delivery system that may be passed from the venous circulation through the right atrium and atrial septum into the left atrium through the mitral valve and antegrade into the left ventricular outflow tract and aortic valve.
- a transcatheter aortic valve implantation may be facilitated avoiding contact with the aortic arch and ascending aorta typical with retrograde deployment
- the rigidizing devices described herein can be used to deliver a mitral valve replacement. That is, crossing the septal wall during mitral valve replacement can be particularly difficult, as it involves multiple curves, a beating heart, and the need for precisely aligned entry and stabilization before delivery of the implant.
- Current valve delivery platforms can be quite rigid, which can be dangerous for anatomy that it straightens (such as the femoral artery, which can be highly calcified and friable).
- the rigidizing devices described herein can advantageously create a conduit that goes in flexibly, then rigidizes in whatever shape the particular person’s anatomy provided, such that the rigidizing device conforms to the entire anatomical track.
- the rigidizing devices described herein can allow the clinician to create a stable mechanical lumen leading directly to the anatomy, to locate it without significant local anatomical load, then to stabilize rigidly in that shape as a device is delivered through it.
- FIG. 73 A depicts an embodiment of a rigidizing device 3700 advanced through the right atrium RA to the left atrium of the heart.
- a guidewire or other piercing member and dilator can be used to puncture the atrial septum 3704 to create access to the left atrium LA.
- the rigidizing device 3700 can be advanced to the treatment site using the methods described herein.
- a cardiac tool 3787 (which may or may not be rigidizing) can be advanced within with the rigidizing device 3700 .
- the cardiac tool 3787 and rigidizing device 3700 can be advanced as described with respect to the nested system shown herein, such as in FIGS. 65 AH ,.
- the dynamic nature of the rigidization allows the device 3700 and tool 3787 to be advanced through tortuous anatomy.
- the rigidizing device 3700 can be rigidized once at the treatment site to provide a stable base for the treatment.
- the rigidizing device 3700 may comprise an anchoring balloon 3778 near its distal tip to anchor the rigidizing device 3700 to chambers in the heart, e.g., to the atrial septum 3704 to maintain the tip of the tube 3700 in the left atrium LA.
- the detailed view of FIG. 73 B shows the balloon 3778 .
- the balloon 3778 can be positioned at any location around a circumference of the tube 3700 .
- the balloon is annular and surrounds a circumference of the tube 3700 .
- the rigidizing device 3700 may include an echogenic tip. Other tips allowing real time visualization are also possible (e.g., radiographic tip, a scope within a saline filled bag, etc.).
- FIGS. 74 A- 74 B show an exemplary method for use of a dynamically rigidizing device in performing treatment of a in a small branching vessel, such as the coronary arteries.
- a small branching vessel such as the coronary arteries.
- applying force in these areas can cause the guide catheter or other advanced devices to be pushed out of the area.
- access sheaths are used in such situations to provide a bit of mechanical advantage.
- FIGS. 74 A- 74 B compare the use of a standard guide catheter to a rigidizing device as described herein. In FIG.
- a standard guide catheter 3886 is used to navigate to the ostium 3845 of one of the main coronary arteries 3842 .
- a guidewire 3885 extends from the tip of the guide catheter 3886 and can be used to perform a procedure (e.g., placing a stent).
- the guide catheter 3886 can, in some embodiments, reflect off of adjacent anatomy 3873 to achieve mechanical advantage, prevent catheter push back, and/or provide more local force.
- FIG. 74 B show a rigidizing device 3800 as described herein advanced through the ostium 3845 and into the coronary artery 3842 . Because of the rigidization capability of the device 3800 , it does not need to reflect off local anatomy and can instead provide inherent stabilization at the treatment site. Additionally, because of the dynamic rigidization capabilities of the rigidizing device, it can be advanced past the ostium 3845 and into the coronary artery 3842 .
- FIG. 75 A shows an exemplary method of using a dynamically rigidizing overtube system for performing a mitral valve repair.
- This method illustrates how the rigidizing device 3900 can be positioned in the left atrium LA such that it independently maintains axial alignment with the treatment site, in this example, the mitral valve.
- the rigidizing device 3900 is advanced through the vasculature to the right atrium RA, through the atrial septum, and into the left atrium LA.
- the end of the rigidizing device can be steered such that a longitudinal axis 3983 extending through the end 3969 of the tube aligns with the desired treatment area (e.g., portion of the valve).
- the steering, dynamically rigidizing, and tip visualization capabilities can allow for precise positioning of the rigidizing device.
- the axis 3983 extends through the mitral valve MV into the left ventricle LV.
- Another position 3964 of the rigidizing device 3900 is shown in phantom with the axis extending through a leaflet of the mitral valve MV.
- Current methods of mitral valve repair utilize a guide catheter to navigate to the left atrium LA, and often reliable axial alignment is not possible.
- the presently disclosed method of using the rigidizing device 3900 to achieve axial alignment in a flexible state prior to rigidization provides a significant benefit over currently used methods of positioning during procedures such as mitral valve repair.
- This sort of precise alignment can be beneficial in other areas of the anatomy as well (e.g., across other valves, in transseptal access sites, within a vessel lumen, etc.), including the ability to place sutures, clips and other devices within the heart with equivalent precision normally reserved for open heart surgery.
- the rigidizing device 3900 used in a procedure such as that shown in FIG. 75 A can comprise various configurations.
- the rigidizing device 3900 can be steered and positioned using a guidewire 3985 .
- the rigidizing device 3900 can comprise a nested system comprising an inner rigidizing device 3910 .
- At needle-tipped catheter 3958 z can be advanced through the rigidizing device 3900 and positioned within the cardiac anatomy, such as above a mitral valve leaflet.
- the needle-tipped catheter 3958 z can contain an anchoring device 3962 z (pledget, stainless steel pledget, etc.) attached to a length of suture 3959 z that can be passed through the tissue creating an anchor for the suture.
- Suture and anchors delivered through the rigidizing device can be used to sew tissue structures together, such as leaflet plication for mitral valve repair.
- a system comprising one or more rigidizing devices as described herein can be used in heart procedures other than mitral valve repair.
- the system may be used in complex mitral valve procedures where the goal may be to effect leaflet repair and mitral annuloplasty during the same procedure.
- the system can be used to perform transseptal delivery of an aortic prosthesis (e.g., TAVI).
- the system is used to perform aortic valve repair via transseptal access.
- a combination of dynamically rigidizing overtubes can used in synchrony to pass suture or other instruments from one heart chamber to another.
- the dynamically rigidizing systems described herein can advantageously provide a cannula or access sheath providing universal access to the various chambers of the heart.
- FIG. 76 A shows an exemplary dual rigidizing cannula system that can be simultaneously placed in multiple chambers of the heart.
- the two rigidizing cannulas 4000 a , 4000 b can be axially aligned and provide the capability for clinicians to pass instruments from one cannula to the other.
- the first rigidizing cannula 4000 a can be navigated through the right atrium RA to the left atrium LA with the tip 4004 of the cannula facing towards the mitral valve 4081 .
- the rigidizing cannula 4000 a can be rigidized in this position.
- the cannula 4004 a may comprise a bending section near the tip 4004 to properly position the tip and steer the device.
- the second cannula 4000 b can be navigated retrograde through the aorta 4066 z into the left ventricle LV.
- the cannula 4000 b can be steered and positioned such that a tip 4039 is positioned below the mitral valve and facing the tip 40004 of the first cannula 4000 a .
- the cannula 4000 b can be rigidized in this position.
- the axis 4014 extending between the tip 4004 of the first cannula and the tip 4039 of the second cannula can be aligned with the area to be treated. This dual access can allow, for example, a suture to be passed from one cannula to the other and/or to allow tools to be passed therebetween.
- Using two cannulas can also allow the procedure to be performed with a greater degree of precision and accuracy (for example, the treatment site can be approached from the top, or bottom, or both).
- Examples of procedures that can be performed with two such rigidizing cannulas 4000 a , 400 b include leaflet plication with standard suture techniques and annuloplasty with conventional rings.
- Each cannula 4000 a , 4000 b can include multiple working channels and provide fixed access sites within the heart. The provision of these dual fixation sites can allow for replication of standard open heart surgical procedures through far less invasive percutaneous access.
- FIG. 76 B shows the dual rigidizing cannula system of FIG. 76 A being used to pass suture through a tissue.
- the first rigidizing device 4000 a is positioned on a first side of tissue 4061 z to be sutured.
- the second rigidizing device 4000 b is positioned on an opposite side of the tissue 4061 z .
- a needle catheter 4058 z positioned by the first device 4000 a can be used in combination with a tool 4065 z such as a grasper, snare, or the like positioned by the second device 4000 b to pass suture through the tissue 4061 z .
- a rigidizing device as described herein can be used as a trocar during endoscopic procedures.
- FIG. 77 shows a dynamically rigidizing trocar 4141 and a standard trocar 4138 .
- the dynamically rigidizing trocar 4141 can allow for minor adjustments during or after placement of the trocar.
- the dynamically rigidizing trocar 4141 can have steering capability, as described with respect to other dynamically rigidizing devices disclosed herein. Using this capability, the trocar 4141 can be bent or deflected in a desired direction and then rigidized, allowing far greater control than standard trocars.
- the dynamically rigidizing trocar 4141 can be used in cardiac applications and/or elsewhere in the body. Additionally, the trocar 4141 can be provided in different sizes or shapes depending on the application.
- a dynamically rigidizing device 4200 can be used at the aortic bifurcation 4297 .
- This area of the vasculature can commonly become diseased and require complex repair based on the extreme tortuous anatomy at this site.
- many catheters or other delivery devices used to treat this area travel up to the apex of the bifurcation and then deploy tools down from there.
- a dynamically rigidizing device 4200 can use a combination of steering and dynamic (e.g., periodic) rigidization to navigate around the bifurcation 4297 and be able to reach any treatment site in the area.
- the system shown in FIG. 78 can be used to treat a CTO (chronic total occlusion) in one leg by making percutaneous access in the other leg.
- CTO chronic total occlusion
- a rigidizing device 4700 with an active deflection segment 4746 and a steerable distal section 4747 can be used in the heart to perform mitral valve repair.
- the rigidizing device 4700 can be positioned in the left atrium LA such that it independently maintains axial alignment with the treatment site, in this example, the mitral valve MV.
- the rigidizing device 4700 can thus be advanced through the vasculature to the right atrium RA, through the atrial septum, and into the left atrium LA.
- the end of the rigidizing device can be steered such that a longitudinal axis 4783 extending through the end 4769 of the tube aligns with the desired treatment area (e.g., portion of the valve).
- the active deflection segment 4746 can be bent in the relatively unconstrained space between the IVC and the atrial septum while the distal steerable section 4747 can be positioned within the left atrium LA and steered or oriented towards the mitral valve MV.
- the rigidizing device 4700 can have a bend with an arc radius of approximately 4-6 cm, such as 5 cm, at an angle of 90 degrees or more.
- a rigidizing device 4800 for use in mitral valve repair can include a distal payload 4848 (e.g., a mitral clip, mitral valve replacement, or annuloplasty ring) attached thereto. Having the distal payload 4848 attached thereto while still incorporating the active deflection segment 4846 and steerable distal section 4847 can advantageously reduce or eliminate the need for an outer large-bore guide catheter during such procedures.
- the catheter 4800 (or 4700 ) for use in mitral valve procedures can, for example, be 14-40Fr with a length of 80-120 cm.
- a method of using the rigidizing device 4700 or 4800 can include: (1) introducing the device into the distal circulation; (2) advancing the device to the target anatomy (e.g. heart valve); (3) making a first bend with the active deflection segment (e.g., negotiating the bend between the IVC and septal wall, which is approximately 90°); (4) locking the active deflection segment in the bent configuration using pressure or vacuum; and (5) using the steerable distal section to get to the mitral plane and mitral valve; and (6) delivering a therapy or payload.
- the target anatomy e.g. heart valve
- the active deflection segment e.g., negotiating the bend between the IVC and septal wall, which is approximately 90°
- a rigidizing device with an active deflection section and a steerable distal section as described herein can also be used, for example, for placement of fenestrated grafts for thoracic artery or for abdominal aneurysm repair that involves critical branch vessels that require treatment.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for resection or snaring of a lesion in the gastrointestinal tract.
- the rigidizing device 700 can be configured so as to control the directionality of a working tool 777 that extends through the working channel 755 .
- the rigidizing device 700 can include a flexible distal section 702 z that is highly flexible relative to the proximal rigidizing elongate body 703 z (which can include rigidizing features as described herein) extending proximally thereof.
- the endoscope 791 with a scope steering section 776 can be placed within the rigidizing device 700 in vessel 760 z . Referring to FIG.
- the rigidizing device 700 can be moved distally such that the flexible distal section 702 z is positioned over the steering section 776 of the endoscope 791 .
- the flexible distal section 702 z and the connected working channel 755 can bend with it, thereby providing steering of the tool 777 in the working channel 755 (e.g., towards the lesion 779 in the vessel 736 ).
- the tool 777 can then be advanced out of the working channel 755 to the desired location (e.g., the lesion 779 ). Referring to FIG.
- the rigidizing device 700 can then be pulled proximally to move the flexible distal portion 702 z off of the steerable section 776 and to move the working channel 755 further proximally as well. As shown in FIG. 81 F , this can allow the scope 791 to be steered (with the steerable section 776 ) without disturbing the placement or direction of the working tool 777 .
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for enteroscopy to navigate substantially all of the small intestine to diagnose and/or treat disease.
- Enteroscopy is kinematically challenging for several reasons, including because the scopes are relatively small diameter (9 mm), they are very long (2 meters), and they frequently loop as they navigate the gastrointestinal tract to get to the beginning or end of the small intestine (the pylorus or the ileocecal valve, respectively).
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for IEUS.
- a rigidizing device 2100 and a scope 2191 can be assembled concentrically (the scope inside the rigidizing device) and then placed through the mouth down the trachea to the carina.
- a “Point and Shoot” method may be employed at the carina to advance the scope into the left main or right main bronchus.
- the “Point and Shoot” method may be repeatedly used to select additional, deeper branches in the lungs.
- a rigidizing device 2100 and a scope 2191 can be assembled concentrically (the scope inside the rigidizing device) and then placed through the urethra into the bladder.
- a “Point and Shoot” method may be employed in the bladder to advance the scope into the left or right ureter.
- the “Point and Shoot” method may be repeatedly used to help the scope reach the kidneys
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used to navigate through neurological anatomy.
- Systems described herein may be used to access the carotid arteries or the distal vessels leading to or in the brain.
- a guidewire may be placed into the carotid artery.
- a rigidizing device or sheath may be placed over the guidewire and directed into the carotid artery. Once the overtube or sheath is placed at the target site, it may be rigidized to decrease the likelihood of the catheter or guidewire prolapsing into the aortic arch during the procedure.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for access and/or treatment of chronic total occlusions (CTO).
- CTO chronic total occlusions
- the rigidizing devices can be incorporated into catheters for interventional cardiology, such that they track very easily (flexible), then can be rigidized for instances when the device is used to push through locally anatomy, such as for instance when treating a CTO.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used with laparoscopic manual tools.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for contralateral leg access.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for ear, nose, and throat (ENT) applications.
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used to perform therapies during esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD), for example, on the roof of the stomach.
- ESD esophagogastroduodenoscopy
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for TORS (transoral robotic surgery).
- the rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for altered anatomy cases, including Roux-en-Y.
- any feature described herein with respect to one embodiment can be combined with or substituted for any feature described herein with respect to another embodiment.
- the various layers and/or features of the rigidizing devices described herein can be combined, substituted, and/or rearranged relative to other layers.
- references to a structure or feature that is disposed “adjacent” another feature may have portions that overlap or underlie the adjacent feature.
- spatially relative terms such as “under”, “below”, “lower”, “over”, “upper” and the like, may be used herein for ease of description to describe one element or feature’s relationship to another element(s) or feature(s) as illustrated in the figures. It will be understood that the spatially relative terms are intended to encompass different orientations of the device in use or operation in addition to the orientation depicted in the figures. For example, if a device in the figures is inverted, elements described as “under” or “beneath” other elements or features would then be oriented “over” the other elements or features. Thus, the exemplary term “under” can encompass both an orientation of over and under.
- the device may be otherwise oriented (rotated 90 degrees or at other orientations) and the spatially relative descriptors used herein interpreted accordingly.
- the terms “upwardly”, “downwardly”, “vertical”, “horizontal” and the like are used herein for the purpose of explanation only unless specifically indicated otherwise.
- first and second may be used herein to describe various features/elements, these features/elements should not be limited by these terms, unless the context indicates otherwise. These terms may be used to distinguish one feature/element from another feature/element. Thus, a first feature/element discussed below could be termed a second feature/element, and similarly, a second feature/element discussed below could be termed a first feature/element without departing from the teachings of the present invention.
- a numeric value may have a value that is +/- 0.1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 2% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 5% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 10% of the stated value (or range of values), etc. Any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein.
Abstract
A rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet. The braid angle is configured to change as the rigidizing device bends when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration.
Description
- This application is a divisional of U.S. Pat. Application No. 17/902,770, filed Sep. 2, 2022, titled “NESTED RIGIDIZING DEVICES,” now U.S. Pat.Application Publication No. 2023/0001134, which is a continuation of U.S. Pat. Application No. 17/493,785, filed Oct. 4, 2021, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING COMPOSITE MEDICAL STRUCTURES,” now U.S. Pat. No. 11,478,608, which is a continuation of U.S. Pat. Application No. 17/152,706, filed Jan. 19, 2021, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING COMPOSITE MEDICAL STRUCTURES,” now U.S. Pat. No. 11,135,398, which is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/US2019/042650, filed Jul. 19, 2019, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING COMPOSITE MEDICAL STRUCTURES,” which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/835,101, filed Apr. 17, 2019, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING COMPOSITE MEDICAL STRUCTURES,” U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/854,199, filed May 29, 2019, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING COMPOSITE MEDICAL STRUCTURES,” U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/780,820, filed Dec. 17, 2018, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING COMPOSITE MEDICAL STRUCTURES,” and U.S. Provisional Pat. Application No. 62/700,760, filed Jul. 19, 2018, titled “BRAIDED DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING OVERTUBE,” the entireties of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- This application may also be related to International Patent Application No. PCT/US2018/042946, filed Jul. 19, 2018, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING OVERTUBE,” which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Pat. Application No. 62/672,444, filed May 16, 2018, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING OVERTUBE,” and U.S. Provisional Pat. Application No. 62/535,134, filed Jul. 20, 2017, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING OVERTUBE,” the entireties of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- This application may also be related to U.S. Pat. Application No. 15/757,230, filed Mar. 2, 2018, titled “DEVICE FOR ENDOSCOPIC ADVANCEMENT THROUGH THE SMALL INTESTINE,” now U.S. Pat. Application Publication No. US2018/0271354, which national phase application under 35 USC 371 of International Patent Application No. PCT/US2016/050290, filed Sep. 2, 2016, titled “DEVICE FOR ENDOSCOPIC ADVANCEMENT THROUGH THE SMALL INTESTINE,” now International Publication No. WO 2017/041052, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Pat.ent Application No. 62,339,593, filed May 20, 2016, titled “DEVICE FOR ENDOSCOPIS ADVANCEMENT THROUGH THE SMALL INTESTINE,” and U.S. Provisional Pat. Application No. 62/213,908, filed Sep. 3, 2015, and titled “DEVICE FOR ENDOSCOPIC ADVANCEMENT THROUGH THE SMALL INTESTINE,” the entireties of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- All publications and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
- During medical procedures, the interventional medical device can curve or loop through the anatomy, making advancement of the medical device difficult.
- Gastrointestinal looping, caused when the endoscope can no longer advance due to excessive curving or looping of the gastrointestinal tract, is a particularly well-known clinical challenge for endoscopy. Indeed, one study found that looping occurred in 91 of 100 patients undergoing colonoscopy [Shah et al, “Magnetic Imaging of Colonoscopy: An Audit of Looping, Accuracy and Ancillary maneuvers.” Gastrointest Endosc 2000; 52: 1-8]. Gastrointestinal looping prolongs the procedure and can cause pain to the patient because it can stretch the vessel wall and the mesentery. Furthermore, gastrointestinal looping leads to an increased incidence of perforations. In severe cases of gastrointestinal looping, complete colonoscopies are impossible since looping stretches the length of the colon and the colonoscope is not long enough to reach the end. Gastrointestinal looping is an impediment to precise tip control, denying the user the coveted one-to-one motion relationship between the handle and the endoscope tip. Such problems commonly occur across a wide range of endoscopic procedures, including colonoscopy, esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD), enteroscopy, endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP), interventional endoscopy procedures (including ESD (Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection) and EMR (Endoscopic Mucosal Resection)), robotic flexible endoscopy, trans-oral robotic surgery (TORS), altered anatomy cases (including Roux-en-Y), and during NOTES (Natural Orifice Transluminal Endoscopic Surgery) procedures. Accordingly, there is a need for device that helps prevent gastrointestinal looping to provide more successful access to the gastrointestinal tract.
- Similar difficulties in advancing medical instruments can arise, for example, during interventional procedures in the lungs, kidneys, brain, cardiac space, and other anatomical locations. Accordingly, there is a need for a device that can provide safe, efficient, and precise access to otherwise difficult to reach anatomical locations.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet. The braid angle is configured to change as the rigidizing device bends when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees. The braid angle can be between 15 and 25 degrees. The rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least two times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration. The rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least 5 times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration. The rigidizing can further include a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer and having a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer. The elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein. The reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements. The plurality of strands can be braided together at 4-60 picks per inch. The strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel. The braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube. The plurality of strands can include 96 strands or more. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure, and the rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein. The bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet. The outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum, and the outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath. The rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer. The gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” - 0.04”. The rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end. The rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer. The sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees when the rigidizing device is straight, and an outer layer, and where the braid angle changes as the flexible tube bends in the flexible configuration; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration. The braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees. The braid angle can be between 15 and 25 degrees. The method can further include passing a scope through the rigidizing device while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration. The method can further include steering a steerable distal end of the rigidizing device through the body lumen. The body lumen can be in the gastrointestinal tract. The body lumen can be in the heart. The body lumen can be in the kidneys. The body lumen can be in the lungs. The body lumen can be in the brain.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet. A ratio of stiffness of the rigidizing device in the rigid configuration to stiffness of the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration is greater than 5.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The ratio can be greater than 6. The ratio can be greater than 10. The braid layer can have a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. The braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees. The rigidizing device can further include a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer and having a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer. The elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein. The reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements. The braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together at 4-60 picks per inch. The braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together, and the strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel. The braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube. The braid layer can include 96 strands or more strands braided together. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure. The rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein, and the bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet. The outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum. The outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath. The rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer. The gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” - 0.04”. The rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end. The rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer. The sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration. A ratio of stiffness in the rigid configuration to stiffness in the flexible configuration is greater than 5.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration. The ratio can be greater than 6. The ratio can be greater than 10. The method can further include passing a scope through the rigidizing device while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration. The method can further include steering a steerable distal end of the rigidizing device through the body lumen. The body lumen can be in the gastrointestinal tract. The body lumen can be in the heart. The body lumen can be in the kidneys. The body lumen can be in the lungs. The body lumen can be in the brain.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned radially outwards the elongate flexible tube, a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer, an outer layer, and a vacuum or pressure inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer. The outer layer is over the flexible tube, the braid layer, and the slip layer. The inlet is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet. The slip layer is configured to reduce friction between the braid layer and the elongate flexible tube or the outer layer when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The slip layer can have a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer. The slip layer can include a powder. The rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least two times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration. The rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least 5 times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration. The braid layer can have a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. The braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees. The elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein. The reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements. The braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together at 4-60 picks per inch. The braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together, and the strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel. The braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube. The braid layer can include 96 strands or more strands braided together. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure. The rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein. The bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet. The outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum. The outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath. The rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer. The gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” - 0.04”. The rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end. The rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer. The sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer, and an outer layer, and where the slip layer reduces friction between the braid layer and the elongate flexible tube or the outer layer while the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the sheath to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration. The slip layer can have a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer. The slip layer can include a powder. The method can further include passing a scope through the rigidizing device while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration. The method can further include steering a steerable distal end of the rigidizing device through the body lumen. The body lumen can be in the gastrointestinal tract. The body lumen can be in the heart. The body lumen can be in the kidneys. The body lumen can be in the lungs. The body lumen can be in the brain.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an inner elongate flexible tube including a reinforcement element and a matrix, a braid layer positioned radially outwards the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the braid layer, and a vacuum or pressure inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The reinforcement element has a width to thickness aspect ratio of over 5:1. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the vacuum inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the vacuum inlet.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The reinforcement element can be a coil. The reinforcement element can include a plurality of closed rings. The closed rings can include a plurality of pockets and notches. The reinforcement element can include an undulating wire. The reinforcement element can be a fiber or a metal wire. The aspect ratio can be over 10:1 The aspect ratio can be over 11:1. There can be a plurality of reinforcement elements in the elongate flexible tube. A spacing between each of the reinforcement elements can be 0.0006” inches or less. The elongate flexible tube can further include a matrix within which the reinforcement element is embedded. The matrix can include TPU or TPE.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube having a reinforcement element and a matrix, a braid layer, and an outer layer, and where the reinforcement element has a width to thickness aspect ratio of over 10:1; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include or more of the following features. The elongate flexible tube can resist compression when vacuum or pressure is applied.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet. Ends of the strands are embedded in or surrounded by an annular ring that allows relative movement of the ends when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The annular ring can include a coating of material. The annular ring can include silicone or urethane. The annular ring can be approximately 0.005-0.250 inches thick.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the sheath to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration. Ends of the strands are embedded in or surrounded by an annular ring such that the ends move relative to one another while the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration. The ends are substantially fixed relative to one another while the rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer sealed over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together and a plurality of hoop fibers woven into the braid. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum is not applied through the inlet.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together and a plurality of hoop fibers woven into the braid.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a bladder layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the bladder layer, an outer layer positioned over the flexible tube and the braid layer, a pressure inlet between the bladder layer and the elongate flexible tube, and a vent outlet between the bladder layer and the outer layer. The pressure inlet configured to attach to a source of pressure. The braid layer includes a plurality of strands braided together. The rigidizing device is configured to achieve a rigid configuration when pressure is supplied through the pressure inlet and a flexible configuration when pressure is not supplied through the pressure inlet. Fluid or gas surrounding the strands moves out of the vent outlet as the rigidizing device transitions from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The rigidizing device can further include a handle attached to the elongate flexible tube. The handle can include a vent port in communication with the vent outlet.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a bladder layer, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; and (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, providing pressure through an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the bladder layer and venting gas or fluid surrounding the strands out of a vent outlet to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, a channel extending between the outer layer and the elongate flexible tube, and an inlet. The inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The channel includes a working channel, a steering cable channel, or an inflation lumen. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a medical tool through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (3) passing a medical tool through a sealed working channel that is positioned between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a medical tool through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device comprises an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (3) activating at least one cable that is positioned between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer to orient a distal end of the rigidizing device.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a medical tool through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (3) inflating a balloon on the rigidizing device by passing an inflation medium through a sealed inflation lumen that is positioned between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube having a central lumen, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, a plurality of sealed working channels extending within the central lumen, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a plurality of medical tools through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration, where the rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and an outer layer; (2) and when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; (3) passing a first medical tool through a first sealed working channel of the rigidizing device, and (4) passing a second medical tool through a second sealed working channel of the rigidizing device.
- In general, in one embodiment, an overtube includes an elongate tube and a distal tip attached to the elongate tube. The distal tip has an annular distal face with one or more vacuum holes extending therethrough. The one or more vacuum holes are configured to draw tissue towards the annular distal face upon application of vacuum therethrough.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The elongate tube can be a rigidizing device, and the rigidizing device can be configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied to a wall thereof and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied to the wall. The elongate tube can include a braid layer and an outer layer thereover. The annular distal face can be angled relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate tube.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and a distal tip attached to the elongate flexible tube. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a first braid angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. The distal tip includes a second braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together at a second braid angle that is different from the first braid angle. An inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The second braid angle can be greater than the first braid angle. The first and second braid layers can be bonded to one another.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube including a plurality of reinforcement elements therein. The elongate flexible tube includes a proximal section and a distal section. A braid layer is positioned over the proximal section and not the distal section. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a first braid angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. An outer layer is positioned over the braid layer. A plurality of steerable linkages extend over the distal section and not the proximal section. An inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- This and other embodiment can include one or more of the following features. The rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages. The cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes a rigidizing assembly and plurality of linkages. The rigidizing assemble includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet. The inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and is configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The plurality of steering linkages are mounted over a distal portion of the rigidizing assembly. The rigidizing assembly is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages. The cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes an elongate flexible tube, a plurality of steerable linkages and an outlet. The elongate flexible tube includes a proximal section and a distal section. The elongate flexible tube includes a plurality of reinforcement elements therein, a braid layer positioned over the proximal section the distal section, an outer layer including a plurality of reinforcement elements. The plurality of steerable linkages extends over the distal section and not the proximal section. The inlet is between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The braid layer has a plurality of strands braided together at a first braid angle relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. The outer layer is positioned over the proximal section and not the distal section. The rigidizing device is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages. The cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes a rigidizing assembly and a plurality of linkages. The rigidizing assembly includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. A spine extends through a distal section of the rigidizing assembly. The spine is configured to provide bending of the rigidizing assembly in a set direction. The plurality of steering linkages are distal to the rigidizing assembly. The rigidizing assembly is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The rigidizing device can further include a pullwire configured to bend the device at the spine when activated. The rigidizing device can further include a plurality of cables attached to the steerable linkages. The cables can extend between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing device includes a rigidizing assembly and a distal tip. The rigidizing assembly includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer positioned over the elongate flexible tube, an outer layer over the flexible tube and the braid layer, and an inlet between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer and configured to attach to a source of vacuum or pressure. The distal tip is attached to the elongate flexible tube. The distal tip includes a plurality of linkages connected together at pivot points. The rigidizing assembly and the distal tip are configured to assume a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not applied through the inlet.
- In general, in one embodiment, a handle for use with a rigidizing device includes a handle body configured to attach to a rigidizing device, a vacuum feed line attached to the handle body and configured to connect to a source of vacuum, a vacuum port in communication with a wall of the rigidizing device, and an activation element on the handle body. The activation element is configured to move between a first position and a second position. The activation element in the first position connects the vacuum feed line with the vacuum port to provide vacuum to the wall of the rigidizing device, and the activation element in the second position disconnects the vacuum feed line from the vacuum port to vent the wall of the rigidizing device.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The activation element can include a magnetic element thereon. The magnetic element can be configured to hold the activation element in the first position or the second position. The vacuum feed line can be coiled within the handle.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) holding a handle of the rigidizing device; (2) inserting an elongate body of the rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration; (3) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, moving an activation element in a first direction to connect a vacuum feed line of the handle with a vacuum port to a wall of the elongate body such that vacuum flows into the wall of the elongate body to transition the elongate body to a rigid configuration; and (4) moving the activation element in a second direction to disconnect the vacuum feed line from the vacuum port such that the elongate body vents to transition the elongate body to the flexible configuration.
- In general, in one embodiment, a handle for use with a rigidizing device includes a handle body configured to attach to a rigidizing device, a fluid chamber within the handle body, an outlet in fluid communication with the fluid chamber and with a wall of the rigidizing device, and an activation element configured to move between a first position and a second position. The activation element is configured to transfer fluid from the fluid chamber to the wall of the rigidizing device when moving from the first position to the second position and to transfer fluid back into the fluid chamber when moving from the second position to the first position.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The handle can further include an overflow chamber within the handle body and a pressure relief valve between the fluid chamber and the overflow chamber. The pressure relief valve can be configured to open to allow fluid to flow into the overflow chamber when pressure in the fluid chamber reaches a predetermined maximum pressure. The handle can further include a piston and rolling diaphragm within the handle body. The piston can be configured to push on the rolling diaphragm as the activation element is moved between the first position and the second position.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) holding a handle of the rigidizing device, (2) inserting an elongate body of the rigidizing device into the body lumen while the rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration; (3) when the rigidizing device has reached a desired location in the body lumen, moving an activation element in a first direction to move fluid from a fluid chamber of the handle into a wall of the rigidizing element to transition the rigidizing device to a rigid configuration; and (4) moving the activation in a second direction to move fluid from the wall of the rigidizing element back into the handle to transition the rigidizing device to the flexible configuration.
- In general, in one embodiment, a nested system includes a first rigidizing device and a second rigidizing device positioned radially within the first rigidizing device. The second rigidizing device is axially slideable relative to the first rigidizing device. The first and second rigidizing devices are configured to be alternately rigidized by vacuum or pressure.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The pressure can be greater than 1 atm. The first rigidizing device can be configured to be rigidized by vacuum and the second rigidizing device can be configured to be rigidized by pressure of greater than 1 atm. Each of the first and second rigidizing devices can include a plurality of layers. The vacuum or pressure can be configured to be supplied between the plurality of layers. At least one of the plurality of layers can be a braid layer.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing through a body lumen includes: (1) inserting a first rigidizing device into the body lumen while the first rigidizing device is in a flexible configuration; (2) supplying vacuum or pressure to the first rigidizing device to transition the first rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; (3) inserting a second rigidizing device in a flexible configuration through the first rigidizing device while the first rigidizing device is in the rigid configuration such that the second rigidizing device takes on a shape of the first rigidizing device in the rigid configuration; and (4) supplying vacuum or pressure to the second rigidizing device to transition the second rigidizing device from the flexible configuration to a rigid configuration.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. Each rigidizing device can include an elongate flexible tube and a braid layer. Supplying vacuum or pressure can compress the braid layer to transition the rigidizing device to the rigid configuration.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing through a body lumen includes: (1) moving a first rigidizing device in a flexible configuration until the first rigidizing device reaches a desired location; (2) after the first rigidizing device has reached the desired location, transitioning the first rigidizing device into a rigid configuration by supplying vacuum or pressure to the first rigidizing device; (3) after the first rigidizing device is rigidized, moving a second rigidizing device in a flexible configuration over the first rigidizing device in the rigidized configuration; (4) transitioning the second rigidizing element into a rigid configuration by supplying vacuum or pressure to the second rigidizing device; (5) transitioning the first rigidizing device into a flexible configuration by removing the vacuum or pressure; and (6) moving the first rigidizing device in the flexible configuration through the second elongate rigidizing device until the first rigidizing device reaches a desired location.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The method can further include periodically moving both the first and second rigidizing devices into a flexible configuration to allow a curvature of the first and second rigidizing devices to increase to match surrounding anatomy.
- In general, in one embodiment, a rigidizing rod includes an inner bladder layer, a braid layer positioned over the inner bladder layer, an outer sheath sealed over the inner bladder layer and the braid layer, and an inlet between the outer sheath and the inner bladder layer configured to attach to a source of vacuum. The rigidizing rod is configured to have a rigid configuration when vacuum is applied through the inlet and a flexible configuration when vacuum or pressure is not supplied through the inlet. The rigidizing rod does not have a through-lumen extending therethrough.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of advancing a rigidizing device through a body lumen includes: (1) advancing the rigidizing device through the body lumen; (2) inserting a rod having an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer, and a bladder into a lumen of the rigidizing device while the rod is in a flexible configuration; (3) when the rod has reached a desired location in the lumen of the rigidizing device, supplying pressure of greater than 1 atm to a central sealed lumen of the rod to force the braid layer against the elongate flexible tube to transition the rigidizing device into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (4) further advancing the rigidizing device over the rod while the rod is in the rigid configuration.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of performing cholangioscopy includes: (1) inserting an overtube into colon while the overtube is in a flexible configuration, where the overtube includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; (2) steering a distal end of the overtube towards a papilla; (3) activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the overtube into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; (4) while the overtube is in the rigid configuration, advancing a guidewire through the overtube and into a bile duct or pancreatic duct; and (5) advancing a scope over the guidewire to the bile duct or pancreatic duct.
- In general, in one embodiment, a method of accessing the cardiac anatomy includes: (1) inserting a sheath into the cardiac anatomy while the sheath is in the flexible configuration, where the sheath includes an elongate flexible tube, a braid layer having a plurality of strands braided together, and an outer layer; (2) steering a distal end of the sheath towards a desired final location; (3) activating vacuum or pressure between the flexible tube and the outer layer to transition the overtube into a rigid configuration that is stiffer than the flexible configuration; and (4) passing a cardiac device through the rigid sheath.
- This and other embodiments can include one or more of the following features. The desired final location can be the aortic valve. The cardiac device can be a transcatheter aortic valve replacement. The desired final location can be the mitral valve. The cardiac device can be a mitral valve replacement or a mitral valve repair element.
- Any of the devices described here can include one or more of the following. The rigidizing device can further include a slip layer adjacent to the braid layer. The slip layer can have a lower coefficient of friction than the braid layer. The rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least two times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration. The rigidizing device in the rigid configuration can be at least 5 times stiffer than the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration. The braid layer can have a plurality of strands braided together at a braid angle of 5-40 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the elongate flexible tube when the elongate flexible tube is straight. The braid angle can be between 10 and 35 degrees. The elongate flexible tube can include a reinforcement element extending therein. The reinforcement element can include a coil or plurality of hoop elements. The braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together at 4-60 picks per inch. The braid layer can include a plurality of strands braided together. The strands can include polyethylene terephthalate or stainless steel. The braid layer can provide a coverage of 30-70% relative to the elongate flexible tube. The braid layer can include 96 strands or more strands braided together. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of pressure. The rigidizing device can further include a bladder layer therein. The bladder layer can be configured to be pushed against the braid layer when pressure is supplied through the inlet. The outer layer can further include a plurality of reinforcement elements therein. The inlet can be configured to attach to a source of vacuum. The outer layer can be a thin flexible sheath. The rigidizing device can further include a radial gap between the braid layer and the outer layer. The gap can have a thickness of 0.00002” -0.04”. The rigidizing device can further include a steerable distal end. The rigidizing device can further include a sealed channel between the elongate flexible tube and the outer layer. The sealed channel can include a working channel, a cable guide, or an inflation lumen.
- Any of the methods described here can include one or more of the following. The method can further include releasing vacuum or pressure after activating the vacuum or pressure to transition the rigidizing device back to the flexible configuration. The method can be performed in the gastrointestinal tract. The method can be performed in the heart. The method can be performed in the kidneys. The method can be performed in the lungs. The method can be performed in the brain.
- The novel features of the invention are set forth with particularity in the claims that follow. A better understanding of the features and advantages of the present invention will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the invention are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which:
-
FIG. 1 shows a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 2A-2B show portions of a braid layer of a rigidizing device. -
FIG. 3 is a graph of bend force vs braid angle when a rigidizing device is placed under vacuum. -
FIGS. 4A-4D show exemplary braid formations. -
FIGS. 5A-5B show exemplary braid formations. -
FIGS. 6A-6D various designs for the termination of braid layers of a rigidizing device. -
FIG. 7 shows an inner layer of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 8A-8F show different coil designs for a layer of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 9A-9B show undulating reinforcement elements for a layer of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 10A-10E show notch and pocket reinforcement elements for a layer of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 11A-11B show a cut tubing reinforcement element for a layer of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 12A-12B show exemplary rigidized shapes of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 13A-13D show an exemplary vacuum rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 14A-14B show an exemplary pressure rigidizing device. -
FIG. 15 is a graph of bending strength vs pressure for a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 16A-16O show various examples of pressure rigidizing devices. -
FIGS. 17A-17D show a rigidizing device with an incorporated working channel. -
FIGS. 18A-18B show a rigidizing device with a spiraled working channel. -
FIGS. 19A-19B show a rigidizing device with a plurality of spiraled working channels. -
FIGS. 20A-20B show a rigidizing device with a plurality of working channels extending down the central lumen. -
FIG. 21 shows a rigidizing device with a working channel extending out the side thereof. -
FIG. 22 shows a tool that can be used with a working channel of a device, such as a rigidizing device. -
FIG. 23 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section. -
FIG. 24 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having a separate braid pattern from the proximal section of the device. -
FIG. 25 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having a plurality of passive linkages. -
FIG. 26 shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having a plurality of actively controlled linkages. -
FIGS. 27A-27E shows a plurality of actively controlled linkages. -
FIG. 28 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall. -
FIG. 29 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall. -
FIG. 30 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall. -
FIG. 31 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall. -
FIG. 32 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall. -
FIG. 33 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall. -
FIG. 34 shows one embodiment of a rigidizing device including cables extending within the layered wall. -
FIG. 35 shows a rigidizing device including cables extending down the central lumen. -
FIG. 36 shows an embodiment of rigidizing device including a cable spiraled therearound. -
FIG. 37 shows an embodiment of a rigidizing device with a cable spiraled therearound. -
FIGS. 38A-38B show an embodiment of a rigidizing device with a cable spiraled therearound. -
FIGS. 39A-39B show a rigidizing device with a cable spiraled therein. -
FIGS. 40A-40D show exemplary linkages for a distal end section. -
FIGS. 41A-41B show a rigidizing device with a distal end section having linkages over a rigidizing section. -
FIG. 42A shows a rigidizing device with a distal end section having linkages within a rigidizing section. -
FIG. 42B shows a rigidizing device with a steering cable attached to a wall near the distal end thereof. -
FIGS. 43A-43C show a rigidizing device having an actively deflected distal end section. -
FIGS. 44A-44C show a rigidizing device with separate rigidizing chambers along the length thereof. -
FIGS. 45A-45D show a rigidizing device with a balloon and inflation lumen. -
FIGS. 46A-46B show an embodiment of a suction tip for a device such as a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 47A-47B show an embodiment of a suction tip for a device such as a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 48A-48B show an embodiment of a suction tip for a device such as a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 49A-49D show an embodiment of a handle for use with a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 50A-50B show an embodiment of an activation element for a handle of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 51A-51C show an embodiment of an activation element for a handle of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 52A-52C show an embodiment of an activation element with a coupling for a handle of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 53A-53D show an embodiment of a handle for use with a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 54A-54B show an embodiment of a handle for use with a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 55A-55C show an embodiment of an activation element for a handle of a rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 56A-56G show an embodiment of a handle for use with a vacuum rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 57A-57C show an embodiment of a handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device. -
FIGS. 58A-58E show a pre-filled handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device. -
FIG. 59 shows a rigidizing device with imaging elements mounted on a side thereof. -
FIG. 60 shows a rigidizing introducer. -
FIGS. 61A-61B show a rigidizing device with a side-access mechanism. -
FIG. 62 shows a nested rigidizing system. -
FIG. 63 shows a nested rigidizing system with a cover between the inner and outer rigidizing devices. -
FIGS. 64A-64B show a nested rigidizing system where the outer rigidizing device includes steering and imaging. -
FIGS. 65A-65H show exemplary use of a nested rigidizing system. -
FIG. 66 shows a rigidizing rod. -
FIG. 67 shows a rigidizing rod in use with a colonoscope. -
FIGS. 68A-68B show an exemplary rigidizing device with a scope therein. -
FIGS. 69A-69B show use of a rigidizing device in the gastrointestinal tract. -
FIGS. 70A-70B show a method of use of a rigidizing device for ERCP. -
FIGS. 71A-71B show a method of use of a rigidizing device for ERCP. -
FIGS. 72A-72D show a method of use of a rigidizing device for ERCP. -
FIGS. 73A-73B show a method of use of a rigidizing device in the heart to create access to the left atrium. -
FIGS. 74A-74B show a method of use of a rigidizing device in the heart to perform treatment of a branching vessel. -
FIGS. 75A-75C show a method of use of a rigidizing device in the heart for mitral valve repair. -
FIGS. 76A-76B show a method of use of a dual rigidizing device in the heart. -
FIG. 77 shows a rigidizing device used as a trocar. -
FIG. 78 shows a rigidizing device in use at the aortic bifurcation. -
FIG. 79 shows a rigidizing device for mitral valve repair. -
FIG. 80 shows a rigidizing device with a distal payload for mitral valve repair. -
FIGS. 81A-81F show a method of using a rigidizing device to control a working tool. - In general, described herein are rigidizing devices (e.g., overtubes) that are configured to aid in transporting a scope (e.g., endoscope) or other medical instrument through a curved or looped portion of the body (e.g., a vessel). The rigidizing devices can be long, thin, and hollow and can transition quickly from a flexible configuration (i.e., one that is relaxed, limp, or floppy) to a rigid configuration (i.e., one that is stiff and/or holds the shape it is in when it is rigidized). A plurality of layers (e.g., coiled or reinforced layers, slip layers, braided layers, bladder layers and/or sealing sheaths) can together form the wall of the rigidizing devices. The rigidizing devices can transition from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration, for example, by applying a vacuum or pressure to the wall of the rigidizing device or within the wall of the rigidizing device. With the vacuum or pressure removed, the layers can easily shear or move relative to each other. With the vacuum or pressure applied, the layers can transition to a condition in which they exhibit substantially enhanced ability to resist shear, movement, bending, and buckling, thereby providing system rigidization.
- The rigidizing devices described herein can provide rigidization for a variety of medical applications, including catheters, sheaths, scopes (e.g., endoscopes), wires, or laparoscopic instruments. The rigidizing devices can function as a separate add-on device or can be integrated into the body of catheters, sheaths, scopes, wires, or laparoscopic instruments. The devices described herein can also provide rigidization for non-medical structures.
- An exemplary rigidizing device system is shown in
FIG. 1 . The system includes arigidizing device 300 having a wall with a plurality of layers including a braid layer, an outer layer (part of which is cut away to show the braid thereunder), and an inner layer. The system further includes ahandle 342 having a vacuum orpressure inlet 344 to supply vacuum or pressure to therigidizing device 300. Anactuation element 346 can be used to turn the vacuum or pressure on and off to thereby transition therigidizing device 300 between flexible and rigid configurations. Thedistal tip 339 of therigidizing device 300 can be smooth, flexible, and atraumatic to facilitate distal movement of therigidizing device 300 through the body. Further, thetip 339 can taper from the distal end to the proximal end to further facilitate distal movement of therigidizing device 300 through the body. - A portion of an
exemplary braid layer 209 for a rigidizing device similar todevice 300 is shown inFIGS. 2A-2B . Thebraid layer 209 can included braidedstrands 233. Thebraid layer 209 can, for example, be a tubular braid. - The braid angle α of the
strands 233 relative to thelongitudinal axis 235 of the rigidizing device when the rigidizing device (e.g., device 300) is in a straight (unbent) configuration can be less than 45 degrees, such as less than or equal to 40 degrees, less than or equal to 35 degrees, or less than or equal to 25 degrees. Referring toFIG. 3 , the bending strength of the rigidizing device decreases as the braid angle α (when the rigidizing device is straight or unbent) increases. That is, the bending strength under vacuum of the rigidizing device with a braid angle of 45 degrees (a typical minimum angle for a torque or torsion braid. Still larger angles are typically used for catheter shaft reinforcement) under vacuum is 27% of the bending strength under vacuum of a rigidizing device with a braid angle of 25 degrees. Accordingly, having a lower braid angle (e.g., less than 45 degrees, such as 40 degrees or less or 35 degrees or less) advantageously ensures that the rigidizing device (e.g., device 300) remains stiff in bending (resistant to a change in configuration) under vacuum (and similarly under pressure). Additionally, the braid angle α when the rigidizing device is in a straight (unbent) configuration can be greater than 5 degrees, such as greater than 8 degrees, such as greater than 10 degrees, such as 15 degrees or greater. Having a braid angle α within this range ensures that the braid remains flexible enough to bend when in the flexible configuration (i.e., when not rigidized under vacuum or pressure). Thus, the braid angle α of thestrands 233 relative to thelongitudinal axis 235 of the rigidizing device when the rigidizing device is in a straight configuration can be 5 to 40 degrees, such as 10 to 35 degrees, such as 15 to 25 degrees, such as approximately 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40 degrees. The braid angle α of thestrands 233 relative to thelongitudinal axis 235 of the rigidizing device when the rigidizing device is in a straight (unbent) configuration of 5-40 degrees ensures that the rigidizing device is flexible enough to bend in the flexible configuration (e.g., when not under vacuum/pressure) yet stiff when in the rigid configuration (e.g., when placed under vacuum or pressure). Additionally, it should be understood that thestrands 233 are configured to slide over one another, and therefore that the braid angle α will change the rigidizing device flexes and bends. Having an angle α that is between 5 and 40 degrees also advantageously ensures that thestrands 233 can move freely relative to one another without causing the fibers to collide with one another and prevent further angular change. - Further, the braid for
braid layer 209 can be between 4-60 picks per inch, such as 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, or 25 picks/inch. In one embodiment, the tube formed by thelayer 209 has a diameter of 0.578”, and the braid is 12-14 picks per inch. - In some embodiments, the braid layer 209 (or any braid layer described herein) can be configured such that the rigidizing devices described herein have a high stiffness ratio (i.e., the ratio of the stiffness in the rigid configuration, such as when vacuum or pressure is applied, to stiffness in the flexible configuration, such as when vacuum or pressure is not applied). For example, the stiffness ratio can be greater than 5, such as greater than 6, greater than 9, greater than 9, or greater than 10. Referring to Table 1 below, six vacuum rigidizing devices (samples A-F) were built and tested over a length of 4″ and a deflection of ½” for cantilevered bending stiffnesses at atmospheric pressure (flexible configuration) and under vacuum (rigid configuration). As shown, lowering the braid angles raises the stiffness of the rigidized devices. Samples E and F show, in particular, the stiffness difference between a braid at a typical torque angle (sample E, 47.7 degrees and rigid stiffness of 0.5291bf) and a braid with a lower angle (sample F, 27.2 degrees, and a rigid stiffness of 1.455 lbf). As is also shown in Table 1, rigidizing devices with lower angles (e.g., angles under 45 degrees or 35 degrees, such as samples A-D and F) can have a much higher stiffness ratio (e.g., ratio of greater than 5, greater than 6, greater than 9, or greater than 10) than rigidizing devices with higher angles (e.g., angles of 45 degrees or above, such as sample F), which can have a stiffness ratio of under 5. It can also be observed from Table 1 that both samples A and B have a stiffness ratio above 5. Sample B, at a 14.9 degree braid angle, has a lower stiffness ratio but a higher absolute stiffness than sample because the strands of sample B are oriented close to the longitudinal axis (and therefore sample B has a higher stiffness in the flexible configuration).
-
TABLE 1 Vacuum Rigidizing Devices Sample Inside diameter (inches) Braid angle (degrees) Strand Picks per Inch Flexible stiffness (Ibf) Rigid stiffness (Ibf) Stiffness ratio Change in Stiffness (Ibf) A 0.37 20.4 0.010″ PET 14.3 0.046 0.441 9.6 0.395 B 0.37 14.9 0.010″ PET 12.8 0.097 0.653 6.7 0.556 C 0.576 32.8 0.010″ PET 16.2 0.099 0.661 6.7 0.562 D 0.576 20 0.010″ PET 11.5 0.115 1.102 9.6 0.987 E 0.77 47.7 0.010″ PET 19.8 0.115 0.529 4.6 0.414 F 0.77 27.2 0.010″ PET 12.2 0.137 1.455 10.6 1.318 - Referring to Table 2 below, three pressure rigidizing devices (samples G-I) were built and tested over a length of 4” and a deflection of ½” for cantilevered bending stiffnesses at atmospheric pressure atmospheric pressure (flexible configuration) and under 4 atm pressure (rigid configuration). The samples all included a coverage of 35-45% and a braid with 96 strands and one filament per strand. As shown, lowering the braid angles raises the stiffness of the rigidizing devices. As is also shown in Table 2, rigidizing devices with lower angles can have a higher stiffness ratio than rigidizing devices with higher angles. In some embodiments, the pressure rigidizing devices described herein have a stiffness ratio of greater than 10, such as greater than 15, such as greater than 20.
-
TABLE 2 Pressure Rigidizing Devices Sample Inside diameter (inches) Braid angle (degrees) Strand Picks per inch Flexible stiffness (Ibf) Rigid stiffness (Ibf) Stiffness ratio Change in Stiffness (Ibf) G 0.35 30 0.005″ stainless steel 24.1 0.044 0.448 10.2 0.404 H 0.35 22.7 0.005″ stainless steel 17.5 0.037 0.611 16.5 0.574 I 0.35 15.6 0.005″ stainless steel 11.7 0.051 1.091 21.4 1.04 - Further, in some embodiments, the braid of
braid layer 209 can have a coverage of 30%-70%, such as 40%-60%, e.g., 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, or 70%, where the coverage area is the percentage of an underlying surface that is covered or obstructed by the braid. - In some embodiments, the
braid layer 209 can be formed by running each individual strand around an inner tube or the rigidizing device and/or a separate mandrel in a helix such that thestrands 233 are interlaced with one another. In one embodiment, thebraid layer 209 can be heat formed over a 0.50”-0.60”, e.g., 0.56” mandrel. Further, in some embodiments, the braid layer during manufacturing can be mounted over a tube or mandrel to a diameter that is smaller than the core diameter (i.e., smaller than the diameter at which the braid was originally manufactured). Compressing the braid radially in this way can decrease the braid angle in the range that provides a high rigidization multiple (while also decreasing the PPI, increasing the total length of the tubular braid layer, and increasing the braid coverage percentage). - The
strands 233 can be rectangular/flat (e.g., with a long edge of 0.001”-0.060”, such as 0.005”, 0.007”, 0.010”, or 0.012”, and a short edge of 0.0003″-0.030”, such as 0.001”, 0.002”, or 0.003”), round (e.g., with a diameter of 0.001”-0.020”, such as 0.005”, 0.01”, or 0.012”), or oval. In some embodiments, some of thestrands 233 can be flat and some of thestrands 233 can be round. - In some embodiments, the
strands 233 can be made of metal filaments (e.g., stainless steel, aluminum, nitinol, tungsten, or titanium), plastic (nylon, polyethylene terephthalate, PEEK, polyetherimide), or high strength fiber (e.g., aramids, ultra-high molecular weight UHMW polyethylene, or liquid crystal polymers such as Vectran). In some embodiments, thestrands 233 can be made of a multi-layer composite, such as a metal core with a thin elastomeric coating. In one specific example, thestrands 233 can include round nylon having a diameter of 0.010” (or metal filaments having a diameter of 0.003”) intertwined with flat aluminized PET with cross-sectional dimensions of 0.002” by 0.002”. In some embodiments, the material for thestrands 233 of the braid can be a material with a known high coefficient of friction. For example, thestrands 233 can be a monolithic structure or have a coating such that the strands include aluminum on aluminum, copper on copper, silver on silver, or gold on gold. As another example, thestrands 233 can be coated with an elastomeric material (e.g., lower durometer elastomers can be coated on top of a higher modulus substrate). As another example, thestrands 233 can be made of styrene co-polymer, polycarbonate, or acrylic. - There can be between 12-800
strands 233, such as 24, 48, 96, 120, 144 ormore strands 233 extending withinbraid layer 209. In some embodiments, there are 96 strands or more, 120 strands or more, 200 strands or more, or 240 strands or more. A higher number of strands may advantageously help rigidize the braid due to the increased interaction between strands. - Referring to
FIGS. 4A-4D , the braid of any of the rigidizing devices described herein can be in a variety of different braid patterns. For example, referring toFIG. 4A , the braid oflayer 1709 can be a diamond full load pattern in which two neighboringstrands 1733 a,b extend over two strands and then under two strands. Referring toFIG. 4B , the braid oflayer 1709 can be a full load pattern, in which eachstrand 1733 a extends over two strands and under two strands in a manner that is opposite to the neighboringstrand 1733 b. Referring toFIG. 4C , the braid oflayer 1709 can be a diamond half load pattern in which eachstrand 1733 a extends over one strand and under one strand opposite to the neighboringstrand 1733 b. Referring toFIG. 4D , the braid oflayer 1709 can include one or morelongitudinal strands 1733 c running through the crossedstrands - Referring to
FIGS. 5A-5B , eachstrand 1833 can include a single filament 1818 (FIG. 5A ) ormultiple filaments 1818 a-c (threefilaments 1818 a-c are shown in eachstrand 1833 inFIG. 5B ). Thefilaments 1818 can be chosen (i.e., diameter, spacing, and modulus can be specifically tailored) to reduce crimp (the waviness or bending of the filaments). Reduced crimp can help the system provide enhanced compression buckling resistance, which can translate to enhanced system stiffness. - Exemplary specific braid layer embodiments J-N are shown in Table 3.
-
TABLE 3 Exemplary braids Sample Inside diameter (inches) Braid angle (degrees) Strand Picks per inch Number of strands Number of filaments per strand Pattern of crossing Braid coverage Rigidizing medium J 0.576 20 PET, round, 0.010″ 12 120 1 Full load 56.7% Vacuum K 0.21 15.1 Stainless steel, round, 0.005″ 18.7 96 1 Full load 59% Pressure L 0.35 25.7 Stainless steel, round, 0.005″ 20.45 96 1 Full load 42% Pressure M 0.21 15.1 Stainless steel, round, 0.004″ 18.7 96 1 Full load 50% Pressure N 0.33 14 Stainless steel, round, 0.005″ 11.7 96 1 Full load 42% Pressure - In use, vacuum or pressure can be supplied between the walls of the rigidizing devices described herein, causing the braided layer and neighboring layer(s) to constrict and/or separate to transition between flexible and rigid configurations. The rigidizing devices described herein can thus advantageously transition from very flexible to very stiff upon activation by the user. When a vacuum or pressure is applied, the braids or strands can radially constrict or expand to become mechanically fixed or locked in place relative to one another. As a result, the rigidizing device can go from a flexible configuration to a rigid configuration when vacuum or pressure is applied (thereby fixing the rigidizing device in the shape that the rigidizing device was in just prior to application of the vacuum or pressure).
- Referring to
FIGS. 6A-6D , in some embodiments, one or both ends of thebraid layer 5609 of arigidizing device 5600 as described herein can be bonded to another layer of thedevice 5600 to prevent thestrands 5633 of the braid from coming unbraided. Further, the ends of thestrands 5633 can be bonded in such a way so as to allow relative movement of thestrands 5633 during flexing of therigidizing device 5600 when it is in the flexible configuration (i.e., so as to prevent rigidity or buckling of thedevice 5600, which in turn can lead to drag at thetip 5629, that might otherwise occur if thestrands 5633 were constrained). - For example, as shown in
FIG. 6A , thetip 5629 of thebraid layer 5609 can include acoating 5634 thereover of low durometer material, such as silicone or urethane, that is stretchable and/or flexible. As a result, the ends of thestrands 5633 can be encapsulated by the coating 5634 (and therefore prevented from unbraiding) while still moving withcoating 5634 as it stretches and/or flexes. Thecoating 5634 can be thin, such as between 0.005-0.250 thick (e.g., approximately 1/32″ thick). - As another example, as shown in
FIG. 6B , thetip 5629 of thebraid layer 5609 can include an annular ring 5601 z therearound. In some embodiments, the ring 5601 z can be formed by melting the tips of thestrands 5633. In other embodiments, the ring 5601 z can be a separate element that is bonded to the strands 5633 (e.g., bonded to less than 20%, less than 10%, or less than 5% of the strands 5633). In some embodiments, there can be two bonding positions approximately 180 degrees apart from one another. The ring 5601 z can advantageously ensure that thestrands 5633 do not unwind and yet can substantially move relative to one another underneath the ring 5601 z. The ring 5601 z can be made, for example, of rubber, Kapton, PTFE, silicone, urethane, latex, or ePTFE. - As another example, as shown in
FIG. 6C , thetip 5629 of thebraid layer 5609 can have a varying pick count along thetip 5629 with a greater pick count at the tip and a lower pick count towards the center. As a result, thestrands 5633 can have a greater angle relative to the longitudinal axis at thetip 5629 than in the rest of thelayer 5609. For example, while thestrands 5633 in the central portion of thedevice 5600 can have an angle of 45° or less relative to the longitudinal axis of the device 5600 (for example, 40 degrees or less, 35 degrees or less, 25 degrees or less, or 20 degrees or less), thestrands 5633 at thetip 5629 can have an angle of greater than 45°, such as between 45° and 60°, relative to the longitudinal axis (for example, 35 degrees, 45 degrees, or 55 degrees). The change in braid angle can be a continuous change at thetip 5629 and/or can be created by joining two separate braids together. Thestrands 5633 of greater angle can be glued down to the innermost layer at thetip 5629. By having a braid with a greater angle at thetip 5629, thetip 5629 can remain flexible as it curves or bends even when thestrands 5633 are fixed to theinner layer 5615. In some embodiments, the increasing braid angle at thetip 5629 can be created by changing the speed of pulling the core inside the tubular braid during manufacturing. - As another example, as shown in
FIG. 6D , thetip 5629 of thebraid layer 5609 can be everted and bonded to the innermost layer 5615 (and/or other layer that is radially inwards of the braid layer 5609). Thetip 5629 can be more flexible relative to anon-everted tip 5629 because it includes an extra (everted) length within which to allowed thestrands 5633 to move. - In some embodiments, the proximal and distal ends of the
braid layer 5609 can have different treatments (e.g., the distal end may have a first treatment as described inFIGS. 6A-6D while the proximal end may have a second treatment as described inFIGS. 6A-6D ). - In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein (e.g., rigidizing device 300) can include one or more slip layers bordering the braid layer (e.g., braid layer 209). The slip layer can be configured to reduce friction between the braid and the bordering layers to allow the bordering layers (and in particular the braid layer) to more easily shear or move relative to each other, particularly when no vacuum or pressure is applied to the rigidizing device, to maximize flexibility in the flexible configuration. The slip layer can advantageously enhance the baseline flexibility of the rigidizing device to allow the layers to move relative to one another. In one embodiment, the slip layer can include a powder, such as talcum or cornstarch. In particular, a powder slip layer can advantageously reduce friction without adding significant thickness to the device, thereby enhancing flexibility of the rigidizing device in the flexible configuration. The slip layer can be made of a low coefficient of friction material, such as a thin film fluoropolymer (FEP, Chemfilm, PTFE, with thicknesses from 2-50 microns). In one embodiment, the slip layer can be a coating. In one embodiment, the slip layer can be a slip additive added to an elastomer. In one embodiment, the slip layer can be a sheath of thin plastic film that is inherently lubricious, such as low-density polyethylene (LDPE). In one embodiment, the slip layer can be made of a thin spiral-wrapped film, such at 0.0005″ FEP or 0.00025” Chemfilm (St. Gobain). In one embodiment, the slip layer can be made of a grease, oil or other liquid.
- The rigidizing devices described herein can include an innermost layer configured to provide an inner surface against which the additional layers (e.g., braid layer) can be consolidated, for example, when a vacuum or pressure is applied within the walls of the rigidizing device. The layer can further provide a seal for the wall (i.e., can be leak-proof) and can be strong enough to provide resistance to diametrical collapse even during bending of the rigidizing device and/or compression of the rigidizing device during rigidization. Referring to
FIG. 7 , in some embodiments, theinnermost layer 8815 can include areinforcement element 8850 z or coil within amatrix 8851 z. Thereinforcement element 8850 z can be a continuous spiral coil or closed rings with gaps in between them (which may exhibit more resistance to collapse than a spiral coil). Additionally, theinner layer 8815 can include aninner film 8852 z and anouter film 8853 z on one or both sides thereof. In some embodiments, each of theelements - The
reinforcement element 8850 z can be, for example, a metal wire, such as a metal wire made of stainless steel, nitinol, or Tungsten. Thereinforcement element 8850 z can be, for example, a high strength fiber (e.g., Kevlar, Dyneema, Vectran, Technora, or carbon fiber). Thereinforcement element 8850 z can be, for example, a stent, a structure cut from a tube, or a braid. In some embodiments, thereinforcement element 8850 z can be a round wire (e.g., 0.0005”-0.030” in diameter, such as 0.001”, 0.003”, 0.005”, 0.007” or 0.009 ” in diameter). In some embodiments, thereinforcement element 8850 z can be a rectangular wire (e.g., having a width of 0.001” to 0.100” inch, for instance, 0.010”, 0.020”, 0.030”, 0.040”, 0.050”, 0.060”, 0.070”, 0.080”, 0.090”, or 0.100” and/or The rectangular wire can have a thickness from 0.0003” to 0.020”, for instance, 0.001”, 0.003”, 0.005”, 0.007” or 0.010”). In other embodiments, thereinforcement element 8850 z can have an oval cross-section and/or can include a plurality of individual strands and/or can have a rectangular cross section in which the four sharp corners are rounded. In some embodiments, thereinforcement element 8850 z can be cut from a single tube using, for instance, a laser to create the gaps. In some embodiments, no reinforcement element is used. - In some embodiments, the
reinforcement element 8850 z can be an element with a high aspect ratio (e.g., have a high RE width relative to RE height, such as an aspect ratio of over 5:1, such as over 10:1, such as over 11:1, such as approximately 12:1). Note that inFIG. 7 , RE width is the width ofreinforcement element 8850 z, RE height is height or thickness ofreinforcement element 8850 z, and RE Gap is distance betweenreinforcement elements 8850 z. The high ratio of width to height of thereinforcement element 8850 z can advantageously help prevent external pressure caused parallelogramming-type collapse of thereinforcement elements 8850 z within theinnermost layer 8815. Parallelogramming-type collapse occurs when the spirals of the coil move from being approximately normal to the axis of the center of the coil towards being parallel to the axis of the center of the coil (the spirals essentially “tip over”). Further, it may be advantageous in preventing parallelogramming if the RE gap between thereinforcement elements 8850 z is no more than 3 times the RE height, such as no more than 2 times the RE height, such as no more than 1.5 times the RE height. Additionally, a ratio of the inner diameter of a hollow tube with aninnermost layer 8815 to the width of thereinforcement layer 8850 z in theinnermost layer 8815 of less than 5, such as less than 4.5, such as approximately 4.3, can likewise help prevent parallelogramming-type collapse. - The
matrix 8851 z may be a very low durometer, for example a TPU or TPE, with a durometer equal to or less than 60 A, 50 A, 40 A, 30 A, 20 A or 10 A. In some embodiments, thematrix 8851 z can be TPU, TPE, PET, PEEK, Mylar, urethane, or silicone. Inner andouter films outer films layer 8815 does not include inner and/orouter films outer films - In a specific example of an
innermost layer 8815 for a pressure system, the layer is made at 0.260” inside diameter as a hollow tube with an RE width of 0.050”, an RE height of 0.008”, and an RE Gap of 0.010”.Film 8853 z is omitted on both sides.Film 8852 z (on both sides of thematrix 8851 z andreinforcement elements 8850 z) are all made of urethane (600 psi to 100% strain). The thickness of both thematrix 8851 z and eachfilm 8852 z is about 0.006”, giving a total wall thickness of 0.018”. This structure can resist collapse at over 10 atm of external pressure. - In a second specific example of an
innermost layer 8815 for a pressure system,film 8853 z is omitted on both sides. The RE width is 0.050”, the RE height is 0.008”, and the RE Gap is 0.010”. Thefilm 8852 z is a higher durometer elastomer, for example an elastomer that has a stress of 2000 psi@100% strain and has a thickness of about 0.001” thick. Thematrix 8851 z can be an 50A urethane. Thematrix 8851 z can be deposited as thermoplastic elastomer cord stock, for example at 0.008” rectangular cross section or 0.010” round cross section. This cord stock can also be deposited with increased axial modulus (but not transverse modulus) by co-extruding the stock with a wire (for example, 0.001” diameter) or fiber at its core. - In a third specific example of an
innermost layer 8815 for a pressure system, thereinforcement element 8850 z can be a wire with a high aspect ratio. For example, thelayer 8815 can have an RE height of 0.005“, an RE width of 0.060” and an RE gap of 0.006” in a square stainless steel wire. The inner diameter of the tube formed with theinnermost layer 8815 is 0.26”.Elements layer 8851 z can be a 50 A urethane (e.g., deposited from a heated tank with melted urethane therein and an orifice for precise dispensing via pressure). The structure of this exemplaryinnermost layer 8815 can resist collapse at over 10 atm of external pressure, such as over 12 atm of pressure, such as over 13 atm of pressure. - In a specific example of an
innermost layer 8815 for a vacuum system, theouter film 8853 z on one side (e.g., the outer or top side) is omitted, thefilm 8852 z above (outside of) the reinforcement/matrix includes a 0.005” 50 A urethane, thematrix 8851 z is made of 0.005” thick 50 A urethane, thereinforcement element 8850 z is a stainless steel wire, thefilm 8852 z below (inside of) the reinforcement/matrix includes 0.0025” thick 50 A urethane, and the bottomouter film 8853 z is a 0.004” thick 80A urethane. The RE width is 0.020”, the RE height is 0.005”, and the RE Gap is 0.010”. The bottomouter film 8853 z is hydrophilically coated. The inner diameter of the tube formed bylayer 8815 is 0.551”. - Although shown in
FIG. 7 as symmetrical, it should be understood that theinnermost layer 8815 need not have a symmetrical arrangement offilms innermost films 8852 z need not be the same, nor need the material for the both of theoutermost films 8853 z be the same. - The reinforcement elements of the innermost layer can be in a variety of configurations. As shown in
FIGS. 8D-8F , the reinforcement element 9205 z can be a multi-start coil winding (e.g., 2 starts as shown inFIG. 8F , three starts as shown inFIG. 8E , or four starts as shown inFIG. 8D ). When multi-start coil windings are used the gap between reinforcement elements along the longitudinal axis can be the same as with a single coil, but number of starts can be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or even more. While a single start creates a wire angle that is nearly vertical (for example, 2 degrees off of vertical), a multi-start approach creates a wire angle that biases the coils to tilt in one direction, much further away from vertical (for example, 4, 6, 10, 15, or even 20 degrees). This larger angle may serve to make the innermost layer less likely to tilt or structurally collapse under pressure, as the coils with the larger pitch tend to brace against one another for stability.FIGS. 8A-8C show individual starts (coils) from the multistart reinforcement elements 9205Z.FIG. 8C shows one coil fromFIG. 8F ,FIG. 8B shows one coil fromFIG. 8E andFIG. 8A shows one coil fromFIG. 8D . - In some embodiments, referring to
FIGS. 9A-9B , the reinforcement elements 8950 z can be a series of wavy or undulated wires (or an undulated wire that is coiled as described herein). As shown inFIG. 9B , when the device is loaded, the undulated reinforcement elements 8950 z moves toward colliding with itself, compressing the matrix 8851Z in between the wires and resisting a parallelogram-type collapse. In one specific embodiment, an innermost layer with such an undulating wire can have an RE height of 0.005”, an RE width of 0.060” and an RE gap of just 0.006”. The undulating wave can vary +/- 0.03” from a centerline (that is, have a wave amplitude of 0.060”). The wave can repeat every 0.3” (that is, have a wavelength of 0.3”). - In some embodiments, referring to
FIGS. 10A-10C , the reinforcement elements 9050 z can include alternatingpocket wires 9052 z and notchedwires 9053 z. When unloaded, the pockets and notches of each respective element can be separate (as shown inFIG. 10D ). However, when loaded, the notch ofwire 9053 z moves toward colliding with the pocket ofwire 9052 z (as shown inFIG. 10E ) compressing thematrix 8851 z in between the wires and resisting a parallelogram-type collapse. - In some embodiments, referring to
FIGS. 11A-11B , the reinforcingelements 9150 z can be a flexure design, e.g., cut from a laser tube. - In some instances, the reinforcement element can be separate from the inner layer. For instance, the reinforcement element can be positioned diametrically inside or outside the inner layer. The innermost layer can have a hardness, for example, of 30 A to 80 A. Further, the innermost layer can have a wall thickness of between 0.0005” and 0.060”. In some embodiments, the innermost layer can include lubrication or a coating (e.g., hydrophilic coating) on the inner surface thereof to improve sliding of an endoscope or other instrument therethrough. The coating can be hydrophilic (e.g., a Hydromer® coating or a Surmodics® coating) or hydrophobic (e.g., a fluoropolymer). The coating can be applied, for example, by dipping, painting, or spraying the coating thereon. The innermost layer can be a laminated layer with a low frictional coefficient.
- Exemplary rigidizing devices in the rigidized configuration are shown in
FIGS. 12A and 12B . As the rigidizing device is rigidized, it does so in the shape it was in before vacuum or pressure was applied, i.e., it does not straighten, bend, or otherwise substantially modify its shape (e.g., it may stiffen in a looped configuration as shown inFIG. 12A or in a serpentine shape as shown inFIG. 12B ). This can be because the air stiffening effect on the inner or outer layers (e.g., made of coil-wound tube) can be a small percentage (e.g., 5%) of the maximum load capability of the rigidizing device in bending, thereby allowing the rigidizing device to resist straightening. Upon release of the vacuum or pressure, braids or strands can unlock relative to one another and again move so as to allow bending of the rigidizing device. Again, as the rigidizing device is made more flexible through the release of vacuum or pressure, it does so in the shape it was in before the vacuum or pressure was released, i.e., it does not straighten, bend, or otherwise substantially modify its shape. Thus, the rigidizing devices described herein can transition from a flexible, less-stiff configuration to a rigid configuration of higher stiffness by restricting the motion between the strands of braid (e.g., by applying vacuum or pressure). - The rigidizing devices described herein can toggle between the rigid and flexible configurations quickly, and in some embodiments with an indefinite number of transition cycles. As interventional medical devices are made longer and inserted deeper into the human body, and as they are expected to do more exacting therapeutic procedures, there is an increased need for precision and control. Selectively rigidizing devices (e.g., overtubes) as described herein can advantageously provide both the benefits of flexibility (when needed) and the benefits of stiffness (when needed). Further, the rigidizing devices described herein can be used, for example, with classic endoscopes, colonoscopes, robotic systems, and/or navigation systems, such as those described in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2016/050290, filed Sep. 2, 2016, titled “DEVICE FOR ENDOSCOPIC ADVANCEMENT THROUGH THE SMALL INTESTINE,” the entirety of which is incorporated by referenced herein.
- The rigidizing devices described herein can be provided in multiple configurations, including different lengths and diameters. In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices can include working channels (for instance, for allowing the passage of typical endoscopic tools within the body of the rigidizing device), balloons, nested elements, and/or side-loading features.
- Referring to
FIGS. 13A-13D , in one embodiment, atubular rigidizing device 100 can include a wall having a plurality of layers positioned around the lumen 120 (e.g., for placement of an instrument or endoscope therethrough). A vacuum can be supplied between the layers to rigidize therigidizing device 100. - The
innermost layer 115 can be configured to provide an inner surface against which the remaining layers can be consolidated, for example, when a vacuum is applied within the walls of therigidizing device 100. The structure can be configured to minimize bend force / maximize flexibility in the non-vacuum condition. In some embodiments, theinnermost layer 115 can include areinforcement element 150 z or coil within a matrix, as described above. - The
layer 113 over (i.e., radially outwards of) theinnermost layer 115 can be a slip layer. - The
layer 111 can be a radial gap (i.e., a space). Thegap layer 111 can provide space for the braided layer(s) thereover to move within (when no vacuum is applied) as well as space within which the braided or woven layers can move radially inward (upon application of vacuum). - The
layer 109 can be a first braid layer including braidedstrands 133 similar to as described elsewhere herein. The braid layer can be, for example, 0.001” to 0.040” thick. For example, a braid layer can be 0.001”, 0.003”, 0.005”, 0.010”, 0.015”, 0.020”, 0.025” or 0.030” thick. - In some embodiments, as shown in
FIG. 13B , the braid can have tensile orhoop fibers 137.Hoop fibers 137 can be spiraled and/or woven into a braid layer. Further, thehoop fibers 137 can be positioned at 2-50, e.g., 20-40 hoops per inch. Thehoop fibers 137 can advantageously deliver high compression stiffness (to resist buckling or bowing out) in the radial direction, but can remain compliant in the direction of thelongitudinal axis 135 of therigidizing device 100. That is, if compression is applied to therigidizing device 100, thebraid layer 109 will try to expand in diameter as it compresses. Thehoop fibers 137 can resist this diametrical expansion and thus resist compression. Accordingly, thehoop fiber 137 can provide a system that is flexible in bending but still resists both tension and compression. - The
layer 107 can be another radial gap layer similar tolayer 111. - In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can have more than one braid layer. For example, the rigidizing devices can include two, three, or four braid layers. Referring to
FIG. 13C , thelayer 105 can be asecond braid layer 105. Thesecond braid layer 105 can have any of the characteristics described with respect to thefirst braid layer 109. In some embodiments, the braid ofsecond braid layer 105 can be identical to the braid offirst braid layer 109. In other embodiments, the braid ofsecond braid layer 105 can be different than the braid of thefirst braid layer 109. For example, the braid of thesecond braid layer 105 can include fewer strands and have a larger braid angle α than the braid of thefirst braid layer 109. Having fewer strands can help increase the flexibility of the rigidizing device 100 (relative to having a second strand with equivalent or greater number of strands), and a larger braid angle α can help constrict the diameter of the of the first braid layer 109 (for instance, if the first braid layer is compressed) while increasing/maintaining the flexibility of therigidizing device 100. As another example, the braid of thesecond braid layer 105 can include more strands and have a larger braid angle α than the braid of thefirst braid layer 109. Having more strands can result in a relatively tough and smooth layer while having a larger braid angle α can help constrict the diameter of thefirst braid layer 109. - The
layer 103 can be another radial gap layer similar tolayer 111. Thegap layer 103 can have a thickness of 0.0002-0.04”, such as approximately 0.03”. A thickness within this range can ensure that thestrands 133 of the braid layer(s) can easily slip and/or bulge relative to one another to ensure flexibility during bending of therigidizing device 100. - The
outermost layer 101 can be configured to move radially inward when a vacuum is applied to pull down against the braid layers 105, 109 and conform onto the surface(s) thereof. Theoutermost layer 101 can be soft and atraumatic and can be sealed at both ends to create a vacuum-tight chamber withlayer 115. Theoutermost layer 101 can be elastomeric, e.g., made of urethane. The hardness of theoutermost layer 101 can be, for example, 30 A to 80 A. Further, theoutermost layer 101 can be have a thickness of 0.0001-0.01”, such as approximately 0.001”, 0.002, 0.003” or 0.004”. Alternatively, the outermost layer can be plastic, including, for example, LDPE, nylon, or PEEK. - In some embodiments, the
outermost layer 101 can, for example, have tensile orhoop fibers 137 extending therethrough. Thehoop fibers 137 can be made, for example, of aramids (e.g., Technora, nylon, Kevlar), Vectran, Dyneema, carbon fiber, fiber glass or plastic. Further, thehoop fibers 137 can be positioned at 2-50, e.g., 20-40 hoops per inch. In some embodiments, thehoop fibers 137 can be laminated within an elastomeric sheath. The hoop fibers can advantageously deliver higher stiffness in one direction compared to another (e.g., can be very stiff in the hoop direction, but very compliant in the direction of the longitudinal axis of the rigidizing device). Additionally, the hoop fibers can advantageously provide low hoop stiffness until the fibers are placed under a tensile load, at which point the hoop fibers can suddenly exhibit high hoop stiffness. - In some embodiments, the
outermost layer 101 can include a lubrication, coating and/or powder (e.g., talcum powder) on the outer surface thereof to improve sliding of the rigidizing device through the anatomy. The coating can be hydrophilic (e.g., a Hydromer® coating or a Surmodics® coating) or hydrophobic (e.g., a fluoropolymer). The coating can be applied, for example, by dipping, painting, or spraying the coating thereon. - The
innermost layer 115 can similarly include a lubrication, coating (e.g., hydrophilic or hydrophobic coating), and/or powder (e.g., talcum powder) on the inner surface thereof configured to allow the bordering layers to more easily shear relative to each other, particularly when no vacuum is applied to therigidizing device 100, to maximize flexibility. - In some embodiments, the
outermost layer 101 can be loose over the radially inward layers. For instance, the inside diameter of layer 101 (assuming it constitutes a tube) may have a diametrical gap of 0”-0.200” with the next layer radially inwards (e.g., with a braid layer). This may give the vacuum rigidized system more flexibility when not under vacuum while still preserving a high rigidization multiple. In other embodiments, theoutermost layer 101 may be stretched some over the next layer radially inwards (e.g., the braid layer). For instance, the zero-strain diameter of atube constituting layer 101 may be from 0-0.200″ smaller in diameter than the next layer radially inwards and then stretched thereover. When not under vacuum, this system may have less flexibility than one wherein theouter layer 101 is looser. However, it may also have a smoother outer appearance and be less likely to tear during use. - In some embodiments, the
outermost layer 101 can be loose over the radially inward layers. A small positive pressure may be applied underneath thelayer 101 in order to gently expandlayer 101 and allow the rigidizing device to bend more freely in the flexible configuration. In this embodiment, theoutermost layer 101 can be elastomeric and can maintain a compressive force over the braid, thereby imparting stiffness. Once positive pressure is supplied (enough to nominally expand the sheath off of the braid, for example, 2 psi), theoutermost layer 101 is no longer is a contributor to stiffness, which can enhance baseline flexibility. Once rigidization is desired, positive pressure can be replaced by negative pressure (vacuum) to deliver stiffness. - A vacuum can be carried within
rigidizing device 100 from minimal to full atmospheric vacuum (e.g., approximately 14.7 psi). In some embodiments, there can be a bleed valve, regulator, or pump control such that vacuum is bled down to any intermediate level to provide a variable stiffness capability. The vacuum pressure can advantageously be used to rigidize the rigidizing device structure by compressing the layer(s) of braided sleeve against neighboring layers. Braid is naturally flexible in bending (i.e. when bent normal to its longitudinal axis), and the lattice structure formed by the interlaced strands distort as the sleeve is bent in order for the braid to conform to the bent shape while resting on the inner layers. This results in lattice geometries where the corner angles of each lattice element change as the braided sleeve bends. When compressed between conformal materials, such as the layers described herein, the lattice elements become locked at their current angles and have enhanced capability to resist deformation upon application of vacuum, thereby rigidizing the entire structure in bending when vacuum is applied. Further, in some embodiments, the hoop fibers through or over the braid can carry tensile loads that help to prevent local buckling of the braid at high applied bending load. - The stiffness of the
rigidizing device 100 can increase from 2-fold to over 30- fold, for instance 10-fold, 15-fold, or 20-fold, when transitioned from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration. In one specific example, the stiffness of a rigidizing device similar torigidizing device 100 was tested. The wall thickness of the test rigidizing device was 1.0 mm, the outer diameter was 17 mm, and a force was applied at the end of a 9.5 cm long cantilevered portion of the rigidizing device until the rigidizing device deflected 10 degrees. The forced required to do so when in flexible mode was only 30 grams while the forced required to do so in rigid (vacuum) mode was 350 grams. - In some embodiments of a
vacuum rigidizing device 100, there can be only one braid layer. In other embodiments of avacuum rigidizing device 100, there can be two, three, or more braid layers. In some embodiments, one or more of the radial gap layers or slip layers ofrigidizing device 100 can be removed. In some embodiments, some or all of the slip layers of therigidizing device 100 can be removed. - The braid layers described herein can act as a variable stiffness layer. The variable stiffness layer can include one or more variable stiffness elements or structures that, when activated (e.g., when vacuum is applied), the bending stiffness and/or shear resistance is increased, resulting in higher rigidity. Other variable stiffness elements can be used in addition to or in place of the braid layer. In some embodiments, engagers can be used as a variable stiffness element, as described in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2018/042946, filed Jul. 19, 2018, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING OVERTUBE,” the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein. Alternatively or additionally, the variable stiffness element can include particles or granules, jamming layers, scales, rigidizing axial members, rigidizers, longitudinal members or substantially longitudinal members.
- In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can rigidize through the application of pressure rather than vacuum. For example, referring to
FIGS. 14A-14B , therigidizing device 2100 can be similar torigidizing device 100 except that it can be configured to hold pressure (e.g., of greater than 1 atm) therein for rigidization rather than vacuum. Therigidizing device 2100 can thus include a plurality of layers positioned around the lumen 2120 (e.g., for placement of an instrument or endoscope therethrough). Therigidizing device 2100 can include an innermost layer 2115 (similar to innermost layer 115), a slip layer 2113 (similar to slip layer 113), apressure gap 2112, abladder layer 2121, a gap layer 2111 (similar to gap layer 111), a braid layer 2109 (similar to braid layer 109) or other variable stiffness layer as described herein, a gap layer 2107 (similar to layer 107), and anoutermost containment layer 2101. - The
pressure gap 2112 can be a sealed chamber that provides a gap for the application of pressure to layers ofrigidizing device 2100. The pressure can be supplied to thepressure gap 2112 using a fluid or gas inflation/pressure media. The inflation/pressure media can be water or saline or, for example, a lubricating fluid such as soil or glycerin. The lubricating fluid can, for example, help the layers of therigidizing device 2100 flow over one another in the flexible configuration. The inflation/pressure media can be supplied to thegap 2112 during rigidization of therigidizing device 2100 and can be partially or fully evacuated therefrom to transform therigidizing device 2100 back to the flexible configuration. In some embodiments, thepressure gap 2112 of therigidizing device 2100 can be connected to a pre-filled pressure source, such as a pre-filled syringe or a pre-filled insufflator, thereby reducing the physician’s required set-up time. - The
bladder layer 2121 can be made, for example, of a low durometer elastomer (e.g., of shore 20A to 70A) or a thin plastic sheet. Thebladder layer 2121 can be formed out of a thin sheet of plastic or rubber that has been sealed lengthwise to form a tube. The lengthwise seal can be, for instance, a butt or lap joint. For instance, a lap joint can be formed in a lengthwise fashion in a sheet of rubber by melting the rubber at the lap joint or by using an adhesive. In some embodiments, thebladder layer 2121 can be 0.0002-0.020” thick, such as approximately 0.005” thick. Thebladder layer 2121 can be soft, high-friction, stretchy, and/or able to wrinkle easily. In some embodiments, thebladder layer 2121 is a polyolefin or a PET. Thebladder 2121 can be formed, for example, by using methods used to form heat shrink tubing, such as extrusion of a base material and then wall thinning with heat, pressure and/or radiation. When pressure is supplied through thepressure gap 2112, thebladder layer 2121 can expand through thegap layer 2111 to push thebraid layer 2109 against theoutermost containment layer 2101 such that the relative motion of the braid strands is reduced. - The
outermost containment layer 2101 can be a tube, such as an extruded tube. Alternatively, theoutermost containment layer 2101 can be a tube in which a reinforcing member (for example, metal wire, including round or rectangular cross-sections) is encapsulated within an elastomeric matrix, similar to as described with respect to the innermost layer for other embodiments described herein. In some embodiments, theoutermost containment layer 2101 can include a helical spring (e.g., made of circular or flat wire), and/or a tubular braid (such as one made from round or flat metal wire) and a thin elastomeric sheet that is not bonded to the other elements in the layer. Theoutermost containment layer 2101 can be a tubular structure with a continuous and smooth surface. This can facilitate an outer member that slides against it in close proximity and with locally high contact loads (e.g., a nested configuration as described further herein). Further, theouter layer 2101 can be configured to support compressive loads, such as pinching. Additionally, the outer layer 2101 (e.g., with a reinforcement element therein) can be configured to prevent therigidizing device 2100 from changing diameter even when pressure is applied. - Because both the
outer layer 2101 and theinner layer 2115 include reinforcement elements therein, thebraid layer 2109 can be reasonably constrained from both shrinking diameter (under tensile loads) and growing in diameter (under compression loads). - By using pressure rather than vacuum to transition from the flexible state to the rigid state, the rigidity of the
rigidizing device 2100 can be increased. For example, in some embodiments, the pressure supplied to thepressure gap 2112 can be between 1 and 40 atmospheres, such as between 2 and 40 atmospheres, such as between 4 and 20 atmospheres, such as between 5 and 10 atmospheres. In some embodiments, the pressure supplied is approximate 2 atm, approximately 4 atmospheres, approximately 5 atmospheres, approximately 10 atmospheres, approximately 20 atmospheres. In some embodiments, therigidizing device 2100 can exhibit change in relative bending stiffness (as measured in a simple cantilevered configuration) from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration of 2-100 times, such as 10-80 times, such as 20-50 times. For example, therigidizing device 2100 can have a change in relative bending stiffness from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration of approximately 10, 15, 20, or 25, 30, 40, 50, or over 100 times.FIG. 15 shows a graph of bending strength vs pressure for a rigidizing device as described herein. As shown, the bending strength of the rigidizing device increases as the pressure supplied to the wall increases. - Simplified versions of a wall of various pressurized rigidizing devices similar to
rigidizing device 2100 are shown inFIGS. 16A-16O . For example,rigidizing device 2200 a ofFIG. 16A includes theinnermost layer 2215 a,pressure gap 2212 a,bladder layer 2221 a that is sealed to theoutermost layer 2201 a,braid layer 2209 a, andouter containment layer 2201 a (similar as described with respect to rigidizing device 2100). Therigidizing device 2200 a further includesend caps 2292 a at the proximal and distal ends thereof to seal the pressure therein. When pressure is supplied to thepressure gap 2212 a viainlet 2293 a, thebladder layer 2221 a is pressed against thebraid layer 2209 a, which in turn is pressed against theoutermost layer 2201 a, preventing the strands of the braid from moving relative to one another. - Referring to
FIG. 16J ,rigidizing device 2200 j is similar torigidizing device 2200 a except thatslip layer 2213 j andstiffening layer 2298 j are added.Layer 2213 j can be a slip layer as described herein, for example comprising a coating film or powder.Layer 2298 j can be a stiffening layer that, similar tolayers reinforcement element 2250 z as described elsewhere herein. Theadditional stiffening layer 2298 j can work in concert with theinner layer 2215 j. For example, the twolayers slip layer 2213 j) in the flexible configuration and stick to one another to form a stiff composite structure in the rigid configuration (i.e., when pressure is applied).Layer 2298 j can be a high durometer elastomeric rubber, for example a TPU or TPE with a durometer greater than or equal to 60 A, 70 A, 80 A or 90 A. When the tube is in a flexible state, layers 2215 j and 2298 j may easily shear or move with respect to each other (e.g., due toslip layer 2213 j) such that the flexibility of the system is lower than it would be if the layers were bonded together. When the tube is in a rigid state (for example, when pressure is applied), layers 2215 j, 2298 j and 2213 j may lock to each other and act like a single bonded layer in order to resist collapse of the wall of therigidizing device 2200 j. Similar to other embodiments, thebraid layer 2205 j can push against theouter layer 2201 j when pressure is supplied togap 2212 j to rigidize thedevice 2200 j. - Referring to
FIG. 16B ,rigidizing device 2200 b is similar torigidizing device 2200 a except that thepressure gap 2212 b is surrounded by an evertedbladder layer 2221 b (or a double-layered bladder), i.e., such that thebladder layer 2221 b includes one side that borders thebraid layer 2205 b and one side that borders theinnermost layer 2215 b. As pressure is supplied to thepressure gap 2212 b (inside of the two sides of thebladder layer 2221 b), thebladder layer 2221 b can expand both against theinnermost layer 2215 b and against thebraid 2209 b (which in turn can be pushed against theoutermost layer 2201 b). - Referring to
FIG. 16C ,rigidizing device 2200 c is similar torigidizing device 2200 a except that thebladder layer 2221 c is sealed to the innermost layer 2215 c rather than theoutermost layer 2201 c. When pressure is supplied to thepressure gap 2212 c via inlet 2293 c, thebladder layer 2221 c is pressed against thebraid layer 2209 c, which in turn is pressed against theoutermost layer 2201 c. - Referring to
FIG. 16D ,rigidizing device 2200 d is similar torigidizing device 2200 b except that theinnermost layer 2215 d is a spring element rather than a coil-wound tube. Because the pressure is in the evertedbladder layer 2221 d, theinner layer 2215 d need not be sealed itself. - Referring to
FIG. 16E ,rigidizing device 2200 e is similar torigidizing device 2200 a except that theinnermost layer 2215 a is replaced with aninner payload 2294 e that is sealed at both the proximal and distal ends and can include a plurality of lumens therein (e.g., a workingchannel 2291 e, apressure channel 2292 e, and a rinsechannel 2293 e). - Referring to
FIG. 16F ,rigidizing device 2200 f is similar torigidizing device 2200 a except that thebraid layer 2209 f is inside of thepressure gap 2212 f and the bladder layer 2221 f such that pressure supplied to thepressure gap 2212 f causes the bladder layer 2221 f to push inwards against thebraid layer 2209 f, which in turn pushes againstinnermost layer 2215 f. - In some embodiments, a pressure rigidizing device can include two braid layers (e.g., of the same or different braid characteristics). For example, an
exemplary rigidizing device 2200 m with twobraid layers FIG. 16M . The twobraid layers bladders pressure gap 2212 m between the two bladders, theouter braid layer 2205 m will be pushed radially outwards against theouter layer 2201 m while theinner braid layer 2209 m will be pushed radially inwards against theinner braid layer 2215 m to rigidize thedevice 2200 m. - Another
exemplary rigidizing device 2200 n with twobraid layers FIG. 16N . The twobraid layers bladder layer 2221 n (not labeled in figure) and theouter tube 2201 n. When pressure is supplied to thepressure gap 2212 n, thebladder 2221 n forces the twobraid layers outer tube 2201 n. The braid layers 2209 n, 2205 n may interdigitate with one another when pressurized, thereby strengthening the rigidity of thedevice 2200 n. - Referring to
FIG. 16K ,rigidizing device 2200 k is similar torigidizing device 2200 a except that anannular ring 2219 k, e.g., including fibers and adhesive, is positioned around each of the ends of thebraid layer 2209 k andbladder layer 2221 k to attach thebladder layer 2221 k to theinnermost layer 2215 k (and thereby hold pressure within thepressure gap 2212 k when pressure is supplied through theinlet 2293 k). Theannular ring 2219 k can, for example, include a high strength fiber, such as Kevlar or Dyneema. Further, the adhesive can be, for example, a cyanoacrylate. In some embodiments, adhesive can also be placed at the ends between theinnermost layer 2215 k and thebladder layer 2221 k and also encompassing the inlet tube. -
FIG. 16G shows arigidizing device 2200 g withgap inlet 2293 g andvent inlet 2223 g.Inlet 2293 g connects to pressuregap 2212 g (viapressure line 2294 g).Inlet 2223 g connects to gap 2206 g around the braid layer 2209 g (between bladder 2221 g andoutermost layer 2201 g). Thedevice 2200 g can be rigidized in one or more different configurations. In a first rigidizing configuration, pressure can be applied toinlet 2293 g while thevent inlet 2223 g can be open or vented to atmospheric pressure. The pressure supplied to thepressure gap 2212 g through theinlet 2293 g can thus push the braid 2209 g against theoutermost layer 2201 g, which in turn can force any air in thegap 2206 g out through thevent inlet 2223 g. Allowing the air to escape through thevent inlet 2223 g can enable a tighter mechanical fit between the braid layer 2209 g and theouter layer 2201 g, thereby strengthening the rigidization of thedevice 2200 g. In a second rigidizing configuration, pressure can be applied toinlet 2293 g and a vacuum can be applied to ventinlet 2223 g. This may cause therigidizing device 2200 g to become even stiffer than in the first configuration, as the vacuum can assist in moving the braid layer 2209 g towards theouter layer 2201 g. Thedevice 2200 g can likewise be made flexible in one or more different configurations. In a first flexible configuration, bothinlet 2293 g andvent inlet 2223 g can be opened to atmospheric pressure. This will loosen the braid layer 2209 g relative to theouter layer 2201 g and cause therigidizing device 2200 g to be flexible as the braid layer 2209 g moves freely relative to theouter layer 2201 g. In a second flexible configuration, a low pressure (e.g., 5-10% above atmospheric pressure) can be provided to bothinlet 2293 g andvent inlet 2223 g. This may cause theoutermost layer 2201 g and theinnermost layer 2215 g to separate slightly, which can provide additionally area for the braid layer 2209 g to move freely. As a result, this may cause therigidizing device 2200 g to become even more flexible than in the first rigidizing configuration. Additionally, providing a low pressure above atmospheric pressure in the flexible configuration can allow therigidizing device 2200 g to be introduced into the body with a very small diameter (e.g., such that thepressure gap 2212 g is essentially zero) and then the low pressure can be provided to bothinlet 2293 g andvent inlet 2223 g to slightly expand thepressure gap 2212 g to provide more room for the braid layer 2209 g to move freely. -
FIG. 16H shows arigidizing device 2200 h withbellows 2243 h connected to pressureline 2294 h.Pressure gap 2212 h,pressure line 2294 h, and bellows 2243 h can all be configured to be filled with a sealed pressure transmitting medium, such as distilled water or saline solution or an oil. The pressure transmitting medium may be a radiopaque fluid that advantageously will show the rigidized device more clearly during a procedure using fluoroscopy. The pressure transmitting medium can be added to the rigidizing device immediately before use and/or when the device is being manufactured. In use, activating theactuator 2288 h can compressbellows 2243 h, thus reducing the volume of pressure medium in thebellows 2243 h, which flows through thepressure line 2294 h to thepressure gap 2212 h, causing a rise in pressure in thepressure gap 2212 h and movement of thebraid layer 2209 h against theouter layer 2201 h. Thevent inlet 2223 h can be open to the atmosphere to allow gas to escape from thespace 2206 h around thebraid layer 2209 h. Further, reversing the action of theactuator 2288 h can cause the pressure in thepressure gap 2212 h to fall as the pressure medium moves back to thebellows 2243 h. Actuator 2288 h can be, for example, a solenoid, a voice coil, a lead screw, a valve, or a rotary cam. In some embodiments, thepressure line 2294 h can be pinched or flattened to raise the pressure inpressure gap 2212 h rather than usingbellows 2243 h. -
FIG. 16I shows arigidizing device 2200 i includingsumps 2230 i and 2228 i respectively.Sumps 2230 i and 2228 i may comprise a fluid medium, such as water and a gaseous medium such as air. Pressure or vacuum or combinations thereof may be applied toinlets gap - In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can include a plurality of individual bladders running longitudinally down the length of the device. For example, referring to
FIG. 16O , device 2200 o includes four different circumferential bladders 2221 o surrounding pressure gaps 2212 o. In this embodiment, the braid layer is likewise divided into four longitudinal flat braids 2209 o, each of which is positioned radially outwards from a bladder 2221 o. In other embodiments, the braid layer can include tubular braids wrapped around the bladders 2221 o (similar to as described with respect toFIG. 67 below). Further, the outer and inner layers 2201 o, 2215 o are connected by dividers 2236 o. In some embodiments, the dividers 2236 o can be formed by elements of the outer or inner layers 2201 o, 2215 o (e.g., be continuous elements of one or both layers 2201 o, 2215 o). In some embodiments, the dividers 2236 o can be configured to help maintain the thickness of the wall. When pressure is supplied to the pressure gaps 2212 o, the bladders 2221 o expand to push the flat braids 2209 o against the outer layer 2201 o. - In some embodiments, referring to
FIG. 16L , the pressure rigidizing devices described herein do not include an innermost layer (e.g., do not include an innermost layer with a reinforcement element therein). Rather, therigidizing device 22001 can include anouter layer 22011,gap layer 22061,braid layer 22091, and an everted or tubular bladder 22211 (with apressure gap 22121 therein). Thetubular bladder 22211 can be configured to be positioned around the inner device (such as a scope 2291). As thepressure gap 22121 is filled with pressurizing medium, thebladder 22211 can expand against thescope 2291 and the braid layer 22091.It should be understood that any of the features described herein with respect to vacuum rigidizing devices can be substituted or replaced with any of the features described with respect to pressure rigidizing devices. - In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can incorporate a tool or working channel therein. The working channel can be designed so as to not significantly add to the rigidizing device’s bending stiffness. Referring to
FIGS. 17A-17C , in one embodiment, arigidizing device 500 can include a workingchannel 555 extending therethrough. The workingchannel 555 can include acentral lumen 571 z (e.g., for passage of a working element therethrough) formed by alternating telescoping tubular sections that are locally necked or tapered from alarger diameter end 569 z to a smaller diameter end 570 z. Each of the sections can be connected to the underlying layer of the wall (e.g., theslip layer 513 over the innermost layer 515) at a discrete location oranchor point 568 z and can be otherwise free to move. As therigidizing device 500 bends, the smaller diameter end 570 z can move within the larger diameter end 559 z of a neighboring section so as to allow for bending of the workingchannel 555. The workingchannel 555 can be positioned within the wall of therigidizing device 500, such as in theradial gap 511 between theslip layer 513 and the first braid layer 509 (and can therefore also be positioned underneath theradial gap layer 507, thesecond braid layer 505, theradial gap layer 503, and the outermost layer 501). The workingchannel 555 can thus be positioned within the sealed vacuum (or pressure chamber) of therigidizing device 500. In some embodiments, the workingchannel 555 can itself be positioned within a sealed bag orlayer 572 z so as to ensure that there is no vacuum or pressure leak path. In other embodiments, the sections can include sliding seals therebetween to ensure that there is no vacuum or pressure leak path. In some embodiments, as shown inFIG. 17D , rather than having tapered sections, there can be alternativelarge diameter sections 525 a andsmall diameter sections 525 b. Thesmaller diameter sections 525 b can move within thelarge diameter sections 525 a during bending over therigidizing device 500. The working channel can be placed within the sealed volume formed bylayers layer 501. - Referring to
FIGS. 18A-18B , in some embodiments, arigidizing device 7800 can include a workingchannel 7855 spiraled around a portion of theelongate body 7803 z of therigidizing device 7800. For example, the workingchannel 7855 can be spiraled at a 40-50 degree angle, such as approximately a 45 degree angle, relative to the longitudinal axis of thedevice 7800. A spiraled workingchannel 7855 can advantageously deform into a curved path as therigidizing device 7800 bends without resisting bending and/or without forcing path length adjustments along its length. The workingchannel 7855 can include aproximal port 7840 z integrated into thehandle 7831 and adistal port 7841 z (through which a working tool may exit) molded onto end of thetip 7833 z of therigidizing device 7800. The spiraled workingchannel 7855 can be positioned over theoutermost layer 7801, under the outer layer 7801 (as shown inFIGS. 18A-18B where theouter layer 7801 has been removed for clarity), or further within the layers of the wall (.e., under the braid layer). - Referring to
FIGS. 19A-19B , in some embodiments, arigidizing device 4500 can include a plurality of workingchannels 4555 spiraled around the outside thereof. As shown inFIGS. 19A-19B , the workingchannels 4555 can, for example, form a spiral shield around therigidizing device 4500. In some embodiments, the workingchannels 4555 can be configured together to form a second rigidizing element that can be rigidized separately from theinner rigidizing device 4500. The second rigidizing element can advantageously be highly flexible due to the relative movement of the individualspiraling working channels 4555. In some embodiments, the workingchannels 4555 can include a thin flexible ring and/or thin flexible sheath to contain the workingchannels 4555 in a circular cross section. In some embodiments, thedevice 4500 can further include a steerabledistal tip 4547, e.g., to help with placement of the tools that extend through the workingchannels 4555. - Referring to
FIGS. 20A-20B , in some embodiments, arigidizing device 8000 can include a rigidizing elongate body 8003 z with a plurality of working channels 8055 a-d (such as 1-10, 3-5, or 4-5 working channels) extending down thecentral lumen 8020 thereof to thetip 8033 z. The working channels 8055 a-d can be used for a plurality of different tools throughout a procedure. For example, one of the working channels 8055 a-d can be used for a catheter with a camera and lighting, another could be used for traction, another could be used for cutting, another could be used for suction, etc. The elements extended down the working channels 8055 a-d can be interchanged throughout the procedure. In some embodiments, the rigidizing elongate body 8003 z can be disposable while the tools can be cleanable and/or sterilizable. In some embodiments, therigidizing device 8000 can further include passive oractive linkages 8004 z. - Referring to
FIG. 21 , in some embodiments, arigidizing device 8100 can include afirst working channel 8155 a and asecond working channel 8155 b. Thefirst working channel 8155 b can extend down the central lumen 8120 (or within the walls of theelongate body 8103 z) to thedistal end 8133 z. The second working channel can similarly extend down thecentral lumen 8120 or within the walls of theelongate body 8103 z, but can exit the side of theelongate body 8103 z proximal to thedistal section 8102 z (e.g., prior to thelinkages 8104 z). Havingtool channel 8155 b exit proximal to the distal section can advantageously limit interference with steering or bending of thelinkages 8104 z. - Referring to
FIG. 22 , in some embodiments, atool 7942 z can be specifically designed for use with a working channel of a rigidizing device as described herein. Thetool 7942 z can include a flexible shaft 7943 z and an expandableatraumatic tip 7944 z. Theatraumatic tip 7944 z can be an expandable balloon or a nitinol cage with foam therearound. In some embodiments, theexpandable tip 7944 z can be configured to be collapsed (e.g., sheathed) for delivery through the working channel and to self-expand after sheath withdrawal and placement through the working channel. Theatraumatic tip 7944 z can be sized, for example, so as to not fill the lumen of the gastrointestinal tract and therefore so as to not contact the walls of the gastrointestinal tract. Thetool 7942 z can further have aflexible loop 7945 z that is attached to thetip 7944 z or to the shaft 7943 z. In some embodiments, theloop 7945 z can be attached to an endoscopic clip (often used to close a variety of defects in the GI tract) to provide traction during an ESD procedure. By sliding the shaft 7943 z longitudinally, the user can provide traction to the clip. The expandableatraumatic tip 7944 z can advantageously allow thetool 7942 z to be advanced freely ahead of the rigidizing device without being concerned that it will cause trauma or get caught in the GI tract. By hooking theflexible loop 7945 z onto the clip, thetool 7942 z can get good traction with a simple back and forth motion of the flexible shaft 7943 z. - Any of the rigidizing devices described herein can have a distal end section or sections with a different design that the main elongate body of the rigidizing device. As shown in
FIG. 23 , for example,rigidizing device 5500 can have a main elongate body 5503 z and adistal end section 5502 z. Only thedistal end section 5502 z, only the main elongate body 5503 z, or both thedistal end section 5502 z and the main elongate body 5503 z can be rigidizing as described herein (e.g., by vacuum and/or pressure). In some embodiments, onesection 5502 z, 5503 z is activated by pressure and theother section 5502 z, 5503 z is activated by vacuum. In other embodiments, bothsections 5502 z, 5503 z are activated by pressure or vacuum, respectively. - Referring to
FIG. 24 , in some embodiments, thedistal section 5702 z can include a rigidizing braid that differs from the braid of the main elongate section 5703 z. For example, in one embodiment, the braid angle relative to the longitudinal axis in thedistal end section 5702 z can be greater than the braid angle of the main elongate body 5703 z. For instance, the braid angle in distal section may be 40 degrees while the braid angle in the main elongate body may be 20 degrees. The braids may overlap somewhat and be joined with a flexible adhesive. These designs may give thedistal end section 5702 z more bending flexibility in a non-rigidized state than the main elongate section 5703 z. Having a more flexible distal tip can, for example, advantageously prevent buckling and drag at the tip (caused by fixing the braid ends) and/or can advantageously provide flexibility during navigation through a body lumen to prevent trauma to the anatomy. In another embodiment, the braid angle relative to the longitudinal axis in thedistal end section 5702 z can be less than the braid angle of the main elongate body 5703 z. This may givedistal end section 5702 z more stiffness in the rigidized state relative to the main elongate body 5703 z. Having more stiffness in thedistal end section 5702 z can, for example, advantageously provide a stable platform for movement or delivery of a medical device through the central lumen and out the distal end of therigidizing device 5700. - Referring to
FIG. 25 , in some embodiments, thedistal end section 5802 z can include a plurality oflinkages 5804 z that are passively activated. Thelinkages 5804 z can be connected together at one or more pivot points and can advantageously provide deterministic bending (i.e., bending in a specific and predetermined direction). Additionally, thelinkages 5804 z can advantageously provide torsional rigidity to thedistal end section 5802 z while providing high flexibility for bending. Thelinkages 5804 z can be activated passively, e.g., via flexing as thedevice 5800 is moved through the anatomy. Thedistal end section 5802 z may, for example, include 1-100linkages 5804 z, such as 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 16, 20, 30, or 40 links 5504 z. In some embodiments, thelinkages 5804 z can be formed by passively cut flexures, such as laser cut tubes or stents. - Referring to
FIG. 26 , in other embodiments, thedistal end section 7602 z can include a plurality oflinkages 7604 z that are actively controlled, such as viacables 7624, for steering of therigidizing device 7600. Thedevice 7600 is similar todevice 5800 except that it includescables 7624 configured to control movement of the device. While the passage of thecables 7624 through the rigidizing elongate body 7603 z (i.e., withouter wall 7601,braid layer 7609, and inner layer 7615) is not shown inFIG. 26 , thecables 7624 can extend therethrough in any manner as described elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, one or more layers of the rigidizing elongate body 7603 z can continue into thedistal end section 7602 z. For example, and as shown inFIG. 26 , theinner layer 7615 can continue into thedistal end section 7602 z, e.g., can be located radially inwards of thelinkages 7604 z. Similarly, any of the additional layers from the rigidizing proximal section (e.g., thebraid layer 7609 or theouter layer 7601 may be continued into thedistal end section 7602 z and/or be positioned radially inwards of thelinkages 7604 z). In other embodiments, none of the layers of the rigidizing elongate body 7603 z continue into thedistal end section 7602 z. Thelinkages 7604 z (and any linkages described herein) can include a covering 7627 z thereover. The covering 7627 z can advantageously make thedistal end section 7602 z atraumatic and/or smooth. The covering 7627 z can be a film, such as expanded PTFE. Expanded PTFE can advantageously provide a smooth, low friction surface with low resistance to bending but high resistance to buckling. -
FIGS. 27A-E show another exemplarydistal end section 4302 z that includes a plurality oflinkages 4304 z that are actively controlled, such as viacables 4324, for steering of the rigidizing device. In some embodiments, the pivots for thelinkages 4304 z can be involutes, similar to gear teeth, as shown inFIGS. 27A-E , to reduce the local contact drag. Thecables 4324 can be positioned within cable guides (e.g., jackets or coil pipes) that extend the length of the rigidizing device. In some embodiments, the cables 4324 (and cable guides) can extend within the wall of the rigidizing device. The cable guides can advantageously ensure that tensile load is carried through the cable guide, rather than through the wall of the rigidizing device, so that the structure of the wall is not adversely deflected as the load is applied to thelinkages 4304 z. In some embodiments, the cable guides andcables 4324 can have excess length to account for bending of the rigidizing device. This excess length can, for example, be woven or curled within the wall of the rigidizing device. Further, thecables 4324 can run through apertures and/or grooves in thelinkages 4304 z (see, e.g.,FIG. 27C ) while remaining otherwise free to float within the wall (and thereby to account for bending of the rigidizing device. As thecables 4324 are activated, thelinkages 4304 z pivot relative to one another, thereby providing steering for the distal end section of a rigidizing device. Articulation of thelinkages 4304 z andcables 4324 for steering can be achieved by actuators (e.g., local motors, current-activated (heat) nitinol wires, proximal actuators (typically stainless steel, tungsten, or composites), hydraulics, and/or EAP (electro-active polymers)). Such steering mechanisms can advantageously provide increased clinical utility. Further, such steering allows the device that is positioned through the central lumen (for example, an endoscope or a guidewire) be steered towards and more easily reach the desired anatomical location. - When cables are used for steering the distal end section, the cables (which can be in cable guides or not) can be routed through the wall of the rigidizing devices described herein in a number of different ways.
FIG. 28-39B show exemplary configurations of rigidizing devices with cable guides (some wall layers have been omitted inFIG. 28-39B for clarity). For example,FIG. 28 shows arigidizing device 6200 havingcables 6224 extending in cable guides 6299 within the outer radial gap layer 6207 (and thus between thebraid layer 6209 and the outer layer 6201). In some embodiments, each of thecables 6224 andcable guides 6299 can be positioned approximately equidistant around the circumference (i.e., approximately 90 degrees away from neighboring cables when four cables are used). In other embodiments, one or more of thecables 6224 andcable guides 6299 can be grouped closely together (e.g., within the same quadrant) rather than spaced apart. Further, in some embodiments, thecables 6224 and/or guides 6299 can be asymmetrically positioned around the circumference of therigidizing device 6200. -
FIG. 29 shows arigidizing device 6300 in which thecables 6324 and cable guides 6399 are positioned within the inner radial gap layer 6311 (and thus between thebraid layer 6309 and the inner layers of the rigidizing device, such as the bladder 6321). When, for example, pressure is supplied topressure gap 6312, thebladder 6321 can push against thebraid layer 6309, and the braid layer and correspondingly push against theouter layer 6301 without thebraid layer 6309 squeezing or otherwise impacting thecables 6324. Again, thecables 6324 and cable guides can be positioned equidistant or asymmetrically about the circumference of therigidizing device 6300. - Referring to
FIG. 30 , in some embodiments, therigidizing device 6400 can havecables 6424 andcable guides 6499 at least partially separated from the pressurized or vacuum zone. For example, as shown inFIG. 30 , atubular bladder layer 6421 can surround thepressure gap 6412. Some or all of thecables 6424 andcable guides 6499 can be positioned in thegap 6407 between theinner layer 6415 and thebraid layer 6409 and circumferentially adjacent to thetubular bladder layer 6421. Advantageously, in this configuration, thecables 6424 andcable guides 6499 can both be minimally impacted by pressurization of thebladder layer 6421 and provide substantially no additive stack height or thickness to the wall. - Referring to
FIG. 31 , in some embodiments, therigidizing device 6500 can include a plurality oftubular bladders 6521 spaced circumferentially apart such that eachcable 6524 andcable guide 6599 can fit in thegap 6507 between adjacenttubular bladders 6521. - Referring to
FIG. 32 ,rigidizing device 6600 is similar todevice 6500 except thatcables 6624 and guides 6699 are grouped in pairs to reduce the number oftubular bladders 6621 necessary (e.g., there can be twotubular bladders 6621 and a two pair ofcables 6624 and guides 6699 positioned therebetween). - Referring to
FIG. 33 ,rigidizing device 6700 is similar todevice 6500 except that each tubular bladder 6721 includes atubular braid layer 6709 therearound (i.e., rather than having a single braid layer 6509 as with device 6500). As pressurizing medium is provided topressure gaps 6712, the bladder 6721 can expand to press eachindividual tubular braid 6709, which can expand to press against the inner andouter layers - Referring to
FIG. 34 , in some embodiments, arigidizing device 6800 can include strips of braid layer 6809 (i.e., flat braid rather than tubular braid). Each strip ofbraid layer 6809 and eachcable 6824 andcable guide 6899 can be positioned in theradial gap 6807. Further, the strips ofbraid layer 6809 can alternate with thecables 6824/6899 so as to minimize the thickness of the wall of therigidizing device 6800. Thebladder 6821 can be positioned radially outwards of the strips ofbraid layer 6809 andcables 6824 / guides 6899. When pressure medium is supplied to thepressure gap 6812, thebladder 6821 can push the strips ofbraid layer 6809 radially inwards against theinnermost layer 6815 to rigidize thedevice 6800. In other embodiments, thebladder 6821 can be radially inwards of the strips of braid layer 6809 (andcables 6824 / guides 6899) and be configured to push the strips ofbraid layer 6809 against theouter layer 6801. - In some embodiments, referring to
FIG. 35 , thecables 6924 andcable guides 6999 can be positioned so as to extend down thecentral lumen 6920 of therigidizing device 6900. - In some embodiments, referring to
FIG. 36 , thecables 7024 andcable guides 7099 can be positioned radially outwards of theouter layer 7001. Thecables 7024 and guides 7099 can, for example, be positioned in asheath 7009 z that can extend only over thecables 7024 or that can fully encompass theouter layer 7001. Theguides 7099 can be only minimally constrained within thesheath 7009 z so as to freely bend during movement of the device 7000 (e.g., so as to curl or extend to full length depending on whether theguides 7099 are positioned on the inside or outside of the cure of therigidizing device 7000 as it bends). - Referring to
FIG. 37 , in some embodiments, a cable guide 7199 (with one or more cables therein) can be spiraled around the outside of theouter layer 7101 of therigidizing device 7100. Additional cable guides can likewise be spiraled therearound. In some embodiments, thecable guide 7199 can be spiraled around other layers of therigidizing device 7100, such as around the inner layer. - Referring to
FIGS. 38A-38B , in some embodiments, a cable guide 7299 (with one or more cables therein) and atubular element 7210 z can be alternately spiraled around the inner layer 7215 (i.e., such that thecable guide 7299 and thetubular element 7210 z form approximately a single layer down the length of therigidizing device 7200. Thetubular element 7210 z can include anouter tubular braid 7209 with aninner tubular bladder 7221. As pressurizing medium is provided topressure gap 7212, thebladder 7221 can expand to press outwards on thetubular braid 7209, which can push outwards on the outer layer (not shown for clarity). - Referring to
FIGS. 39A-39B , arigidizing device 7300 can be similar todevice 7200 except that only thecable guide 7399 and atubular bladder 7321 can be spiraled around theinner layer 7315 within gap 7311 (note thatcable guide 7399 andtubular bladder 7321 are not shown inFIG. 39B for clarity). Abraid layer 7309 can then be wrapped radially around thegap 7311. When a pressure medium is supplied to thetubular bladder 7321, thebladder 7321 can expand to push thebraid layer 7309 against the outer layer 7301 (not shown inFIG. 39A for clarity). - It should be understood that the cable configurations described with respect to
FIG. 28-39B can be used with any number of cables (such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, or 16 cables). Further, the cables can be used to steer any tip or a rigidizing device and/or to steer any distal end section (e.g., sections with linkages or different braid angles). Further, the cable guides described herein can be round with round cables, flat, rectangular with flat ribbon tensile elements, or a combination thereof. Further, in some embodiments, other steering elements can be used in addition to or in place of the cables (e.g., pneumatics, hydraulics, shape memory alloys, EAP (electro-active polymers), or motors). Intentionally separating the elements required for steering and the elements required for rigidization can enable the structure to exhibit a continuously high rigidization performance as a function of length, even if the forces available for steering are demonstrably lower than the forces required for nested system rigidization. - Additionally, it should be understood that the cable configurations and placement described with respect to
FIG. 28-39B can similarly be used for the placement of working channels or other lumens (for example, inflation lumens for balloons) within the rigidizing devices. - Referring to
FIGS. 40A-40D , in some embodiments, thedistal end section 5902 z may include a series of linkages 5904 z (either active or passive) that are specifically designed to rigidize via the application of pressure or vacuum. For example, the linkages 5904 z can be connected to each other through apivot point 5928 z (which can, for example, be wire pivot points). Eachpivot point 5928 z can allow bending with one degree of freedom between linkages. Further, the linkages 5904 z can be arranged in alternating fashion with every other linkage connected with the pivot points 5928 z positioned 90 degrees away from the previous linkage. Each linkage 5904 z can have cut-outs 5975 z at the proximal and distal ends thereof extending from the pivot-points 5928 z to as to allow bending of the linkages 5904 z relative to one another. Further, each linkage 5904 z can be connected to a neighboring linkage 5904 z by a respectivetensile member 5930 z. Thetensile member 5930 z can be fixed relative to one linkage and at least partially movable within atrack 5931 z of the neighboring linkage (e.g., withintrack 5931 z of linkage 5904 z). Movement of the linkages 5904 z allows thetensile member 5930 z to lengthen when on the outside of the curve and shorten when on the inside of the curve during bending of the rigidizing device. Further, theproximal end section 5902 z can include two slidingclamps 5932 z attached totensile member 5930 z along opposite axis (i.e., 90 degrees away from one another). The twotensile members 5930 z extend from each of the slidingclamps 5932 z to the distal-most end of thedistal section 5902 z. As thedistal end section 5902 z is bent, one cable element of each slidingclamp 5932 z gets shorter and one cable element of each slidingclamp 5932 z gets longer, resulting in circumferential movement of the slidingclamps 5932 z. When vacuum or pressure is applied, the outer sleeve can compress the slidingclamps 5932 z to thetrack 5931 z surface. The sliding clamps 5932Z and thetrack 5931 z surface may be smooth, rough or have teeth. This compression force may case the slidingclamps 5932Z to lock in place with respect to the links 5904 z, thereby fixing the position oftensile members 5930 z and making the distal end section stiffer in its current shape. Additional rigidizing linkages and/or engages are described in International Patent Application No. PCT/US2018/042946, filed Jul. 19, 2018, titled “DYNAMICALLY RIGIDIZING OVERTUBE,” now PCT Publication No. WO 2019/018682, the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein. - Referring to
FIGS. 41A-41B , in some embodiments, the distal end section 6002 z can includelinkages 6004 z (either active or passive) that are placed over asection 6007 z that rigidizes via vacuum or pressure as otherwise described herein (i.e., over a rigidizing wall withinner layer 6015,pressure gap 6012,bladder 6021,braid layer 6009, and outer layer 6001). Placing thelinkages 6004 z over the rigidizing section can provide the advantages of a linked system (e.g., flexibility in bending and torsional stiffness) together with a steering or deterministic bending tip that can be rigidized when the remaining structure is rigidized. Alternatively, linkages can be positioned radially inwards of a rigidizing section. As shown inFIG. 41B ,cables 6024 in cable guides 6099 can extend throughlinkages 6004 z to provide optional active steering of thelinkages 6004 z. - Referring to
FIG. 42A , in some embodiments, thedistal end section 6102 z can include a series oflinkages 6104 z (either active or passive) sealed within a thin layer ofmaterial 6108 z(e.g., made of an elastomer, PVC, or PEEK). Thelinkages 6104 z and thin layer ofmaterial 6108 z can, for example, be positioned over (i.e., radially outwards from) thebraid layer 6109 and can be continuous with thecoil wound tube 6101 of the mainelongate body 6103 z. In this embodiment, when pressure or vacuum is supplied to thegap 6112, thebraid layer 6109 can be compressed by thebladder 6121 against thecoil wound tube 6101 in the mainelongate body 6103 z and against thelinkage sheath 6108 z in thedistal end section 6102 z to rigidize. Thelinkage sheath 6108 z is supported by thelinkages 6104 z such that it can resist the pressure of the braid expanding. This design advantageously provides both rigidization and linkages while maintaining a low wall thickness and/or diameter. Thedistal end section 6102 z can, for example, includecables 6124 extending within cable guides to activate thelinkages 6104 z. - In some embodiments, the rigidizing structure can be steered from within the wall of the rigidizing structure and optionally without any links.
FIG. 42B shows a cross section of apressure rigidizing structure 2500 where acable guide 2599 is placed in thepressure gap 2512 and can be attached to theinner layer 2515. Thecable 2524 extends from thecable guide 2599 into thedistal end section 2502 z and is anchored to theinner layer 2515 atanchor point 2568. Pulling on thecable 2524 will cause thedistal end section 2502 z (distal to the end of the cable guide 2599) to deflect. In some embodiments, thecable guide 2599 can be omitted, and therigidizing device 2500 will bend along its entire length when thecable 2524 is pulled. In some embodiments, thedevice 2500 can be built with adistal end section 2502 z that has a lower bending stiffness than the proximalelongate body 2503 z (as described herein, for instance by varying the braid angle or using a more flexible reinforcement element in either the inner or outer layer) so that thedistal end section 2502 z bends more than thebody 2503 z. Thecable guide 2599 andcables 2524 can be located between thebladder 2521 and thebraid 2509 or between thebraid 2509 andouter layer 2501. Thecable guide 2599 and/or thecables 2524 can be attached to theouter wall 2501. Alternately, in a vacuum rigidized structure, thecable guide 2599 andcables 2524 can be located between the inner layer and the braid or between the braid and the outer layer. In some embodiments, thebladder 2521 and the braid of thebraid layer 2509 can be omitted in the section where thecable 2524 is not inside thecable guide 2599, leaving only inner andouter layers - Referring to
FIGS. 43A-43C , in some embodiments, thedistal end section 4602 z can includeactive deflection segment 4646. Thedeflection segment 4646 can include a ribbon or spine extending therethrough that provides bending only in one or more predetermined directions upon activation. Theactive deflection segment 4646 can be deflected, for example, using one or more cables, bladders, pullwires, and/or introduction of a guide wire, to a predetermined shape. Theactive deflection segment 4646 can thus provide bending of therigidizing device 4600 at a fixed location and in a fixed direction. In some embodiments, markers (e.g., radiopaque markers) can be positioned within or proximate to theactive deflection segment 4646 to indicate where the bend will occur and/or in which direction theactive deflection segment 4646 will bend. Bending of therigidizing device 4600 using theactive deflection segment 4646 can be advantageous, for example, where bending is required without assistance from the anatomy (i.e., when the anatomical path for therigidizing device 4600 is not predefined or constrained by the anatomy). For example, such bending might be useful to create a bend across the open or relatively unconstrained space between the inferior vena cava (IVC) and the atrial septum during transseptal procedures in the mitral valve. Theactive bending segment 4646 can be configured to be rigidized (i.e., via pressure or vacuum) as described herein to fix or lock theactive deflection segment 4646 in the bent configuration. Further, therigidizing device 4600 can include a steerable distal section 4647 (e.g., with linkages) in addition to theactive deflection segment 4646. The steerabledistal section 4647 can be used to point or orient the distal end of therigidizing device 4646 in the desired direction (e.g., via cables and/or along four axes), as described elsewhere herein. - Any of the rigidizing devices described herein can include one or more separately rigidizing sections. For example, referring to
FIGS. 44A-44C , in some embodiments, arigidizing device 900 can have separate vacuum/pressure chambers 975 a-d (e.g., four vacuum or pressure chambers) along the length thereof. Eachchambers 975 a,b,c,d can have its own vacuum/pressure line 927 a-d extending thereto for individual rigidization of thechambers 975 a,b,c,d. Pressure seals 929 can extend between each chamber and/or at the distal end. Therigidizing device 900 with separately rigidizingchambers 975 a,b,c,d can, in some embodiments, include a steerable distal section 902 z (e.g., with linkages as otherwise described herein). The cables 924 a-d to control the steerable distal section 902 z can be managed using cable guides 999 (e.g., there can be at least one, such as 1-4 cable guides 999 in each vacuum chamber 975). In some embodiments, shown inFIG. 44B , the cables 924 a-d, cable guides 999 a-d, and/or vacuum/pressure lines 927 a-d can extend within aradial gap 911 between theinnermost layer 915 and the braid layer 909 (and thus also beneath the outermost layer 901). In other embodiments, shown inFIG. 44C , the cables 924 a-d, cable guides 999 a-d, and/or vacuum/pressure lines 927 a-d can extend within thecentral lumen 920 of therigidizing device 900. In use of therigidizing device 900, any of the chambers 975 a-d that are in the flexible state can be steered or deflected in the direction of cable tension while the chambers 975 a-d that are rigidized will remain in their position and not be deflected. Advantageously, this design allows alternating which chambers 975 a-d are under vacuum/pressure and/or direction of steering to form a variety of complex shapes and provide navigation through the anatomy with minimal looping. - In some embodiments, the distal end section of the rigidizing devices described herein can include an element for local tissue stabilization, such as suction, a balloon or a cage element. For example, referring to
FIGS. 45A-45D , in one embodiment, arigidizing device 600 can include aballoon 666 and a balloon inflation lumen ortube 667 extending thereto. As shown inFIGS. 45B-45D (the outer layers have been removed in 6B-6C for clarity), theballoon inflation tube 667 can extend alongside the working channel 655 (and thus within theradial gap 611 between theslip layer 613 and the first braid layer 609). As shown inFIGS. 45B-45C , theinflation tube 667 can be configured to include aservice loop 668 that can change lengths (i.e., straighten as inFIG. 45B or obtain a greater bend as in 45C) to accommodate bending of therigidizing device 600. In some embodiments, the balloon inflation tube can be spiraled about its axis to accommodate bending. In some embodiments, a vacuum rigidizing device can include a balloon inflation tube between the innermost layer and the braid, between the braid and the outer layer, radially inwards of the inner layer, or radially outwards of the outer layer. In some embodiments, a pressure rigidizing device can include an inflation lumen in the pressure gap, between the bladder and braid, between the braid and outer layer, radially inwards if the inner layer, or radially outwards of the outer layer. For example, the inflation lumen can be positioned similar to as described herein with respect to working channels and/or cables. - As another example,
FIGS. 46A-46B show anexemplary vacuum tip 5354 for use with a rigidizing device. Thevacuum tip 5354 can include a circumferential array ofvacuum holes 5358 on thedistal-most face 5359. Further, the array ofvacuum holes 5358 can be connected to avacuum line 5356 that runs along the rigidizing device (e.g., within or alongside the layered walls of the rigidizing device). Thevacuum line 5356 can be connected to a source of vacuum such that, when activated, vacuum is provided through thevacuum line 5356 to each of theholes 5358 of the array (e.g., through anannular inlet 5319 z). As a result, suction can be provided on thedistal-most face 5359 of the tip 5354 (and thus the distal-most face of the rigidizing device). Such suction can be useful, for example, to suction tissue thereto (e.g., for stabilization during interventional procedures such as for cannulation of the papilla, e.g., for access to the pancreatic duct or bile duct). The suction can also be useful, for example, for Endoscopic Submucosa Dissection (ESD), or Endoscopic Full Thickness Resection (EFTR). - In some embodiments, the
vacuum tip 5354 can be positioned just distal to a steering section of the rigidizing device, which can advantageously be used to orient thevacuum tip 5354 in the desired direction. Further, in some embodiments, a tool (e.g., guidewire or scope) can pass through thecentral lumen 5320 z of thetip 5354 and between the array ofvacuum holes 5358 to allow for procedures to be performed while suction is activated. - Referring to
FIGS. 47A-47B , in some embodiments, thevacuum tip 5254 can include a semi- annular array ofholes 5238 at the distal-most face 5259 rather than a circumferential array of holes. - Referring to
FIGS. 48A-48B , in some embodiments, thevacuum tip 5454 can have an angled distal face 5459 (e.g., angled at 30-80 degrees relative to the longitudinal axis of thetip 5454, such as 30, 45, 60, 70, or 80 degrees). The angled distal face can advantageously help approach angled anatomy to more easily adhere to the local surface. - The vacuum tips described herein can advantageously provide suction without causing “red-out” of the endoscopic lens, as the suction can occur locally (e.g., at the holes 5358) and not at the lens of the scope. Accordingly, the scope can provide visualization of the tissue even when suction is applied.
- In some embodiments, the vacuum tips described herein can include a metallized portion and/or have co-joined wires such that the vacuum tips can conduct current. Such current can be used, for example, to cut or coagulate the suctioned tissue.
- In some embodiments, the vacuum tips described herein can be used with a standard endoscope or endoscopic type device that does not include rigidization.
- Any of the rigidizing devices described herein can be used with a handle configured to allow manual manipulation and/or activation of the device.
- An
exemplary handle 1031 is shown inFIGS. 49A-49D . Thehandle 1031 includes anactivation element 1048 in the form of a button configured to activate the vacuum or pressure (the button is shown off inFIGS. 49A and 49C and on inFIGS. 49B and 49D ). Further, a flow path within thehandle 1031 can include a vacuum orpressure inlet port 1049 configured to be attached to the vacuum or pressure source, arigidizing device port 1050 that connects to the rigidizing device viaoutput 1073 z, and avent port 1051 that connects to atmosphere. As shown inFIG. 49A , when theactivation element 1048 is in a distal “off” position (i.e., such that vacuum or pressure for rigidization to the rigidizing device is off), thevent port 1051 andrigidizing device port 1050 are in communication with one another, thereby venting any rigidizing pressure or vacuum to the air and allowing the rigidizing device to be in a flexible configuration. As shown inFIG. 49B , when theactivation element 1048 is in a proximal “on” position (i.e., such that vacuum or pressure to the rigidizing device is on), therigidizing device port 1050 and the vacuum orpressure inlet port 1049 are in communication with one another, thereby supplying pressure or vacuum to the rigidizing device to allow the device to rigidize. In some embodiments, thehandle 1031 can be configured to be bonded to the rigidizing device (e.g., to an inner coil wound tube over the rigidizing device) atbonding region 1053. As shown inFIGS. 49C-D , the handle includes astatus indicator element 1067 z to indicate whether the rigidizing device is in the flexible or rigid configuration. In this embodiment, thestatus indicator 1067 z is such that the word “on” shows when the button is placed in the “on” position, and the word “off” shows when the button is placed in the “off” position. In other embodiments, the status indicator can be a symbol, color, light, or moving indicator. - The activation element for a rigidizing device handle as described herein can be a button, switch, toggle, slider, screwed connection, squeeze handle, or stop-cock. Further, the activation element can be planar, a sector, or omnidirectional. The indicator element can include words, lights, or an element that spins with flow of vacuum or pressure. For example, referring to
FIGS. 50A-50B , in some embodiments, theactivation element 1548 can be a slider element. Theactivation element 1548 can include aconnection element 1574 z (e.g., a hollow tube or snap-fit element) configured to slide over a handle. Theindicator element 1567 z can be built into the slider (e.g., indicate “rigid” when the slider is in one position and “flexible” when the slider is in another position). A similar slider actuation element 1648 (this one orthogonal) can be seen inFIGS. 51A-51C . - In some embodiments, rather than including the activation element and indicator element on the handle, one or both can be on separate elements. For example, the activation element can be positioned along the vacuum or pressure line between the handle and the vacuum or pressure pump, can be actuated by a foot pedal, can be on the scope umbilical, on the scope shaft, or can be clipped on the patient’s bed. In some embodiments, the actuation element can be separate from the handle, but can clip onto the handle during part of the procedure. For example,
FIGS. 52A-52C show anactivation element 1448 that includes an attachment mechanism 1452 (e.g., a c-shaped clip) for detachable coupling to ahandle 1431. Having the indicator element and/or activation element separate from the handle can advantageously allow the actuator and indicator to be seen more clearly (i.e., not be obstructed by the person’s anatomy) and/or can allow the actuator and indicator to be controlled/used more easily by an additional person (e.g., a procedural assistant). -
FIGS. 53A-D show ahandle 1131 that is designed to allow manipulation of a rigidizing device, but that does not include an activation element or an indicator element. Thehandle 1131 includes a large stopper orflange 1161 at the distal end thereof that can act as an insertion blocker for the handle 1131 (i.e., to stop thehandle 1131 from moving into the anatomy) and to act as a face against which the operator can push during use. The rigidizing device can connect atbond region 1153. Further, thehandle 1131 can include aninput 1165 from the remote activation element connected to anoutput 1173 z to the rigidizing device. - In some embodiments, a handle for use with a vacuum rigidizing device can include a vent port to vent the rigidizing device when vacuum is not supplied (i.e., when the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration). For example,
FIGS. 54A-54B show ahandle 1231 having spoolvalve activation element 1248 that is shuttled in one direction to activate the vacuum in the rigidizing device and can be shuttled in the opposite direction to deactivate the vacuum or pressure. When deactivating vacuum or pressure to the rigidizing device, theactivation element 1248 can provide venting viavent port 1251. Theactivation element 1248 can be positioned on the vacuum orpressure line 1232 leading to the handle, such as 4″-8″, e.g., 6″ away from the handle. As shown inFIG. 54A , the spool valve with endbutton indicator element 1267 z can indicate that the rigidizing device is in the flexible configuration (as shown) or the rigid configuration (when pushed in the opposite direction). - Referring to
FIGS. 55A-55C , theactivation element 1348 can be a rotary valve (e.g., connected to the handle or elsewhere as described herein), and a slidingindicator 1367 z on the rotaryvalve activation element 1348 can show that the vacuum or pressure is on (as shown inFIGS. 55A and 55C ) or off and vented (as shown inFIG. 55B ). - In some embodiments, a handle for use with a vacuum rigidizing device can include a mechanism configured to automatically lock the handle in the vacuum or vented configuration. For example, handle 7531 for use with a
vacuum rigidizing device 7500 is shown inFIGS. 56A-56G . Thehandle 7531 includes ahandle body 7515 z configured to attach to therigidizing device 7500. Thehandle 7531 further includes anactivation element 7548 in the form of a switch ring for supplying vacuum to therigidizing device 7500. The switchring activation element 7548 can include amagnet 7522 z that is configured to mate with either aproximal magnet 7523 z (as shown inFIG. 56D ) or adistal magnet 7524 z (as shown inFIG. 56E ). When theswitch ring magnet 7522 z is mated with theproximal magnet 7523 z, thevacuum feed line 7532 in thehandle 7531 is disconnected from thevacuum port 7550 to the rigidizing device, and both the rigidizing device and the vacuum are vented or open to the atmosphere (as shown inFIG. 56F ). When theswitch ring magnet 7522 z is mated with thedistal magnet 7523 z, thevacuum feed line 7532 in thehandle 7531 is connected to thevacuum port 7550 to the rigidizing device so as to supply vacuum thereto (as shown inFIG. 56G ). Advantageously, themagnets switch ring 7548 in the vacuum or vent configurations, thereby preventing harm to the patient that could result if in the unintended configuration (e.g., attempted movement of thedevice 7500 through the anatomy when in a rigid configuration when it could damage the anatomy). In some embodiments, themagnet 7522 z can be a ferrous material while themagnets FIGS. 56A-56B , thehandle 7531 can further include auser grip 7521 z for the user’s hand with agrip cover 7525 z configured to cover the vacuumfeed tube line 7532 in thehandle 7531. Further, the vacuumfeed tube line 7532 can connect directly to the switchring activation element 7548. Thevacuum feed line 7532 may have a spiral or winding shape under thegrip cover 7525 z, which can allow the switchring activation element 7548 to move proximally and distally without restricted motion caused by thevacuum feed line 7532. The spiraling of thevacuum feed line 7532 may be from 30 to about 1440 degrees. For instance, 90 degrees (as shown inFIG. 56C where the grip cover is removed for clarity) 180, 360 and 720 degrees. Thegrip cover 7525 z may be designed such that it covers the wholevacuum feed line 7532 even when the spiral goes all the way around thehandle 7531. Thehandle 7531 can further include astopper flange 7561 to prevent thehandle 7531 from moving into the anatomy (for instance, the stopper flange may prevent the device from passing through the anus or through an oral bite guard), aproximal handle port 7526 z for insertion of a scope or other working tool therethrough, and/or anindicator element 7567 z. Theindicator element 7567 z is a band that is visible only when the switchring activation element 7548 is in the distal position. Theindicator element 7567 z may have a different color and or value than the rest of the handle, preferably a color that contrasts sharply and is visible in reduced lighting configurations. For instance, thehandle 7531 may be white and theindicator element 7567 z may be a medium to dark blue. Theindicator element 7567 z band may also have a different texture than the rest of thehandle 7531. For instance, it may have raised bumps or a crosshatching. This may allow a physician to easily feel the state of thehandle 7531. - In some embodiments, a handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device can include a pressure gap inlet and a vent gap inlet. An
exemplary handle 6231 attached to apressure rigidizing device 6200 is shown inFIGS. 57A-57C . The handle includes agap inlet 6293 and avent gap inlet 6223.Pressure gap inlet 6293 connects to pressure gap 6212 (via pressure line 6294). Vent gap inlet 6223 (which can extend all the way through the handle to exit on both sides thereof) connects to gap 6206 around the braid layer 6209 (between thebladder 6221 and the outermost layer 6201). Thevent inlet 6223 can be open to atmosphere while thegap inlet 6293 can be connected to a pressure source (e.g., and activated with an activation element). Thehandle 6231 can, for example, be used to operate thedevice 2200 g described with respect toFIG. 16G . In some embodiments, a fitting can be added to thegap inlet 6293 so that thehandle 6231 can be used to operate thedevice 2200 i as described with respect toFIG. 16I . - In some embodiments, a handle for use with a pressure rigidizing device can include a pre-filled pressure medium therein. For example, an
exemplary handle 7431 attached to apressure rigidizing device 7400 is shown inFIGS. 58A-58E . Thehandle 7431 includes ahandle body 7415 z and a grip/lever 7411 z that can be activated to provide pressure medium to therigidizing device 7400, such as pressure medium pre-filled or stored in thefluid chamber 7412 z of thehandle 7431. Thechamber 7412 z can, for example, be bordered by a rollingdiaphragm 7416 z. The grip/lever 7411 z can includeteeth 7476 z that mate with arack 7414 z of apiston 7413 z. As the grip/lever 7411 z is moved towards thehandle body 7415 z, thepiston 7413 z can move distally towards the rollingdiaphragm 7416 z of thefluid chamber 7412 z. As the rollingdiaphragm 7416 z is pushed distally, it forces the pressure medium from thechamber 7412 z through thegap inlet 7493 to thepressure gap 7412 outside of thebladder 7421 for stiffening (and air or other fluids can likewise escape from around the braid layer via vent 7423). In some embodiments, thehandle 7431 can include a locking mechanism (e.g., via a click on/click off mechanism, such as that found in a ball point pen) with spring andfeeler 7778 z configured to lock the grip/lever 7411 z against thebody 7415 z so as to lock therigidizing device 7400 in the rigid configuration. Similarly, when the grip/lever 7411 z is pushed against the body again, the grip/lever 7411 can be released, and the fluid can move back into thefluid chamber 7412 z viainlet 7493. - In some embodiments, the
handle 7431 can further include apressure relief valve 7417 z between thechamber 7412 z and anoverflow chamber 7418 z. When the pressure in thefluid chamber 7412 z reaches a predetermined maximum pressure (e.g., 5 atm), thepressure relief valve 7417 z can open to allow fluid to be channeled into theoverflow chamber 7418 z. Thefluid chamber 7412 z can be overfilled during manufacturing such that the valve 7417 always opens upon the first activation of the grip/lever 7411 z, which can ensure calibration of thehandle 7431 to the desired pressure. One exemplary method of filling thefluid chamber 7412 z can include: (1) attaching thehandle 7431 to a filling fitting that attaches to a tube leading to the pressure system; (2) drawing a vacuum on the handle to remove air through that filling fitting; (3) while maintaining vacuum, introducing water, DI, Saline, an oil or another incompressible fluid into the system through the filling fitting; and (4) crimping and sealing the tube (via a mechanical crimp, via melting the tube, etc.) distal to the pressure fitting and then removing the pressure fitting, leaving the crimped/sealed tube in the handle. - Any of the handles described herein can have a pressure indicating feature built in. For instance, the handles may have a pressure gauge. The handles may include a feature, such as a piston, that is displaced to give a visual indication that the device is pressurized. The handles may have a feature that flips or turns such that it displays a different color; for instance, it may display a green dot at atmospheric pressure and red dot when rigidized. In some embodiments, the visual indication can be seen on fluoroscopy.
- Any of the pressure rigidizing handles described may have an emergency venting feature if, for some reason, the handle passageways became clogged. The emergency venting feature can, for example, allow for incising of the device, thereby breaking its pressure cavity. The emergency venting feature can, for example, be a valve distal to the handle (for example, a swabable valve), such that should the valve be actuated, the device would vent pressure and therefore de-rigidize.
- Any of the rigidizing devices described herein can include built-in cameras, lighting, etc. to provide for on-board imaging. In some embodiments (and as shown below in
FIG. 63 ), the cameras and lighting can be positioned at the distal tip of the device. In other embodiments, and as shown inFIG. 59 , arigidizing device 8200 can include acamera 8234 z andlighting 8235 z mounted on theelongate body 8203 z proximal to thedistal end 8202 z of the device (e.g., proximal tosteering linkages 8204 z). - In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can be configured as an introducer (i.e., an instrument for introduction of a flexible device, such as an introducer sheath for interventional cardiology). For example, referring to
FIG. 60 , arigidizing device 8700 can include a rigidizing elongate body 8703 z with a tapereddistal tip 8733 z. Thedevice 8700 can further include ahemostatic valve 8749 z and/or aflush line 8748 z. - The braid described herein can include or be replaced by a mesh, a woven material, a ribbon or a cloth. In some embodiments, the braid can be non-woven (i.e., fibers at different angles may not go over and under each other but instead be on separate layers that do not cross each other). Similarly, the braid can be replaced by a stent or a structure (e.g., metal structure) cut from a hypodermic tube.
- In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can be configured to be loaded over the side of the scope or other instrument (e.g., rather than requiring insertion of the scope/instrument into the proximal end of the rigidizing device). For example, as shown in
FIGS. 61A-61B , therigidizing device 400 can be split along the length thereof (i.e., split longitudinally through the wall from the proximal end to the distal end). Further, aconnection feature 444 can connect the split wall together. In some embodiments, theconnection feature 444 can be reusable. For example, theconnection feature 444 can be a series of magnets that can engage (FIG. 61A ) to hold therigidizing device 400 together and disengage (FIG. 61B ) to provide side access for the scope/instrument. Other exemplary reusable connection features include zippers, interlocking zip-lock male and female configuration, or reusable tape. In some embodiments, theconnection feature 444 can be permanent and not reusable, such as permanent tape or adhesive. - In some embodiments, the vacuum and pressure multi-layered systems described herein can be used to create stiffness for non-cylindrical or non-tubular structures. For example, the systems described herein could be used to create a balloon that assumes the desired shape when pressurized and/or rigidized. Such a structure can be a flexible structure that nevertheless contains elements that exhibit high hoop stiffness, such as wire (tension or compression) or thin fiber strands (tension).
- In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can include proximal and distal seals within the innermost layer to create a space between the scope or instrument and the innermost layer to hold lubrication.
- In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can be used in conjunction with other versions of the product. For example, an endoscope can include the rigidizing mechanisms described herein, and a rigidizing device can include the rigidizing mechanisms described herein. Used together, they can create a nested system that can advance, one after the other, allowing one of the elements to always remain stiffened, such that looping is reduced or eliminated (i.e., they can create a sequentially advancing nested system).
- An exemplary nested
system 2300 z is shown inFIG. 62 . Thesystem 2300 z can include anouter rigidizing device 2300 and an inner rigidizing device 2310 (here, configured as a rigidizing scope) that are axially movable with respect to one another either concentrically or non-concentrically. Theouter rigidizing device 2300 and theinner rigidizing device 2310 can include any of the rigidizing features as described herein. For example, theouter rigidizing device 2300 can include anoutermost layer 2301 a, abraided layer 2309 a, and aninner layer 2315 a including a coil wound therethrough. Theouter rigidizing device 2300 can be, for example, configured to receive vacuum between theoutermost layer 2301 a and theinner layer 2315 a to provide rigidization. Similarly, theinner scope 2310 can include anouter layer 2301 b (e.g., with a coil wound therethrough), abraid layer 2309 b, abladder layer 2321 b, and aninner layer 2315 b (e.g., with a coil wound therethrough). Theinner scope 2310 can be, for example, configured to receive pressure between thebladder 2321 b and theinner layer 2315 b to provide rigidization. Further, an air/water channel 2336 z and a workingchannel 2355 can extend through theinner rigidizing device 2310. Additionally, theinner rigidizing scope 2310 can include adistal section 2302 z with a camera 2334 z, lights 2335 z, andsteerable linkages 2304 z. Acover 2327 z can extend over thedistal section 2302 z. In another embodiment, the camera and/or lighting can be delivered in a separate assembly (e.g., the camera and lighting can be bundled together in a catheter and delivered down the workingchannel 2355 and/or an additional working channel to thedistal-most end 2333 z). - An
interface 2337 z can be positioned between theinner rigidizing device 2310 and theouter rigidizing device 2300. Theinterface 2337 z can be a gap, for example, having a dimension d (seeFIG. 62 ) of 0.001”-0.050”, such as 0.0020”, 0.005″ or 0.020” thick. In some embodiments, theinterface 2337 z can be low friction and include, for example, powder, coatings, or laminations to reduce the friction. In some embodiments, there can be seals between theinner rigidizing device 2310 andouter rigidizing device 2300, and the intervening space can be pressurized, for example, with fluid or water, to create a hydrostatic bearing. In other embodiments, there can be seals between theinner rigidizing device 2310 andouter rigidizing device 2300, and the intervening space can be filled with small spheres to reduce friction. - The
inner rigidizing device 2310 andouter rigidizing device 2300 can move relative to one another and alternately rigidize so as to transfer a bend or shape down the length of the nestedsystem 2300 z. For example, theinner device 2310 can be inserted into a lumen and bent or steered into the desired shape. Pressure can be applied to theinner rigidizing device 2310 to cause the braid elements to engage and lock theinner rigidizing device 2310 in the configuration. The rigidizing device (for instance, in a flexible state) 2300 can then be advanced over the rigidinner device 2310. When theouter rigidizing device 2300 reaches the tip of theinner device 2310, vacuum can be applied to therigidizing device 2300 to cause the layers to engage and lock to fix the shape of the rigidizing device. Theinner device 2310 can be transitioned to a flexible state, advanced, and the process repeated. Although thesystem 2300 z is described as including a rigidizing device and an inner device configured as a scope, it should be understood that other configurations are possible. For example, the system might include two overtubes, two catheters, or a combination of overtube, catheter, and scope. -
FIG. 63 shows another exemplary nestedsystem 2700 z.System 2700 z is similar tosystem 2300 z except that it includes acover 2738 z attached to both the inner andouter rigidizing device cover 2738 z may be, for example, low-durometer and thin-walled to allow elasticity and stretching. Thecover 2738 z may be a rubber, such as urethane, latex, or silicone. Thecover 2738 z may protect the interface / radial gap between the inner andouter devices cover 2738 z may prevent contamination from entering the space between the inner and outer tubes. Thecover 2738 z may further prevent tissue and other substances from becoming trapped in the space between the inner and outer tubes. Thecover 2738 z may stretch to allow theinner device 2710 andouter device 2700 to travel independently of one another within the elastic limits of the material. Thecover 2738 z may be bonded or attached to therigidizing devices cover 2738 z is always at a minimum slightly stretched. This embodiment may be wiped down externally for cleaning. In some embodiments, thecover 2738 z can be configured as a “rolling” seal, such as disclosed in US6447491, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. -
FIGS. 64A-64B show another exemplary nestedsystem 9400 z. In thissystem 9400 z, theouter rigidizing device 9400 includes steering and imaging (e.g., similar to a scope) while the inner device includes only rigidization (though it could include additional steering elements as described elsewhere herein). Thus,outer device 9400 includes linkages or other steering means disclosed herein 9404 z,camera 9434 z, andlighting 9435 z. Theouter device 9400 can further include acentral passageway 9439 z for access to the inner device 9410 (e.g., lumens such as working channels therein). In some embodiments, bellows or a loop of tubing can connect thepassageway 9439 z to lumens of theinner device 9410. Similar to the other nested systems, at least one of thedevices outer device 9400 can lead the inner device 9410 (theinner device 9410 is shown retracted relative to theouter device 9400 inFIG. 64A and extended substantially even with theouter device 9400 inFIG. 64B ). Advantageously,system 9400 z can provide a smooth exterior surface to avoid pinching the anatomy and/or entrance of fluid between the inner andouter devices outer device 9400 can also provide additional leverage for steering the tip. Also, the outer device can facilitate better imaging capabilities due to the larger diameter of theouter device 9400 and its ability to accommodate a larger camera. -
FIGS. 65A-65H show the exemplary use of a nestedsystem 2400 z as described herein. AtFIG. 65A , theinner rigidizing device 2410 is positioned within theouter rigidizing device 2400 such that the distal end of theinner rigidizing device 2410 extends outside of theouter rigidizing device 2400. AtFIG. 65B , the distal end of theinner rigidizing device 2410 is bent in the desired direction/orientation and then rigidized (e.g., using vacuum or pressure as described herein). AtFIG. 65C , the outer rigidizing device 2400 (in the flexible configuration) is advanced over the rigidized inner rigidizing device 2410 (including over the bending distal section). Once the distal end of theouter rigidizing device 2400 is sufficiently advanced over the distal end of theinner rigidizing device 2410, then theouter rigidizing device 2400 can be rigidized (e.g., using vacuum or pressure as described herein). AtFIG. 65D , theinner rigidizing device 2410 can then be transitioned to the flexible state (e.g., by removing the vacuum or pressure as described herein and by allowing the steering cables to go slack such that tip can move easily) and can be advanced and directed/oriented/steered as desired. Alternately, inFIG. 65D , theinner rigidizing device 2410 can be actively steered (either manually or via computational control) as it emerges such that is minimizes the load on the rigidized outer tube. Minimizing the load on theouter rigidizing device 2400 makes it easier for this tube to hold the rigidized shape. Once theinner rigidizing device 2410 is rigidized, theouter rigidizing device 2400 can be transitioned to the flexible state and advanced thereover (as shown inFIG. 65E ). The process can then be repeated as shown inFIGS. 65F-H . - In some embodiments, at the completion of the sequence shown in
FIGS. 65A-H , a third rigidizing device can be slid over the first two rigidizing devices (2400, 2410) and rigidized.Rigidizing devices rigidizing device 2410. For instance, it may have a larger working channel, more working channels, a better camera, or combinations thereof. This technique can allow two smaller tubes, which tend to be more flexible and maneuverable, to reach deep into the body while still ultimately deliver a larger tube for therapeutic purposes. Alternately, in the example above, the fourth rigidizing device can be a regular endoscope as is known in the art. - In some embodiments, at the completion of the sequence shown in
FIGS. 65A-H ,outer rigidizing device 2400 may be rigidized and then theinner rigidizing device 2410 may be removed. For example, therigidizing device 2410 may be a “navigation” device comprising a camera, lighting and a distal steering section. The “navigation”device 2410 may be well sealed such that it is easy to clean between procedures. A second inner device may then be placed inside the rigidizedouter device 2400 and advanced past the distal end of theouter device 2400. The second inner device may be a “therapeutic” tube comprising such elements as a camera, lights, water, suction and various tools. The “therapeutic” device may not have a steering section or the ability to rigidize, thereby giving additional room in the body of the therapeutic tube for the inclusion of other features, for example, tools for performing therapies. Once in place, the tools on the “therapeutic” tube may be used to perform a therapy in the body, such as, for example, a mucosal resection or dissection in the human GI tract. - In another embodiment, after or during the completion of the sequence shown in
FIGS. 65A-H , a third device may be inserted insideinner tube 2410. The third device may be rigidizing and/or an endoscope. - Although the outer rigidizing device for the nested systems described herein is often referred to as rigidizing via vacuum and the inner scope rigidizing device as rigidizing via pressure, the opposite can be true (i.e., the outer rigidizing device can rigidize via pressure and the inner rigidizing device via vacuum) and/or both can have the same rigidizing source (pressure and/or vacuum).
- Although the inner and outer elements of the nested systems are generally described as including integrated rigidizing elements, the rigidizing elements can be separate (e.g., so as to allow relative sliding between the imaging scope elements and the rigidizing elements).
- The rigidizing devices of the nested systems described herein can be designed such that inner rigidizing device can’t rotate substantially within outer rigidizing device when they are assembled. For instance, the outer surface of the inner rigidizing device can have longitudinal ridges and grooves that form a spline. The inner surface of the outer rigidizing device can have corresponding ridges and grooves that mate with the same features in the outer rigidizing device.
- Either or both of the rigidizing devices of the nested systems described herein can be steerable. If both rigidizing devices are steerable, an algorithm can be implemented that steers whichever rigidizing device is flexible and moving longitudinally. The algorithm can steer the flexible rigidizing device to anticipate the shape of the rigidized device thus minimizing the tendency for the moving, flexible rigidizing device to straighten the rigid device.
- If one rigidizing device of the nested systems described herein requires vacuum and the other rigidizing device requires pressure, user controls can be constructed in which moving one vs. the other (outer and inner) involves flipping a switch, with the switch toggling between a first condition in which, for example, one is pressurized for rigidity when the other is vented for flexibility and a second condition in which one is vented for flexibility and the other is vacuumed for stiffness. This, for example, could be a foot pedal or a hand switch.
- In some embodiments, the alternate movement of the nested systems described herein can be controlled manually. In other embodiments, the alternate movement can be controlled automatically, via a computer and/or with a motorized motion control system.
- The nested systems described herein can advantageously be of similar stiffness. This can ensure that the total stiffnesses of the nested system is relatively continuous. The nested systems described herein can be small so as to fit in a variety of different anatomies. For example, for neurology applications, the outside diameter of the system can be between 0.05”-0.15”, such as approximately 0.1”. For cardiology applications, the outside diameter of the system can be between 0.1″-0.3”, such as approximately 0.2”. For gastrointestinal applications, the outside diameter of the system can be between 0.3″-1.0”, such as 0.8”. Further, the nested systems described herein can maintain high stiffness even at a small profile. For example, the change in relative stiffness from the flexible configuration to the rigid configuration can be multiples of 10x, 20x, 30x, and even larger. Additionally, the nested systems described herein can advantageously move smoothly relative to one another.
- The nested systems described herein can advantageously navigate an arbitrary path, or an open, complex, or tortuous space, and create a range of free-standing complex shapes. The nested systems can further advantageously provide shape propagation, allowing for shape memory to be imparted from one element to another. In some embodiments, periodically, both tubes can be placed in a partially or fully flexible state such that, for instance, the radii or curvature of the system increases, and the surrounding anatomy provides support to the system. The pressure or vacuum being used to rigidize the tubes can be reduced or stopped to place the tubes in a partially or fully flexible state. This momentary relaxation (for instance, for 1-10 seconds) may allow the system to find a shape that more closely matches the anatomy it is travelling through. For instance, in the colon, this relaxation may gently open tight turns in the anatomy.
- In some embodiments, the stiffness capabilities of the inner or outer rigidizing devices may be designed such that tight turns formed by the inner rigidizing device at its tip, when copied by the outer rigidizing device, are gradually opened up (made to have a larger radius) as the shape propagates proximally down the outer tube. For instance, the outer rigidizing device may be designed to have a higher minimum radius of curvature when rigidized.
- The nested systems are continuous (i.e., non-segmented) and therefor provide smooth and continuous movement through the body (e.g., the intestines). The nested systems can be disposable and low-cost.
- In some embodiments, the outer rigidizing device can be a dynamically rigidizing overtube (e.g., as described in PCT/US18/42946, the entirety of which is incorporated by reference herein). In some embodiments, the inner rigidizing device can be a rigidizing system or a commercially available scope, for example a 5 mm diameter nasal scope. Utilizing rigidization and a nested system enables the utilization of a smaller scope that delivers, compared to a duodenoscope, more flexibility if desired, more stiffness if desired, enhanced maneuverability, and the ability to articulate at a much smaller radius of curvature.
- In some embodiments, upon reaching the target destination, the inner rigidizing device of a nested system can be withdrawn. The outer rigidizing device can remain rigidized and contrast can be injected through the inner element’s space to fluoroscopically image.
- RF coils can be used in any of the nested systems described herein to provide a 3-D representation of whatever shape the nested system takes. That representation can be used to recreate a shape or return to a given point (e.g., for reexamination by the doctor after an automated colonoscopy).
- In some embodiments, the nested systems described herein can be useful as a complete endoscope, with the internal structure carrying the payload of working channels, pressurization lines, vacuum lines, tip wash, and electronics for lighting and imaging (vision systems, ultrasound, x-ray, MRI).
- The nested systems described herein can be used, for example, for colonoscopy. Such a colonoscopy nested system can reduce or eliminate looping. It could eliminate the need for endoscopic reduction. Without looping, the procedure can combine the speed and low cost of a sigmoidoscopy with the efficacy of a colonoscopy. Additionally, colonoscopy nested systems can eliminate conscious sedation and its associated costs, time, risks, and facility requirements. Further, procedural skill can be markedly reduced for such colonoscopy procedures by using the nested systems described herein. Further, in some embodiments, the nested systems described herein can provide automated colonoscopy, wherein a vision system automatically drives the nested system down the center of the colon while looking for polyps. Such an automated system would advantageously not require sedation nor a doctor for the basic exam while allowing the doctor to follow up for further examination if required.
- In some embodiments, a rigidizing device as described herein can be configured as a rigidizing rod. Referring to
FIG. 66 , therod 4900 can include anouter layer 4901, abraid layer 4909, and aninner bladder layer 4921. Further, thegap 4912 within the bladder layer can be sealed and filled, for example, with air or water (e.g., to push thebladder layer 4921 radially outwards). Theouter layer 4901 can be a wire-reinforced layer, such as a coil reinforced urethane tube. Thebraid layer 4901 can include braidedstrands 4933 and can include any of the features of other braid layers described herein. Theinner bladder layer 4921 can be made of a low durometer elastomer. Therod 4900 can further include an atraumatic tip that is soft and/or tapered. - In some embodiments, the distal end of the
inner bladder layer 4921 can be sealed to theouter layer 4901, and therod 4900 can include an inlet between theouter layer 4901 and theinner bladder layer 4921 to provide vacuum for rigidization. In other embodiments, the distal end of theinner bladder layer 4921 can be sealed to itself or to the atraumatic distal tip and the proximal end can be configured to have an inlet to the inside of the inner bladder layer 4921 (i.e., radially inward of the inner bladder layer 4921) to provide pressure rigidization. When pressure rigidization is used, therod 4900 can further include a vent on the distal and/or proximal end to allow venting of air from between theinner bladder layer 4921 and outer layer 4901 (thereby allowing thebladder 4921 to fully push thebraid layer 4909 against the outer layer 4901). - In some embodiments, the outer surface of the
outer layer 4901 can be coated to provide a low friction surface including a hydrophilic coating. In some embodiments, the outer diameter of therod 4900 can be less than 5 mm, less than 4 mm, or less than 3 mm. For example, the outer diameter can be between 2 mm and 5 mm, such as between 2.5 mm and 3 mm, such as approximately 2.8 mm. In some embodiments, an angle of the braid of thebraid layer 4909 can be less than 25 degrees relative to a longitudinal axis of the tube, such as approximately 5-15 degrees. In some embodiments, there can be between 10 and 50 strands, such as 20-40 strands, extending within thebraid layer 4909. - Referring to
FIG. 67 , therod 4900 can be used, for example, as a stiffening wire for colonoscopy. In use as such, thecolonoscope 5091 can be inserted into the patient’s colon. If looping occurs (thereby hindering advancement of the colonoscope), thescope 5091 can be left in place, the workingchannel 5055 of thescope 5091 can be flushed, water can be applied to the outer surface of therod 4900 to activate the hydrophilic coating, and therod 4900 can be inserted in the flexible state (i.e., un-rigidized) through the workingchannel 5055. Once therod 4900 is fully inserted into the endoscope such that the distal end of therod 4900 is flush with the distal end of thecolonoscope 5091 vacuum or pressure can be applied to the rod 4900 (e.g., via pressure inlet and/orconnector 5063 z), thereby rigidizing the rod. In some embodiments, the pressure or vacuum can be supplied to therod 4900 through a syringe or locking insufflator Thecolonoscope 5091 can be advanced over therod 4900 and relative to the patient while holding therod 4900 stationary relative to the patient. The vacuum or pressure can be removed to advance or remove therigidizing rod 4900. - Advantageously, the
rod 4900 can thus be inserted into thescope 5091 in a flexible configuration so as to navigate around turns easily relative to a standard stiffening wire (i.e., relative to a stiffening wire of fixed rigidity). Further, therod 4900 can conform to the shape of the looped colon in the flexible configuration while providing a rigid track for the scope to ride along in the rigid configuration. Dynamic transitions of therod 4900 between flexible and stiff configurations can prevent unwanted straightening of the scope 5091 (which can otherwise occur with standard stiffening wires). Further, the atraumatic tip of therod 4900 can prevent damaging of the workingchannel 5055. Therigidizing rod 4900 can further be relatively long (e.g., longer than the scope) without prohibiting navigation of the scope because the scope moves over and along therigidizing rod 4900, and thus therod 4900 can work with a variety of scopes regardless of length of the scope. Similarly, therod 4900 can have a diameter of 3.2 mm or less and can thus work with a variety of endoscopes regardless of diameter (as most endoscopes have a working channel that is 3.2 mm or larger). - The rigidizing systems and devices described herein can be used to treat or access a number of different anatomical locations.
- In one method of use, during a surgical procedure, a rigidizing device as described herein can be introduced to the patient in the flexible configuration. Once the distal end of the rigidizing device is positioned past the challenging anatomy (e.g., a portion of the anatomy that would cause looping or is otherwise difficult to pass with a standard instrument), the rigidizing device can be transitioned to the rigid configuration. An instrument (e.g., a scope) can then be passed over or through the rigid device.
- For example, the devices described herein can be used to navigate the gastrointestinal tract, to reach anatomical locations in the stomach, for abdominal access to anatomical locations otherwise blocked by other organs, for interventional endoscopic procedures (including ESD (Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection) and EMR (Endoscopic Mucosal Resection)), for direct cholangioscopy, for endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography, for cardiac applications, for resection or snaring of a lesion in the gastrointestinal tract, for enteroscopy, for EUS, to access the lungs, to access the kidneys, for neuro applications, for treatment of chronic total occlusions, for laparoscopic manual tools, for contralateral leg access, for ear nose and throat applications, during esophagogastroduodenoscopy, for transoral robotic surgery, for flexible robotic endoscopy, for natural orifice transluminal endoscopic surgery, or for altered anatomy cases. Specific examples are further described below.
- Further, the rigidizing devices described herein can have different dimensions depending upon the desired application. For example, a rigidizing device can have an inner diameter of approximately 0.3″-0.8” (e.g., 0.5”), an outer diameter of 0.4″-1.0” (e.g., 0.6”), and a length of 50-200 cm, such as 75-150 cm, when designed, for example, for use in the gastrointestinal tract. The rigidizing device can have an inner diameter of, for example, 0.04”-0.3” (e.g., 0.2”), an outer diameter of 0.06″-0.4”, and a length of 30-130 cm when designed, for example, for use in the cardiac vessels.
- The rigidizing devices described herein can be used as overtubes for scopes in at least three different manners: (I) placement of the overtube after the scope has reached the destination; (II) overtube follows the scope closely, but remains proximal to the tip of the scope until the scope has reached its destination; or (III) the point and shoot method. An
exemplary rigidizing device 2000 andscope 2091 is shown inFIGS. 68A-68B - For method I, the
scope 2091 can be placed in the body at the desired location using standard technique, and then therigidizing device 2000 can be advanced from the proximal end until therigidizing device 2000 is sufficiently supporting thescope 2091. For instance, in order to perform a resection in the colon, a doctor may advance a colonoscope to the target site and then advance a rigidizing device almost or completely to the tip of the endoscope. Therigidizing device 2000 may then be rigidized. Therigidized device 2000 can, for example, advantageously enhance control during resection of a colon by providing a stable surgical platform. Therigidized device 2000 can also advantageously facilitate a good connection between the doctor’s hand motion of the shaft of thescope 2091 external to the patient and motion of the tip of the scope 2091 (so called “1 to 1” motion). - For method II, the
scope 2091 may lead the rigidizing device 2000 (for example, the distal end of thescope 2091 and the distal end of therigidizing device 2000 may never approximately align) with the rigidizing device repeatedly being switched between a flexible and rigid state to aid advancement of the scope. For example, when advancing thescope 2091, therigidizing device 2000 may be rigid, helping to prevent scope looping and aiding in scope force transmission. Once thescope 2091 has been advanced, the rigidizing device may be made flexible again and advanced distally on the scope. The process may be repeated. - Method III may include the following steps: (1)
rigidizing device 2000 can be in a flexible state with the distal end of therigidizing device 2000 approximately aligned with the distal end of thescope 2091; (2)scope 2091 can be steered with the distal end of therigidizing device 2000 positioned thereover and therefore being steered by thescope 2091; (3)rigidizing device 2000 can be placed in a rigid state that mirrors the steering position of thescope 2091; (4) the distal end ofscope 2091 can be advanced. This point and shoot method can advantageously allow thescope 2091 to be advanced in the direction to which the tip of thescope 2091 is pointing. In some embodiments, the steps can be repeated to advance therigidizing device 2000 andscope 2091 within a body cavity or lumen. - It should be understood that methods I-III can be used in combination with one another. Further, in some embodiments, the rigidizing device can be steerable to further provide direction for the scope.
- The three different manners of control can be used in the digestive tract. For example, these techniques may allow an
endoscope 2691 a to be positioned in the upperdigestive tract 2646 z with arigidizing device 2600 a as shown inFIG. 69A . As another example, arigidizing device 2600 b may be used to position anendoscope 2691 b in the lowerdigestive tract 2647 z as shown inFIG. 69B . The described manners of control may make the positioning shown inFIGS. 69A and 69B easier and faster to achieve, while minimizing risk of complications (such as GI tract perforation) and reducing or eliminating patient discomfort form endoscopic looping. - The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) and/or direct cholangioscopy (DC). The goal of endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography is to diagnose and treat disease in the bile and pancreatic ducts. This is most commonly performed with a side viewing duodenoscope by navigating a guidewire into the bile and pancreatic ducts, injecting contrast into the ducts, viewing under fluoroscopy, and passing various tools through the ducts over the wire. It is desirable to directly visualize the ducts with a camera rather than using radiation and contrast injections. By passing a small endoscope into the bile ducts, one can directly visualize the ducts without radiation. However, it is very difficult to navigate such a small endoscope through the stomach and into the bile duct as the scope will tend to loop.
- Cannulation of the bile or pancreatic duct is made difficult due to two reasons. First, the endoscope must be small in order to fit inside the small ducts which means it is very flexible and buckles inside the stomach when trying to exit the stomach. Second, the duct entrance (papilla) is on the side of the duodenum wall which means the endoscope must bend and advance at an angle relative to the long axis of the endoscope which cannot be done without a surface to deflect against. The rigidizing devices described herein can be used to create more optimal access and stabilization during ERCP and DC, including the kinematically and clinically challenging tasks of cannulating the papilla. For example, the devices described herein can be used both for getting to the papilla (which is typically performed with a duodenoscope) and to cannulate the biliary and pancreatic trees.
- Referring to
FIGS. 70A-72D , the rigidizing devices described herein can be used for ERCP and direct visualization of the pancreatic or bile duct (cholangioscopy) in a variety of ways. For example, as shown inFIGS. 70A-70B , a rigidizing device 8300 (which can be similar to the rigidizing device ofFIG. 25 ) with a steerabledistal end 8302 z may be used over acholangioscope 8391. Thecholangioscope 8391 can be a flexible endoscope with a camera, lighting, and optionally a tool channel designed to achieve the bend radius and diameter necessary to navigate into the bile ducts. The bend radius of thecholangioscope 8391 can be 0.5” with a distal tip and insertion tube diameter of 2 mm- 6 mm. Thecholangioscope 8391 can be placed inside therigidizing device 8300, and therigidizing device 8300 can begin in the flexible condition. The twodevices duodenum 8354 z (or thecholangioscope 8391 may be advanced ahead of therigidizing device 8300 with therigidizing device 8300 following it when deemed necessary by the operator). Once in theduodenum 8354 z, therigidizing device 8300 can be rigidized and steered to angle thecholangioscope 8391 towards the entrance to the ducts (papilla 8355 z). Therigidizing device 8300 steering can be locked in place and thecholangioscope 8391 can be advanced towards thepapilla 8355 z. Aguidewire 8385 can be pushed through thecholangioscope 8391 and aimed at the entrance to thepapilla 8355 z and pushed through into thebile duct 8357 z or thepancreatic duct 8356 z (positioning in thebile duct 8355 z is shown inFIG. 70A ). As shown inFIG. 70B , thecholangioscope 8391 can be advanced into thebile duct 8357 z over thewire 8385 to achieve direct cannulation. Thisrigidizing device 8300 in this method can advantageously support thesmall cholangioscope 8391 to keep it from buckling in the stomach, and thesteering section 8302 z of therigidizing device 8300 can advantageously deflect thecholangioscope 8391 and direct it towards the papilla. As a result, direct visualization can be achieved, reducing the amount of radiation required during ERCP. - Another exemplary ERCP method is shown in
FIGS. 71A-71B . In this embodiment, arigidizing device 8400 without a steerable distal end can be used. Thecholangioscope 8491 can be used to steer therigidizing device 8400 while in the flexible configuration to point therigidizing device 8400 towards thepapilla 8455 z. Once pointed in the correct direction, therigidizing device 8400 can be rigidized. Thecholangioscope 8491 can then be advanced in the same manner as described above with respect toFIGS. 70A-70B . This method can be referred to as the “point and shoot” method of direct cholangioscopy. - Another exemplary ERCP method is shown in
FIGS. 72A-72D . In this embodiment, therigidizing device 8500 includes at least two working channels therein (e.g., similar to the device ofFIGS. 20A-20B and 21A-21B ). Thecholangioscope 8591 is placed down the first tool channel initially for navigation and cannulation of thepapilla 8555 z. Once theguidewire 8585 has been crossed into thebile duct 8557 z (as shown inFIG. 72B ) or pancreatic duct (8556 z), thecholangioscope 8591 can be removed from the first tool channel with thewire 8585 remaining in place inside theduct 8557 z (as shown inFIG. 72C ). Thecholangioscope 8591 can then be placed into the second tool channel (e.g., which may extend sideways out of the wall of thedevice 8500 as shown inFIG. 81 ) such that the duodenal side of thepapilla 8555 z can be seen (as shown inFIG. 72D ). The first tool channel can be used to place larger instruments therethrough, such as astent 8558 z to be placed into theduct 8557 z. In some embodiments, it may be useful to have to have exterior (duodenal) visualization of thepapilla 8555 z during stent placement since thestent 8558 z takes up most of the diameter of theduct 8557 z and a portion of thestent 8558 z remains inside theduodenum 8554 z. - In another exemplary ERCP method, a rigidizing device similar to the device of
FIG. 59 includes a single tool channel running the entire length of the device. The rigidizing device includes a camera attached to the outside of the rigidizing device just proximal to the steering section. Cannulation, ERCP, and direct cholangioscopy can be performed similar to the methods described above. When a stent or larger tools are to be used, the cholangioscope can be removed from the tool channel and the rigidizing device camera can be used to view the exterior of the papilla while larger instruments or stents are used. - In another exemplary ERCP method, the rigidizing device includes a suction tip on the distal end thereof as described in
FIGS. 46A-46B . The suction tip can surround the papilla, and suction can be applied at the tip. This action can stabilize the papilla and make it easier for the cholangioscope to aim to the appropriate location to cross the wire. Holding the surrounding tissue of the papilla can also provide some counter-tension when pushing on the papilla with the wire or cholangioscope. Providing counter tension to the compression force of the cholangioscope or other tools could decrease the number of sphincterotomies (cutting open the papilla) required. - Advantageously, the rigidizing devices used for ERCP as described herein can be disposable and sterile, reducing risk of infection or cross-patient contamination. The methods further result in less radiation and easy of navigation to the papilla with steering capabilities on the rigidizing device and/or the scope.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for cardiology and cardiac surgery, including in the aortic and mitral valves.
- Typically, in transcatheter, percutaneous procedures, the clinician affects motion from the access site (e.g., an artery or vein in the groin, arm, etc.) using some sort of flexible rod or shaft that has adequate stiffness to advance the catheter to the treatment site but is flexible enough to conform to the anatomy. This means that all the force or leverage is developed at the remote access site and may be reflected off of more local anatomy to: (a) bend the flexible rod or shaft to navigate to the procedure site; and to (b) provide localized forces (linear and torque) at the procedure site. In contrast, a dynamically rigidizing device as described herein effectively moves the access site to the treatment site by providing a means to both navigate through tortuous anatomy to the treatment site and to rigidize and form a stable port at the treatment site independent of anatomical reflections.
- One of the advantages of the rigidizing devices described herein is the ability to conform to surrounding anatomy (e.g., the vasculature). Devices such as guide catheters need to provide a certain amount of stiffness to be advanced through the anatomy (e.g. vasculature) and perform the functions required. Stiff systems, however, can prevent the device from being advanced to the target anatomy due, at least in part, to highly tortuous paths, forcing the anatomy to conform to the device, which can lead to trauma to surrounding tissues and vessels. In contrast, the rigidizing devices described herein can be flexible enough to be moved through the vasculature, conforming to the vasculature instead of remodeling the vasculature. The inch-worming allowed by a rigidizing device or nested system as described herein allows for this flexible forward movement. Once the device has advanced to a target site, the rigidization allows for preservation and utilization of the created path through the vasculature. The rigidizing devices described herein, for example, can be ⅒ as stiff as a typical guide catheter when in a flexible state and 5 times stiffer than a typical guide catheter when in a rigid state.
- In some embodiments, a rigidizing device as described herein can be used during percutaneous procedures in the heart or vasculature. The rigidizing device can both conform to the cardiac anatomy and provide a local distal fulcrum for instrument manipulation. Currently, when performing a percutaneous procedure, the mechanical fixation and stabilization occurs at the access site (e.g., femoral vein, radial artery, iliac vein, etc.). As described above, this fixation point creates a long moment arm extending from the access site to the procedure site. Further, as described in further detail below, the mechanical linkage created by typical stiff catheter systems between the access site and target anatomy relies on anatomical reflections to direct the catheter tip and transmit force to the tools being used. Stiff catheter systems create potential energy along the access route when they are bent to conform to the anatomy. This energy can be released when there is voluntary or involuntary patient movement or unintentional movement by the operator at the access site. In contrast, the rigidizing devices described herein conform to the anatomical pathway prior to rigidization, eliminating stored energy associated with stiff catheter systems. Once rigidized, the mechanical fixation is achieved independently of anatomical reflections, greatly reducing the moment arm and increasing a physician’s control over the procedure tools leading to more predictable results. In some embodiments, the rigidizing device can comprise an integrated hemostasis valve, obviating the need for a separate access sheath.
- In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can be used to stiffen a guide sheath in interventional cardiology or structural heart cases. For example, the rigidizing devices can be used to provide a “rail” for the transcatheter aortic valve replacement (TAVR) device, thereby keeping the tip of the TAVR catheter from scraping and skiving the top of the aortic arch where there is often thrombus burden (current systems tend to ride the outside of the arch, rubbing against plaques, creating embolic debris). The rigidizing devices can help enable superior alignment and placement as well as lower paravalvular leakage and optimal placement relative to pacing nodes.
- In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can be used as a delivery system that may be passed from the venous circulation through the right atrium and atrial septum into the left atrium through the mitral valve and antegrade into the left ventricular outflow tract and aortic valve. In this manner, a transcatheter aortic valve implantation (TAVI) may be facilitated avoiding contact with the aortic arch and ascending aorta typical with retrograde deployment
- In some embodiments, the rigidizing devices described herein can be used to deliver a mitral valve replacement. That is, crossing the septal wall during mitral valve replacement can be particularly difficult, as it involves multiple curves, a beating heart, and the need for precisely aligned entry and stabilization before delivery of the implant. Current valve delivery platforms can be quite rigid, which can be dangerous for anatomy that it straightens (such as the femoral artery, which can be highly calcified and friable). The rigidizing devices described herein can advantageously create a conduit that goes in flexibly, then rigidizes in whatever shape the particular person’s anatomy provided, such that the rigidizing device conforms to the entire anatomical track. As a result, the rigidizing devices described herein can allow the clinician to create a stable mechanical lumen leading directly to the anatomy, to locate it without significant local anatomical load, then to stabilize rigidly in that shape as a device is delivered through it.
-
FIG. 73A depicts an embodiment of arigidizing device 3700 advanced through the right atrium RA to the left atrium of the heart. A guidewire or other piercing member and dilator can be used to puncture theatrial septum 3704 to create access to the left atrium LA. Therigidizing device 3700 can be advanced to the treatment site using the methods described herein. A cardiac tool 3787 (which may or may not be rigidizing) can be advanced within with therigidizing device 3700. For example, thecardiac tool 3787 andrigidizing device 3700 can be advanced as described with respect to the nested system shown herein, such as inFIGS. 65AH ,. The dynamic nature of the rigidization allows thedevice 3700 andtool 3787 to be advanced through tortuous anatomy. Therigidizing device 3700 can be rigidized once at the treatment site to provide a stable base for the treatment. Optionally, therigidizing device 3700 may comprise ananchoring balloon 3778 near its distal tip to anchor therigidizing device 3700 to chambers in the heart, e.g., to theatrial septum 3704 to maintain the tip of thetube 3700 in the left atrium LA. The detailed view ofFIG. 73B shows theballoon 3778. Theballoon 3778 can be positioned at any location around a circumference of thetube 3700. In some embodiments, the balloon is annular and surrounds a circumference of thetube 3700. Therigidizing device 3700 may include an echogenic tip. Other tips allowing real time visualization are also possible (e.g., radiographic tip, a scope within a saline filled bag, etc.). -
FIGS. 74A-74B show an exemplary method for use of a dynamically rigidizing device in performing treatment of a in a small branching vessel, such as the coronary arteries. When navigating to these smaller vessels, oftentimes, applying force in these areas can cause the guide catheter or other advanced devices to be pushed out of the area. Sometimes, access sheaths are used in such situations to provide a bit of mechanical advantage. Still, using such an access sheath, when applying force, for example, to push through an occlusion, the whole device can be pushed out of the area.FIGS. 74A-74B compare the use of a standard guide catheter to a rigidizing device as described herein. InFIG. 74A , astandard guide catheter 3886 is used to navigate to theostium 3845 of one of the maincoronary arteries 3842. Aguidewire 3885 extends from the tip of theguide catheter 3886 and can be used to perform a procedure (e.g., placing a stent). Theguide catheter 3886 can, in some embodiments, reflect off ofadjacent anatomy 3873 to achieve mechanical advantage, prevent catheter push back, and/or provide more local force. In contrast,FIG. 74B show arigidizing device 3800 as described herein advanced through theostium 3845 and into thecoronary artery 3842. Because of the rigidization capability of thedevice 3800, it does not need to reflect off local anatomy and can instead provide inherent stabilization at the treatment site. Additionally, because of the dynamic rigidization capabilities of the rigidizing device, it can be advanced past theostium 3845 and into thecoronary artery 3842. -
FIG. 75A shows an exemplary method of using a dynamically rigidizing overtube system for performing a mitral valve repair. This method illustrates how therigidizing device 3900 can be positioned in the left atrium LA such that it independently maintains axial alignment with the treatment site, in this example, the mitral valve. As shown inFIG. 75A , therigidizing device 3900 is advanced through the vasculature to the right atrium RA, through the atrial septum, and into the left atrium LA. The end of the rigidizing device can be steered such that alongitudinal axis 3983 extending through theend 3969 of the tube aligns with the desired treatment area (e.g., portion of the valve). The steering, dynamically rigidizing, and tip visualization capabilities can allow for precise positioning of the rigidizing device. For example, theaxis 3983 extends through the mitral valve MV into the left ventricle LV. Anotherposition 3964 of therigidizing device 3900 is shown in phantom with the axis extending through a leaflet of the mitral valve MV. Current methods of mitral valve repair utilize a guide catheter to navigate to the left atrium LA, and often reliable axial alignment is not possible. The presently disclosed method of using therigidizing device 3900 to achieve axial alignment in a flexible state prior to rigidization provides a significant benefit over currently used methods of positioning during procedures such as mitral valve repair. This sort of precise alignment can be beneficial in other areas of the anatomy as well (e.g., across other valves, in transseptal access sites, within a vessel lumen, etc.), including the ability to place sutures, clips and other devices within the heart with equivalent precision normally reserved for open heart surgery. - Referring to
FIG. 75B , therigidizing device 3900 used in a procedure such as that shown inFIG. 75A can comprise various configurations. In some embodiments, therigidizing device 3900 can be steered and positioned using aguidewire 3985. In some embodiments, therigidizing device 3900 can comprise a nested system comprising aninner rigidizing device 3910. - As shown in
FIG. 75C , in one embodiment, at needle-tippedcatheter 3958 z can be advanced through therigidizing device 3900 and positioned within the cardiac anatomy, such as above a mitral valve leaflet. In some embodiments, the needle-tippedcatheter 3958 z can contain an anchoring device 3962 z (pledget, stainless steel pledget, etc.) attached to a length ofsuture 3959 z that can be passed through the tissue creating an anchor for the suture. Suture and anchors delivered through the rigidizing device can be used to sew tissue structures together, such as leaflet plication for mitral valve repair. - It will be appreciated that a system comprising one or more rigidizing devices as described herein can be used in heart procedures other than mitral valve repair. For example, the system may be used in complex mitral valve procedures where the goal may be to effect leaflet repair and mitral annuloplasty during the same procedure. The system can be used to perform transseptal delivery of an aortic prosthesis (e.g., TAVI). In some embodiments, the system is used to perform aortic valve repair via transseptal access. A combination of dynamically rigidizing overtubes can used in synchrony to pass suture or other instruments from one heart chamber to another. In any of these procedures, the dynamically rigidizing systems described herein can advantageously provide a cannula or access sheath providing universal access to the various chambers of the heart.
-
FIG. 76A shows an exemplary dual rigidizing cannula system that can be simultaneously placed in multiple chambers of the heart. The tworigidizing cannulas first rigidizing cannula 4000 a can be navigated through the right atrium RA to the left atrium LA with the tip 4004 of the cannula facing towards themitral valve 4081. Therigidizing cannula 4000 a can be rigidized in this position. The cannula 4004 a may comprise a bending section near the tip 4004 to properly position the tip and steer the device. Thesecond cannula 4000 b can be navigated retrograde through theaorta 4066 z into the left ventricle LV. Thecannula 4000 b can be steered and positioned such that atip 4039 is positioned below the mitral valve and facing the tip 40004 of thefirst cannula 4000 a. Thecannula 4000 b can be rigidized in this position. Theaxis 4014 extending between the tip 4004 of the first cannula and thetip 4039 of the second cannula can be aligned with the area to be treated. This dual access can allow, for example, a suture to be passed from one cannula to the other and/or to allow tools to be passed therebetween. Using two cannulas can also allow the procedure to be performed with a greater degree of precision and accuracy (for example, the treatment site can be approached from the top, or bottom, or both). Examples of procedures that can be performed with twosuch rigidizing cannulas 4000 a, 400 b include leaflet plication with standard suture techniques and annuloplasty with conventional rings. Eachcannula -
FIG. 76B shows the dual rigidizing cannula system ofFIG. 76A being used to pass suture through a tissue. Thefirst rigidizing device 4000 a is positioned on a first side oftissue 4061 z to be sutured. Thesecond rigidizing device 4000 b is positioned on an opposite side of thetissue 4061 z. Aneedle catheter 4058 z positioned by thefirst device 4000 a can be used in combination with atool 4065 z such as a grasper, snare, or the like positioned by thesecond device 4000 b to pass suture through thetissue 4061 z. - Referring to
FIG. 77 , in some embodiments, a rigidizing device as described herein can be used as a trocar during endoscopic procedures.FIG. 77 shows a dynamically rigidizingtrocar 4141 and astandard trocar 4138. Typically, when using astandard trocar 4138, the initial placement of thetrocar 4138 can be incorrect, requiring removal and repositioning. In contrast, the dynamically rigidizingtrocar 4141 can allow for minor adjustments during or after placement of the trocar. The dynamicallyrigidizing trocar 4141 can have steering capability, as described with respect to other dynamically rigidizing devices disclosed herein. Using this capability, thetrocar 4141 can be bent or deflected in a desired direction and then rigidized, allowing far greater control than standard trocars. The dynamicallyrigidizing trocar 4141 can be used in cardiac applications and/or elsewhere in the body. Additionally, thetrocar 4141 can be provided in different sizes or shapes depending on the application. - Referring to
FIG. 78 , a dynamicallyrigidizing device 4200 can be used at theaortic bifurcation 4297. This area of the vasculature can commonly become diseased and require complex repair based on the extreme tortuous anatomy at this site. Currently, many catheters or other delivery devices used to treat this area travel up to the apex of the bifurcation and then deploy tools down from there. As shown inFIG. 78 , a dynamicallyrigidizing device 4200 can use a combination of steering and dynamic (e.g., periodic) rigidization to navigate around thebifurcation 4297 and be able to reach any treatment site in the area. For example, the system shown inFIG. 78 can be used to treat a CTO (chronic total occlusion) in one leg by making percutaneous access in the other leg. - Referring to
FIG. 79 , arigidizing device 4700 with anactive deflection segment 4746 and a steerabledistal section 4747 can be used in the heart to perform mitral valve repair. Therigidizing device 4700 can be positioned in the left atrium LA such that it independently maintains axial alignment with the treatment site, in this example, the mitral valve MV. Therigidizing device 4700 can thus be advanced through the vasculature to the right atrium RA, through the atrial septum, and into the left atrium LA. The end of the rigidizing device can be steered such that alongitudinal axis 4783 extending through theend 4769 of the tube aligns with the desired treatment area (e.g., portion of the valve). To achieve the desired positioning, theactive deflection segment 4746 can be bent in the relatively unconstrained space between the IVC and the atrial septum while thedistal steerable section 4747 can be positioned within the left atrium LA and steered or oriented towards the mitral valve MV. In such a position, therigidizing device 4700 can have a bend with an arc radius of approximately 4-6 cm, such as 5 cm, at an angle of 90 degrees or more. - Referring to
FIG. 80 , a rigidizing device 4800 for use in mitral valve repair (withactive deflection segment 4846 and steerable distal section 4847) can include a distal payload 4848 (e.g., a mitral clip, mitral valve replacement, or annuloplasty ring) attached thereto. Having thedistal payload 4848 attached thereto while still incorporating theactive deflection segment 4846 and steerabledistal section 4847 can advantageously reduce or eliminate the need for an outer large-bore guide catheter during such procedures. The catheter 4800 (or 4700) for use in mitral valve procedures can, for example, be 14-40Fr with a length of 80-120 cm. - A method of using the
rigidizing device 4700 or 4800 can include: (1) introducing the device into the distal circulation; (2) advancing the device to the target anatomy (e.g. heart valve); (3) making a first bend with the active deflection segment (e.g., negotiating the bend between the IVC and septal wall, which is approximately 90°); (4) locking the active deflection segment in the bent configuration using pressure or vacuum; and (5) using the steerable distal section to get to the mitral plane and mitral valve; and (6) delivering a therapy or payload. - A rigidizing device with an active deflection section and a steerable distal section as described herein can also be used, for example, for placement of fenestrated grafts for thoracic artery or for abdominal aneurysm repair that involves critical branch vessels that require treatment.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for resection or snaring of a lesion in the gastrointestinal tract.
- Referring to
FIGS. 81A-81F , in some embodiments, therigidizing device 700 can be configured so as to control the directionality of a workingtool 777 that extends through the workingchannel 755. For example, therigidizing device 700 can include a flexibledistal section 702 z that is highly flexible relative to the proximal rigidizing elongate body 703 z (which can include rigidizing features as described herein) extending proximally thereof. Referring toFIG. 81A , theendoscope 791 with ascope steering section 776 can be placed within therigidizing device 700 invessel 760 z. Referring toFIG. 81B , therigidizing device 700 can be moved distally such that the flexibledistal section 702 z is positioned over thesteering section 776 of theendoscope 791. As shown inFIG. 81C , as thesteering section 776 bends, the flexibledistal section 702 z and the connected workingchannel 755 can bend with it, thereby providing steering of thetool 777 in the working channel 755 (e.g., towards thelesion 779 in the vessel 736). As shown inFIG. 81D , thetool 777 can then be advanced out of the workingchannel 755 to the desired location (e.g., the lesion 779). Referring toFIG. 81E , therigidizing device 700 can then be pulled proximally to move the flexibledistal portion 702 z off of thesteerable section 776 and to move the workingchannel 755 further proximally as well. As shown inFIG. 81F , this can allow thescope 791 to be steered (with the steerable section 776) without disturbing the placement or direction of the workingtool 777. - The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for enteroscopy to navigate substantially all of the small intestine to diagnose and/or treat disease.
- Enteroscopy is kinematically challenging for several reasons, including because the scopes are relatively small diameter (9 mm), they are very long (2 meters), and they frequently loop as they navigate the gastrointestinal tract to get to the beginning or end of the small intestine (the pylorus or the ileocecal valve, respectively).
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for IEUS.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used to access the lungs. For example, a
rigidizing device 2100 and a scope 2191 can be assembled concentrically (the scope inside the rigidizing device) and then placed through the mouth down the trachea to the carina. As detailed herein, a “Point and Shoot” method may be employed at the carina to advance the scope into the left main or right main bronchus. The “Point and Shoot” method may be repeatedly used to select additional, deeper branches in the lungs. - The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used to access the kidneys. For example, a
rigidizing device 2100 and a scope 2191 can be assembled concentrically (the scope inside the rigidizing device) and then placed through the urethra into the bladder. As detailed herein, a “Point and Shoot” method may be employed in the bladder to advance the scope into the left or right ureter. The “Point and Shoot” method may be repeatedly used to help the scope reach the kidneys - The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used to navigate through neurological anatomy.
- Systems described herein may be used to access the carotid arteries or the distal vessels leading to or in the brain.
- For example, a guidewire may be placed into the carotid artery. A rigidizing device or sheath may be placed over the guidewire and directed into the carotid artery. Once the overtube or sheath is placed at the target site, it may be rigidized to decrease the likelihood of the catheter or guidewire prolapsing into the aortic arch during the procedure.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for access and/or treatment of chronic total occlusions (CTO).
- Thus, in some embodiments, the rigidizing devices can be incorporated into catheters for interventional cardiology, such that they track very easily (flexible), then can be rigidized for instances when the device is used to push through locally anatomy, such as for instance when treating a CTO.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used with laparoscopic manual tools.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for contralateral leg access.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for ear, nose, and throat (ENT) applications.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used to perform therapies during esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD), for example, on the roof of the stomach.
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for TORS (transoral robotic surgery).
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for NOTES (Natural Orifice Transluminal Endoscopic Surgery).
- The rigidizing devices and systems described herein can be used for altered anatomy cases, including Roux-en-Y.
- It should be understood that any feature described herein with respect to one embodiment can be combined with or substituted for any feature described herein with respect to another embodiment. For example, the various layers and/or features of the rigidizing devices described herein can be combined, substituted, and/or rearranged relative to other layers.
- Additional details pertinent to the present invention, including materials and manufacturing techniques, may be employed as within the level of those with skill in the relevant art. The same may hold true with respect to method-based aspects of the invention in terms of additional acts commonly or logically employed. Also, it is contemplated that any optional feature of the inventive variations described may be set forth and claimed independently, or in combination with any one or more of the features described herein. Likewise, reference to a singular item, includes the possibility that there are a plurality of the same items present. More specifically, as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “and,” “said,” and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. It is further noted that the claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this statement is intended to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as “solely,” “only” and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a “negative” limitation. Unless defined otherwise herein, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. The breadth of the present invention is not to be limited by the subject specification, but rather only by the plain meaning of the claim terms employed.
- When a feature or element is herein referred to as being “on” another feature or element, it can be directly on the other feature or element or intervening features and/or elements may also be present. In contrast, when a feature or element is referred to as being “directly on” another feature or element, there are no intervening features or elements present. It will also be understood that, when a feature or element is referred to as being “connected”, “attached” or “coupled” to another feature or element, it can be directly connected, attached or coupled to the other feature or element or intervening features or elements may be present. In contrast, when a feature or element is referred to as being “directly connected”, “directly attached” or “directly coupled” to another feature or element, there are no intervening features or elements present. Although described or shown with respect to one embodiment, the features and elements so described or shown can apply to other embodiments. It will also be appreciated by those of skill in the art that references to a structure or feature that is disposed “adjacent” another feature may have portions that overlap or underlie the adjacent feature.
- Terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting of the invention. For example, as used herein, the singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will be further understood that the terms “comprises” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. As used herein, the term “and/or” includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items and may be abbreviated as “/”.
- Spatially relative terms, such as “under”, “below”, “lower”, “over”, “upper” and the like, may be used herein for ease of description to describe one element or feature’s relationship to another element(s) or feature(s) as illustrated in the figures. It will be understood that the spatially relative terms are intended to encompass different orientations of the device in use or operation in addition to the orientation depicted in the figures. For example, if a device in the figures is inverted, elements described as “under” or “beneath” other elements or features would then be oriented “over” the other elements or features. Thus, the exemplary term “under” can encompass both an orientation of over and under. The device may be otherwise oriented (rotated 90 degrees or at other orientations) and the spatially relative descriptors used herein interpreted accordingly. Similarly, the terms “upwardly”, “downwardly”, “vertical”, “horizontal” and the like are used herein for the purpose of explanation only unless specifically indicated otherwise.
- Although the terms “first” and “second” may be used herein to describe various features/elements, these features/elements should not be limited by these terms, unless the context indicates otherwise. These terms may be used to distinguish one feature/element from another feature/element. Thus, a first feature/element discussed below could be termed a second feature/element, and similarly, a second feature/element discussed below could be termed a first feature/element without departing from the teachings of the present invention.
- As used herein in the specification and claims, including as used in the examples and unless otherwise expressly specified, all numbers may be read as if prefaced by the word “about” or “approximately,” even if the term does not expressly appear. The phrase “about” or “approximately” may be used when describing magnitude and/or position to indicate that the value and/or position described is within a reasonable expected range of values and/or positions. For example, a numeric value may have a value that is +/- 0.1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 1% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 2% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 5% of the stated value (or range of values), +/- 10% of the stated value (or range of values), etc. Any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein.
Claims (14)
1. A nested system, comprising:
a first rigidizing device comprising a plurality of layers, wherein the first rigidizing device is configured to be rigidized by applying positive pressure to compress a bladder layer against a rigidizing layer of the plurality of layers within the first rigidizing device; and
a second rigidizing device configured to rigidize by applying one of positive or negative pressure within the second rigidizing device, wherein the second rigidizing device is positioned with the first rigidizing device;
wherein the first and second rigidizing devices are configured to axially translate relative to one another and to alternately rigidize to propagate a shape along the nested system.
2. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the rigidizing layer comprises a plurality of strand lengths.
3. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the rigidizing layer comprises a braid layer.
4. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the rigidizing layer comprises a woven layer.
5. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the second rigidizing device is configured to be rigidized by applying negative pressure.
6. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the second rigidizing device is configured to be rigidized by applying positive pressure.
7. The nested system of claim 1 , further comprising a radial gap between the rigidizing layer and the bladder layer.
8. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the second rigidizing device comprises a steerable distal end.
9. The nested system of claim 1 , further comprising a controller configured to control axial translation of the first and second rigidizing devices relative to one another.
10. The nested system of claim 1 , further comprising a controller configured to control the application of pressure within the first rigidizing device and the second rigidizing device.
11. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein a stiffness of the nested system when rigidized with pressure is at least five times a stiffness of the nested system when not rigidized.
12. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the first rigidizing device is nested within the second rigidizing device and the second rigidizing device has a smooth, non-segmented inner surface.
13. The nested system of claim 1 , wherein the second rigidizing device is nested within the first rigidizing device and the first rigidizing device has a smooth, non-segmented inner surface.
14. A nested system, comprising:
a first rigidizing device comprising a first plurality of layers, wherein the first rigidizing device is configured to be rigidized by applying pressure to compress a first bladder layer against at least one layer of the first plurality of layers of the first rigidizing device; and
a second rigidizing device comprising a second plurality of layers, wherein the second rigidizing device is configured to rigidize by applying pressure to compress a second bladder layer against at least one layer of the second plurality of layers of the second rigidizing device, wherein the second rigidizing device is nested with the first rigidizing device;
wherein the first and second rigidizing devices are configured to translate relative to one another and to alternately rigidize to propagate a shape along the nested system.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US18/343,561 US20230338702A1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2023-06-28 | Nested rigidizing devices |
Applications Claiming Priority (9)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201862700760P | 2018-07-19 | 2018-07-19 | |
US201862780820P | 2018-12-17 | 2018-12-17 | |
US201962835101P | 2019-04-17 | 2019-04-17 | |
US201962854199P | 2019-05-29 | 2019-05-29 | |
PCT/US2019/042650 WO2020018934A1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2019-07-19 | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
US17/152,706 US11135398B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-01-19 | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
US17/493,785 US11478608B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-10-04 | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
US17/902,770 US11724065B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2022-09-02 | Nested rigidizing devices |
US18/343,561 US20230338702A1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2023-06-28 | Nested rigidizing devices |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/902,770 Division US11724065B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2022-09-02 | Nested rigidizing devices |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230338702A1 true US20230338702A1 (en) | 2023-10-26 |
Family
ID=69164712
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/152,706 Active US11135398B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-01-19 | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
US17/493,785 Active US11478608B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-10-04 | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
US17/902,770 Active US11724065B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2022-09-02 | Nested rigidizing devices |
US17/903,879 Active US11554248B1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2022-09-06 | Rigidizing devices |
US18/343,561 Pending US20230338702A1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2023-06-28 | Nested rigidizing devices |
Family Applications Before (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/152,706 Active US11135398B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-01-19 | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
US17/493,785 Active US11478608B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-10-04 | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
US17/902,770 Active US11724065B2 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2022-09-02 | Nested rigidizing devices |
US17/903,879 Active US11554248B1 (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2022-09-06 | Rigidizing devices |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US11135398B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3823711A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2021531111A (en) |
CN (1) | CN112714658A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2019307743A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA3106275A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020018934A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11944277B2 (en) | 2016-08-18 | 2024-04-02 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Device and method for enhanced visualization of the small intestine |
Families Citing this family (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11219351B2 (en) | 2015-09-03 | 2022-01-11 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Device for endoscopic advancement through the small intestine |
CN112714658A (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-04-27 | 海王星医疗公司 | Dynamic rigidized composite medical structure |
WO2021242884A1 (en) * | 2020-05-26 | 2021-12-02 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Rigidizing devices |
US11793392B2 (en) * | 2019-04-17 | 2023-10-24 | Neptune Medical Inc. | External working channels |
US11396035B2 (en) * | 2019-11-25 | 2022-07-26 | Resonance Technology, Inc. | MRI magnet room cleaning system |
WO2021151070A1 (en) * | 2020-01-24 | 2021-07-29 | Washington University | Variable stiffness catheter and methods thereof |
JP2023520780A (en) * | 2020-03-30 | 2023-05-19 | ネプチューン メディカル インク. | Layered wall for device hardening |
WO2022032162A1 (en) * | 2020-08-06 | 2022-02-10 | Canon U.S.A., Inc. | Catheter shaft with tapered inner diameter for improved flow rate |
US11717322B2 (en) * | 2020-08-17 | 2023-08-08 | Covidien Lp | Flexible cannula having selective rigidity |
CN117062645A (en) * | 2021-01-25 | 2023-11-14 | 海王星医疗公司 | Large diameter hemostatic valve |
CN116897006A (en) * | 2021-01-29 | 2023-10-17 | 海王星医疗公司 | Apparatus and method for preventing unintentional movement of a dynamic rigidizer |
EP4056221A1 (en) * | 2021-03-09 | 2022-09-14 | SoftRail Medical AG | Tubular device and method for selectively stiffening a tubular device |
EP4056222A1 (en) * | 2021-03-09 | 2022-09-14 | SoftRail Medical AG | Wire device and method for selectively stiffening of a wire device |
CA3211622A1 (en) * | 2021-03-10 | 2022-09-15 | Neal Tanner | Control of robotic dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
EP4084703B1 (en) * | 2021-03-18 | 2024-03-13 | Prytime Medical Devices, Inc. | Vascular occlusion catheter |
WO2023122767A2 (en) * | 2021-12-22 | 2023-06-29 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for reducing curvature of a colon |
WO2023154743A2 (en) * | 2022-02-08 | 2023-08-17 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
WO2023183952A2 (en) * | 2022-03-25 | 2023-09-28 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Methods and apparatuses for navigating using a pair of rigidizing devices |
US20230346205A1 (en) | 2022-04-27 | 2023-11-02 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Multi-lumen port adapter manifold devices and methods of use |
WO2023212641A2 (en) * | 2022-04-27 | 2023-11-02 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Hygienic sheath for endoscopy |
WO2023225520A2 (en) * | 2022-05-16 | 2023-11-23 | Neptune Medical Inc. | External working channels for endoscopic devices |
Family Cites Families (446)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2268321A (en) * | 1940-11-20 | 1941-12-30 | Wardlyn Corp | Catheter |
US2767705A (en) | 1954-10-08 | 1956-10-23 | Technical Oil Tool Corp | Sigmoidoscope with suction attachment for immobilizing adjacent tissue |
US3859986A (en) | 1973-06-20 | 1975-01-14 | Jiro Okada | Surgical device |
JPS5061890A (en) | 1973-10-04 | 1975-05-27 | ||
US4066071A (en) | 1975-08-15 | 1978-01-03 | Nagel John G | Extension pull through device to allow for easier passage of flexible fiber endoscope |
US4141364A (en) | 1977-03-18 | 1979-02-27 | Jorge Schultze | Expandable endotracheal or urethral tube |
US4151800A (en) | 1977-04-15 | 1979-05-01 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Thermal insulation protection means |
US4176662A (en) | 1977-06-17 | 1979-12-04 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration | Apparatus for endoscopic examination |
US4425919A (en) * | 1981-07-27 | 1984-01-17 | Raychem Corporation | Torque transmitting catheter apparatus |
JPS58173558A (en) | 1982-04-01 | 1983-10-12 | テルモ株式会社 | Tube for medical device |
SE442377B (en) | 1984-06-29 | 1985-12-23 | Mediplast Ab | CATS, HEALTH OR SIMILAR DEVICE |
US4690131A (en) | 1985-05-31 | 1987-09-01 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Medical apparatus |
US4696544A (en) | 1985-11-18 | 1987-09-29 | Olympus Corporation | Fiberscopic device for inspection of internal sections of construction, and method for using same |
US4676229A (en) | 1986-04-09 | 1987-06-30 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Biopsy channel for an endoscope |
US4961738A (en) | 1987-01-28 | 1990-10-09 | Mackin Robert A | Angioplasty catheter with illumination and visualization within angioplasty balloon |
US4817613A (en) | 1987-07-13 | 1989-04-04 | Devices For Vascular Intervention, Inc. | Guiding catheter |
US4794912A (en) | 1987-08-17 | 1989-01-03 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Borescope or endoscope with fluid dynamic muscle |
US4893613A (en) | 1987-11-25 | 1990-01-16 | Hake Lawrence W | Endoscope construction with means for controlling rigidity and curvature of flexible endoscope tube |
US4815450A (en) | 1988-02-01 | 1989-03-28 | Patel Jayendra I | Endoscope having variable flexibility |
US4794412A (en) | 1988-05-16 | 1988-12-27 | Xerox Corporation | Vertical line width control ionographic system |
DE3829603A1 (en) | 1988-09-01 | 1990-03-15 | Kontron Holding Ag | ULTRASONIC DOSCOPE DEVICE |
GB2226245A (en) | 1988-11-18 | 1990-06-27 | Alan Crockard | Endoscope, remote actuator and aneurysm clip applicator. |
US4959058A (en) | 1989-03-17 | 1990-09-25 | Michelson Gary K | Cannula having side opening |
US4962751A (en) | 1989-05-30 | 1990-10-16 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Hydraulic muscle pump |
DE3935256C1 (en) | 1989-10-23 | 1991-01-03 | Bauerfeind, Peter, Dr., 8264 Waldkraiburg, De | |
US5037386A (en) | 1989-11-17 | 1991-08-06 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Pressure sensing scope cannula |
US5025778A (en) | 1990-03-26 | 1991-06-25 | Opielab, Inc. | Endoscope with potential channels and method of using the same |
US5019121A (en) | 1990-05-25 | 1991-05-28 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Helical fluid-actuated torsional motor |
US5018436A (en) | 1990-07-31 | 1991-05-28 | Welch Allyn, Inc. | Folded bladder for fluid dynamic muscle |
US5123421A (en) | 1991-01-16 | 1992-06-23 | C. R. Bard, Inc. | Liquid activated steerable catheter guidewire |
US5244619A (en) | 1991-05-03 | 1993-09-14 | Burnham Warren R | Method of making catheter with irregular inner and/or outer surfaces to reduce travelling friction |
US5251611A (en) | 1991-05-07 | 1993-10-12 | Zehel Wendell E | Method and apparatus for conducting exploratory procedures |
US5503616A (en) | 1991-06-10 | 1996-04-02 | Endomedical Technologies, Inc. | Collapsible access channel system |
US5188595A (en) | 1991-06-28 | 1993-02-23 | Laserscope | Method for enhanced retention of balloon catheter in body cavity |
US5217001A (en) | 1991-12-09 | 1993-06-08 | Nakao Naomi L | Endoscope sheath and related method |
JPH05293077A (en) | 1992-04-20 | 1993-11-09 | Olympus Optical Co Ltd | Intraluminal inserting apparatus |
US5662587A (en) | 1992-09-16 | 1997-09-02 | Cedars Sinai Medical Center | Robotic endoscopy |
US5431676A (en) | 1993-03-05 | 1995-07-11 | Innerdyne Medical, Inc. | Trocar system having expandable port |
US5823961A (en) | 1993-05-12 | 1998-10-20 | Hdc Corporation | Catheter guidewire and flushing apparatus and method of insertion |
US5531685A (en) | 1993-06-11 | 1996-07-02 | Catheter Research, Inc. | Steerable variable stiffness device |
JP3383009B2 (en) | 1993-06-29 | 2003-03-04 | テルモ株式会社 | Vascular catheter |
US5577992A (en) | 1993-10-05 | 1996-11-26 | Asahi Kogaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Bendable portion of endoscope |
US5483951A (en) | 1994-02-25 | 1996-01-16 | Vision-Sciences, Inc. | Working channels for a disposable sheath for an endoscope |
US5746692A (en) | 1994-05-05 | 1998-05-05 | Imagen Medical, Inc. | Catheter and endoscope system with distal protruding ball tip and method |
US5607435A (en) | 1994-05-23 | 1997-03-04 | Memory Medical Systems, Inc. | Instrument for endoscopic-type procedures |
US5624381A (en) | 1994-08-09 | 1997-04-29 | Kieturakis; Maciej J. | Surgical instrument and method for retraction of an anatomic structure defining an interior lumen |
JP3614943B2 (en) | 1994-09-29 | 2005-01-26 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscopic puncture needle |
US5891112A (en) * | 1995-04-28 | 1999-04-06 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | High performance superelastic alloy braid reinforced catheter |
US5759151A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-06-02 | Carnegie Mellon University | Flexible steerable device for conducting exploratory procedures |
US5662621A (en) | 1995-07-06 | 1997-09-02 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Guide catheter with shape memory retention |
US5632734A (en) | 1995-10-10 | 1997-05-27 | Guided Medical Systems, Inc. | Catheter shape control by collapsible inner tubular member |
US5810715A (en) | 1995-09-29 | 1998-09-22 | Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. | Endoscope provided with function of being locked to flexibility of insertion part which is set by flexibility modifying operation member |
US6726677B1 (en) | 1995-10-13 | 2004-04-27 | Transvascular, Inc. | Stabilized tissue penetrating catheters |
US5749828A (en) | 1995-12-22 | 1998-05-12 | Hewlett-Packard Company | Bending neck for use with invasive medical devices |
US5749889A (en) | 1996-02-13 | 1998-05-12 | Imagyn Medical, Inc. | Method and apparatus for performing biopsy |
US5746694A (en) | 1996-05-16 | 1998-05-05 | Wilk; Peter J. | Endoscope biopsy channel liner and associated method |
US5882345A (en) | 1996-05-22 | 1999-03-16 | Yoon; Inbae | Expandable endoscopic portal |
GB9610765D0 (en) | 1996-05-23 | 1996-07-31 | Axon Anthony T R | Improvements in or relating to endoscopes |
US6090099A (en) * | 1996-05-24 | 2000-07-18 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Multi-layer distal catheter section |
US5782811A (en) * | 1996-05-30 | 1998-07-21 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Kink-resistant braided catheter with distal side holes |
NL1003984C2 (en) | 1996-09-09 | 1998-03-10 | Cordis Europ | Catheter with internal stiffening bridges. |
IT1285533B1 (en) | 1996-10-22 | 1998-06-08 | Scuola Superiore Di Studi Universitari E Di Perfezionamento Sant Anna | ENDOSCOPIC ROBOT |
US6599316B2 (en) | 1996-11-04 | 2003-07-29 | Advanced Stent Technologies, Inc. | Extendible stent apparatus |
US5779624A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 1998-07-14 | Boston Scientific Corporation | Sigmoid splint device for endoscopy |
US6159187A (en) | 1996-12-06 | 2000-12-12 | Target Therapeutics, Inc. | Reinforced catheter with a formable distal tip |
US5951539A (en) | 1997-06-10 | 1999-09-14 | Target Therpeutics, Inc. | Optimized high performance multiple coil spiral-wound vascular catheter |
US6616623B1 (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2003-09-09 | Idializa Ltd. | System for correction of a biological fluid |
US5916147A (en) | 1997-09-22 | 1999-06-29 | Boury; Harb N. | Selectively manipulable catheter |
JP2001526098A (en) | 1997-12-22 | 2001-12-18 | セルガード,インコーポレイティド | Apparatus for removing gas bubbles and dissolved gas in liquid |
US7214230B2 (en) | 1998-02-24 | 2007-05-08 | Hansen Medical, Inc. | Flexible instrument |
US5989240A (en) | 1998-02-27 | 1999-11-23 | Becton, Dickson And Company | Adaptor for mounting a fluid handling device on a catheter tubing |
US6190357B1 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 2001-02-20 | Cardiothoracic Systems, Inc. | Expandable cannula for performing cardiopulmonary bypass and method for using same |
GB9808426D0 (en) | 1998-04-21 | 1998-06-17 | Univ London | Device with means for propelling it along a passage |
WO2000003756A1 (en) * | 1998-07-16 | 2000-01-27 | Mark Cohen | Reinforced variable stiffness tubing |
US5916145A (en) | 1998-08-07 | 1999-06-29 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Device and method of using a surgical assembly with mesh sheath |
US6296644B1 (en) | 1998-08-26 | 2001-10-02 | Jean Saurat | Spinal instrumentation system with articulated modules |
US6162171A (en) | 1998-12-07 | 2000-12-19 | Wan Sing Ng | Robotic endoscope and an autonomous pipe robot for performing endoscopic procedures |
IL128286A (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2004-01-04 | Sightline Techn Ltd | Propulsion of a probe in the colon using a flexible sleeve |
US6179776B1 (en) | 1999-03-12 | 2001-01-30 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Controllable endoscopic sheath apparatus and related method of use |
US20040044350A1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2004-03-04 | Evalve, Inc. | Steerable access sheath and methods of use |
WO2000066008A1 (en) | 1999-05-04 | 2000-11-09 | Cardiothoracic Systems, Inc. | Surgical instruments for accessing and stabilizing a localized portion of a beating heart |
EP1187549B1 (en) | 1999-05-26 | 2008-09-10 | Boston Scientific Limited | Sleeve for a medical endoscope |
JP3793368B2 (en) | 1999-06-07 | 2006-07-05 | ペンタックス株式会社 | Swallowing endoscope device |
US6368315B1 (en) * | 1999-06-23 | 2002-04-09 | Durect Corporation | Composite drug delivery catheter |
US7637905B2 (en) | 2003-01-15 | 2009-12-29 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Endoluminal tool deployment system |
US6364878B1 (en) | 1999-07-07 | 2002-04-02 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Percutaneous transluminal ablation catheter manipulation tool |
JP2003508133A (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2003-03-04 | ヴォルシュレーガー ヘルムート | Catheter handling device |
US6506149B2 (en) | 1999-09-07 | 2003-01-14 | Origin Medsystems, Inc. | Organ manipulator having suction member supported with freedom to move relative to its support |
WO2001023022A1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2001-04-05 | Omnisonics Medical Technologies, Inc. | Variable stiffness medical device |
US6780151B2 (en) | 1999-10-26 | 2004-08-24 | Acmi Corporation | Flexible ureteropyeloscope |
US6533752B1 (en) | 2000-01-05 | 2003-03-18 | Thomas C Waram | Variable shape guide apparatus |
US6699179B2 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2004-03-02 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Catheter introducer system for exploration of body cavities |
US6517477B1 (en) | 2000-01-27 | 2003-02-11 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Catheter introducer system for exploration of body cavities |
WO2001070096A1 (en) | 2000-03-23 | 2001-09-27 | Atropos Limited | An insertion device for an endoscope |
US6837846B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2005-01-04 | Neo Guide Systems, Inc. | Endoscope having a guide tube |
US20050085693A1 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2005-04-21 | Amir Belson | Activated polymer articulated instruments and methods of insertion |
US8888688B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2014-11-18 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Connector device for a controllable instrument |
US6858005B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2005-02-22 | Neo Guide Systems, Inc. | Tendon-driven endoscope and methods of insertion |
US6974411B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2005-12-13 | Neoguide Systems, Inc. | Endoscope with single step guiding apparatus |
US6984203B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2006-01-10 | Neoguide Systems, Inc. | Endoscope with adjacently positioned guiding apparatus |
US6800056B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2004-10-05 | Neoguide Systems, Inc. | Endoscope with guiding apparatus |
US6610007B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2003-08-26 | Neoguide Systems, Inc. | Steerable segmented endoscope and method of insertion |
US8517923B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2013-08-27 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for facilitating treatment of tissue via improved delivery of energy based and non-energy based modalities |
US6468203B2 (en) | 2000-04-03 | 2002-10-22 | Neoguide Systems, Inc. | Steerable endoscope and improved method of insertion |
US6309346B1 (en) | 2000-06-29 | 2001-10-30 | Ashkan Farhadi | Creeping colonoscope |
US6572590B1 (en) | 2000-07-13 | 2003-06-03 | Merit Medical Systems, Inc. | Adjustable quick-release valve with toggle capability |
JP4429495B2 (en) | 2000-07-28 | 2010-03-10 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscope |
JP3927764B2 (en) | 2000-09-01 | 2007-06-13 | ペンタックス株式会社 | Endoscope flexible tube |
DE10049175A1 (en) | 2000-09-22 | 2002-04-25 | Tea Gmbh | Biodegradable functional fluid for mechanical drives |
JP3600194B2 (en) | 2000-10-02 | 2004-12-08 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscope |
JP2002125921A (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2002-05-08 | Norikazu Hattori | Attachment of endoscope and endoscope |
US6793661B2 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2004-09-21 | Vision Sciences, Inc. | Endoscopic sheath assemblies having longitudinal expansion inhibiting mechanisms |
US6684433B2 (en) | 2001-03-07 | 2004-02-03 | Gualtiero G. Giori | Pressure adjustable foam support apparatus |
US6793621B2 (en) | 2001-03-08 | 2004-09-21 | Atropos Limited | Colonic overtube |
US6558400B2 (en) | 2001-05-30 | 2003-05-06 | Satiety, Inc. | Obesity treatment tools and methods |
JP4744026B2 (en) | 2001-07-30 | 2011-08-10 | オリンパス株式会社 | Capsule endoscope and capsule endoscope system |
WO2003013348A1 (en) | 2001-08-02 | 2003-02-20 | Tadanori Munemoto | Endoscope device |
US6712832B2 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2004-03-30 | Tilak M. Shah | Low-pressure medical balloons and method of making same |
WO2003039354A1 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2003-05-15 | Atropos Limited | A device to aid advancement of a colonoscope |
US20030153866A1 (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2003-08-14 | Long Gary L. | Self-propelled, intraluminal device with hollow, cylindrical head and method of use |
US6616628B2 (en) | 2001-11-16 | 2003-09-09 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Steerable catheter with a longitudinally adjustable curved core |
US6740030B2 (en) | 2002-01-04 | 2004-05-25 | Vision Sciences, Inc. | Endoscope assemblies having working channels with reduced bending and stretching resistance |
US7493156B2 (en) | 2002-01-07 | 2009-02-17 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Steerable guide catheter with pre-shaped rotatable shaft |
EP1469781B1 (en) | 2002-01-09 | 2016-06-29 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Apparatus for endoscopic colectomy |
US7717899B2 (en) | 2002-01-28 | 2010-05-18 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Inner and outer telescoping catheter delivery system |
WO2003070313A1 (en) | 2002-02-19 | 2003-08-28 | Medamicus, Inc. | Composite stasis valve |
WO2003073921A1 (en) | 2002-03-06 | 2003-09-12 | Atropos Limited | A steerable colonoscope probe with variable stiffness |
US7261688B2 (en) | 2002-04-05 | 2007-08-28 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Devices and methods for percutaneous tissue retraction and surgery |
WO2003090631A1 (en) | 2002-04-24 | 2003-11-06 | Surgical Connections, Inc. | Resection and anastomosis devices and methods |
US20030216622A1 (en) | 2002-04-25 | 2003-11-20 | Gavriel Meron | Device and method for orienting a device in vivo |
US7384422B2 (en) | 2002-05-06 | 2008-06-10 | Pressure Products Medical Supplies, Inc. | Telescopic, separable introducer and method of using the same |
US20030216691A1 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2003-11-20 | Endo-Aid, Inc. | Laproscopic pump |
US20050085829A1 (en) | 2002-05-17 | 2005-04-21 | Esophyx, Inc. | Transoral endoscopic gastroesophageal flap valve restoration device, assembly, system and method |
US20050107811A1 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2005-05-19 | Guided Delivery Systems, Inc. | Delivery devices and methods for heart valve repair |
US6837847B2 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2005-01-04 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Shape lockable apparatus and method for advancing an instrument through unsupported anatomy |
US20040243227A1 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2004-12-02 | Guided Delivery Systems, Inc. | Delivery devices and methods for heart valve repair |
US20060058582A1 (en) | 2002-06-13 | 2006-03-16 | Usgi Medical Inc. | Disposable shapelocking system |
US7591781B2 (en) | 2002-07-15 | 2009-09-22 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscope system with insertion direction changing guides |
KR100482275B1 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2005-04-13 | 한국과학기술연구원 | Micro capsule robot |
US9808597B2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2017-11-07 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Shape-transferring cannula system and method of use |
US7947000B2 (en) | 2003-09-12 | 2011-05-24 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Cannula system for free-space navigation and method of use |
US8298161B2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2012-10-30 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Shape-transferring cannula system and method of use |
CH696424A5 (en) | 2002-10-15 | 2007-06-15 | Alexander Von Weymarn Schaerli | Guide device, in particular for positioning catheters in a body passage. |
US6936003B2 (en) | 2002-10-29 | 2005-08-30 | Given Imaging Ltd | In-vivo extendable element device and system, and method of use |
US6923754B2 (en) | 2002-11-06 | 2005-08-02 | Senorx, Inc. | Vacuum device and method for treating tissue adjacent a body cavity |
AU2003290806A1 (en) | 2002-11-15 | 2004-06-15 | The Government Of The United States As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services | Variable curve catheter |
JP3965108B2 (en) | 2002-11-29 | 2007-08-29 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscope flexible tube |
US20040186349A1 (en) | 2002-12-24 | 2004-09-23 | Usgi Medical Corp. | Apparatus and methods for achieving endoluminal access |
US20040186350A1 (en) | 2003-01-13 | 2004-09-23 | Usgi Medical Corp. | Apparatus and methods for guiding an endoscope via a rigidizable wire guide |
US7438712B2 (en) * | 2003-03-05 | 2008-10-21 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Multi-braid exterior tube |
US20060041188A1 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2006-02-23 | Dirusso Carlo A | Flexible endoscope |
CN2613655Y (en) | 2003-03-27 | 2004-04-28 | 刘堂贵 | Quick demountable pressure-regulating valve set |
US20050010237A1 (en) | 2003-06-09 | 2005-01-13 | Niazi Imran K. | Catheter to cannulate coronary sinus branches |
US7749196B2 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2010-07-06 | Cook Incorporated | Small gauge needle catheterization apparatus |
US7291127B2 (en) | 2003-07-28 | 2007-11-06 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Variable manipulative strength catheter |
EP2258322A3 (en) | 2003-09-02 | 2011-05-18 | Aesculap Implant Systems, Inc. | Artificial intervertebral disc |
US20080234546A1 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2008-09-25 | Olympus Corporation | In vivo observation device |
US20050124875A1 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2005-06-09 | Olympus Corporation | Vivo observation device |
US20050245899A1 (en) | 2003-10-28 | 2005-11-03 | Swisher David R | Dual purpose adapter |
US20070088367A1 (en) | 2004-10-22 | 2007-04-19 | Alexander Von Weymarn-Scharli | Device, especially tube or catheter, for at least partially introducing into a body passage |
JP4217587B2 (en) | 2003-11-26 | 2009-02-04 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscope cap |
US7780692B2 (en) | 2003-12-05 | 2010-08-24 | Onset Medical Corporation | Expandable percutaneous sheath |
JP3791011B2 (en) | 2003-12-08 | 2006-06-28 | 有限会社エスアールジェイ | Balloon mounting jig |
DE102004001461A1 (en) | 2004-01-08 | 2005-08-11 | Wollschläger, Helmut, Prof. Dr.med. | Device for handling a catheter |
DE102004003166B4 (en) | 2004-01-21 | 2011-09-15 | Siemens Ag | catheter |
US20050165275A1 (en) | 2004-01-22 | 2005-07-28 | Kenneth Von Felten | Inspection device insertion tube |
JP3877075B2 (en) | 2004-01-28 | 2007-02-07 | 有限会社エスアールジェイ | Endoscope device |
AU2013207571B2 (en) | 2004-01-28 | 2015-08-27 | Applied Medical Resources Corporation | Medical tubing |
ATE506887T1 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2011-05-15 | Fujifilm Corp | ENDOSCOPE APPLICATOR AND ENDOSCOPE |
EP1737564B1 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2019-09-11 | SRI International | Mechanical meta-materials |
US7699864B2 (en) | 2004-03-18 | 2010-04-20 | Onset Medical Corporation | Expandable medical access device |
JP4756851B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2011-08-24 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscope balloon control device |
JP3981364B2 (en) | 2004-03-19 | 2007-09-26 | オリンパス株式会社 | Double balloon endoscope system |
US7727228B2 (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2010-06-01 | Medtronic Cryocath Lp | Method and apparatus for inflating and deflating balloon catheters |
JP3962999B2 (en) | 2004-03-29 | 2007-08-22 | 有限会社エスアールジェイ | Endoscope device |
US7321986B2 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2008-01-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Configuring cache memory from a storage controller |
US8512219B2 (en) | 2004-04-19 | 2013-08-20 | The Invention Science Fund I, Llc | Bioelectromagnetic interface system |
US7837615B2 (en) | 2004-05-10 | 2010-11-23 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Shape lockable apparatus and method for advancing an instrument through unsupported anatomy |
WO2005112895A2 (en) | 2004-05-20 | 2005-12-01 | Spectrum Dynamics Llc | Ingestible device platform for the colon |
US7708751B2 (en) | 2004-05-21 | 2010-05-04 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | MRI biopsy device |
US7736379B2 (en) | 2004-06-09 | 2010-06-15 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Compressible tissue anchor assemblies |
US7931661B2 (en) | 2004-06-14 | 2011-04-26 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Apparatus and methods for performing transluminal gastrointestinal procedures |
EP3123922B1 (en) | 2004-06-25 | 2019-11-27 | Carnegie Mellon University | Steerable, follow the leader device |
US8075476B2 (en) | 2004-07-27 | 2011-12-13 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Cannula system and method of use |
US7143925B2 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2006-12-05 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument incorporating EAP blocking lockout mechanism |
WO2006028763A2 (en) | 2004-09-01 | 2006-03-16 | Chul Hi Park | Inflatable guide device |
KR101048916B1 (en) | 2004-09-08 | 2011-07-12 | 올림푸스 가부시키가이샤 | Capsule Type Medical Device |
US7771411B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2010-08-10 | Syntheon, Llc | Methods for operating a selective stiffening catheter |
US7559916B2 (en) | 2004-09-24 | 2009-07-14 | Syntheon, Llc | Catheter with controllable stiffness and method for operating a selective stiffening catheter |
US7938307B2 (en) | 2004-10-18 | 2011-05-10 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Support structures and methods of using the same |
WO2006049917A2 (en) | 2004-10-29 | 2006-05-11 | Depuy Spine, Inc | Expandable ports and methods for minimally invasive surgery |
JP3834820B2 (en) | 2004-11-04 | 2006-10-18 | フジノン株式会社 | Balloon control device for endoscope apparatus |
JP3874298B2 (en) | 2004-11-05 | 2007-01-31 | フジノン株式会社 | Balloon control device for endoscope apparatus |
US20060129130A1 (en) | 2004-11-18 | 2006-06-15 | Tal Michael G | Sheath/catheter system with controlled hardness and flexibility |
WO2006058079A2 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2006-06-01 | Endius, Inc. | Expandable device for providing access to the spine |
US8409111B2 (en) | 2004-11-22 | 2013-04-02 | Bard Peripheral Vascular, Inc. | Removable localizing wire |
US8206287B2 (en) | 2005-02-14 | 2012-06-26 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscope having flexible tube |
JP4000485B2 (en) | 2005-02-28 | 2007-10-31 | フジノン株式会社 | Endoscope device |
US20060200023A1 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2006-09-07 | Sdgi Holdings, Inc. | Instruments and methods for nerve monitoring in spinal surgical procedures |
US20060235458A1 (en) | 2005-04-15 | 2006-10-19 | Amir Belson | Instruments having an external working channel |
KR100702155B1 (en) | 2005-05-12 | 2007-04-02 | 한국과학기술연구원 | Capsule type micro-robot moving system |
US7857754B2 (en) | 2005-05-13 | 2010-12-28 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Apparatus useful for positioning a device on an endoscope |
EP1881781A2 (en) | 2005-05-16 | 2008-01-30 | Kenneth Binmoeller | Systems and methods to facilitate endoscopic interventions |
US20060264707A1 (en) | 2005-05-20 | 2006-11-23 | Kinney Timothy P | Endoscope sheath |
US20060287666A1 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2006-12-21 | Usgi Medical Inc. | Apparatus and methods for endoluminal advancement |
US20070015965A1 (en) | 2005-07-13 | 2007-01-18 | Usgi Medical Inc. | Methods and apparatus for colonic cleaning |
WO2007019811A1 (en) | 2005-08-17 | 2007-02-22 | Axenic Medical Inc. | Hygiene protector for endoscopes, endoscope with hygiene protector, and method for fitting a hygiene protector onto an endoscope |
DE102005039601A1 (en) | 2005-08-19 | 2007-02-22 | Karl Storz Gmbh & Co. Kg | Endoscope, especially duodenoscope for mother-baby cholangioscopy |
JP2007054125A (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2007-03-08 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp | Endoscope |
US7998132B2 (en) | 2005-09-02 | 2011-08-16 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Adjustable stiffness catheter |
JP2009507617A (en) | 2005-09-14 | 2009-02-26 | ネオガイド システムズ, インコーポレイテッド | Method and apparatus for performing transluminal and other operations |
US20080188928A1 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2008-08-07 | Amr Salahieh | Medical device delivery sheath |
US20070100414A1 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2007-05-03 | Cardiomind, Inc. | Indirect-release electrolytic implant delivery systems |
US7798992B2 (en) | 2005-11-04 | 2010-09-21 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Lumen traversing device |
DE102005057479A1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-05-31 | Philipps-Universität Marburg | Arrangement for guidance of instrument within hollow chamber, has fixing means, at distance from each other, which can be activated in form that each fixing means is implemented independent from other |
US8480576B2 (en) | 2005-12-07 | 2013-07-09 | Faheem A. Sandhu | Access system for minimally invasive spinal surgery |
US9060678B2 (en) | 2006-06-13 | 2015-06-23 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Minimally invasive surgical system |
US7758501B2 (en) | 2006-01-04 | 2010-07-20 | Depuy Spine, Inc. | Surgical reactors and methods of minimally invasive surgery |
US20070219411A1 (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2007-09-20 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp. | Overtube and endoscopic treatment system |
DE102006018489A1 (en) | 2006-02-15 | 2007-10-25 | Epflex Feinwerktechnik Gmbh | Controlled stiffenable hose |
US7988621B2 (en) | 2006-08-10 | 2011-08-02 | Syntheon, Llc | Torque-transmitting, variably-flexible, corrugated insertion device and method for transmitting torque and variably flexing a corrugated insertion device |
US8556804B2 (en) * | 2006-05-22 | 2013-10-15 | Syntheon, Llc | Torque-transmitting, variably flexible insertion device and method for transmitting torque and variably flexing an insertion device |
US8092374B2 (en) | 2006-03-02 | 2012-01-10 | Kevin Smith | Variably flexible insertion device and method for variably flexing an insertion device |
US9814372B2 (en) | 2007-06-27 | 2017-11-14 | Syntheon, Llc | Torque-transmitting, variably-flexible, locking insertion device and method for operating the insertion device |
US9155451B2 (en) | 2006-03-02 | 2015-10-13 | Syntheon, Llc | Variably flexible insertion device and method for variably flexing an insertion device |
US20070239252A1 (en) | 2006-04-10 | 2007-10-11 | Medtronic Vascular, Inc. | A Mechanism to Ensure Placement of Ostial Renal Stents |
US20120035439A1 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2012-02-09 | Bran Ferren | Map-based navigation of a body tube tree by a lumen traveling device |
JP4981344B2 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2012-07-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Endoscope balloon unit |
US7993303B2 (en) | 2006-04-21 | 2011-08-09 | Abbott Laboratories | Stiffening support catheter and methods for using the same |
US20070250149A1 (en) | 2006-04-21 | 2007-10-25 | Abbott Laboratories | Stiffening Support Catheters and Methods for Using the Same |
US20070260121A1 (en) | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-08 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Endoscopic Translumenal Surgical Systems |
US7905877B1 (en) | 2006-05-12 | 2011-03-15 | Micrus Design Technology, Inc. | Double helix reinforced catheter |
DE102006024094A1 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2007-11-22 | Epflex Feinwerktechnik Gmbh | Controlled stiffenable guidewire unit |
JP4716922B2 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2011-07-06 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Capsule type medical device and drug introduction system using the same |
EP2032016A2 (en) | 2006-06-14 | 2009-03-11 | Optivia Medical LLC | Medical device introduction systems and methods |
US20100063358A1 (en) | 2006-07-07 | 2010-03-11 | Fred Kessler | Channeled flexible sleeve for medical articles |
JP5069299B2 (en) | 2006-08-14 | 2012-11-07 | メドロボティクス コーポレーション | Operatable articulated device having a plurality of work ports |
US8109953B1 (en) | 2006-08-14 | 2012-02-07 | Volcano Corporation | Catheter device, hub assembly and method for traversing total occlusions |
JP5006596B2 (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2012-08-22 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Capsule endoscope |
WO2008041809A1 (en) | 2006-10-02 | 2008-04-10 | University Industry Cooperation Foundation Korea Aerospace University | Capsule type endoscope device |
US20080091073A1 (en) | 2006-10-16 | 2008-04-17 | Chul Hi Park | Inflatable actuation device |
US20080172037A1 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2008-07-17 | Percutaneous Systems, Inc. | Catheter with adjustable column stability and methods for its use |
US20080103360A1 (en) | 2006-11-01 | 2008-05-01 | Boris Shtul | Endoscopic device insertable into a body cavity and movable in a predetermined direction, and method of moving the endoscopic device in the body cavity |
US20080139887A1 (en) | 2006-12-07 | 2008-06-12 | International Polymer Engineering, Inc. | Endoscopic working channel and method of making same |
US10278682B2 (en) | 2007-01-30 | 2019-05-07 | Loma Vista Medical, Inc. | Sheaths for medical devices |
SE530647C2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2008-07-29 | Danielsson Innovation Ab | fishing reel |
US8425602B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2013-04-23 | Alphatec Spine, Inc. | Curvilinear spinal access method and device |
US20080200762A1 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2008-08-21 | Stokes Michael J | Flexible endoscope shapelock |
WO2008122997A1 (en) | 2007-04-04 | 2008-10-16 | Scuola Superiore Di Studi Universitari E Di Perfezionamento Sant'anna | Teleoperated endoscopic capsule |
US20080262300A1 (en) | 2007-04-20 | 2008-10-23 | Usgi Medical, Inc. | Endoscopic system with disposable sheath |
US20080275299A1 (en) | 2007-05-01 | 2008-11-06 | Chul Hi Park | Actuation device |
US8398540B2 (en) | 2007-05-10 | 2013-03-19 | Technion Research & Development Foundation Ltd. | Semi disposable endoscope |
US8870755B2 (en) | 2007-05-18 | 2014-10-28 | Olympus Endo Technology America Inc. | Rotate-to-advance catheterization system |
US8226548B2 (en) | 2007-07-07 | 2012-07-24 | Cannuflow, Inc. | Rigid arthroscope system |
JP5001082B2 (en) | 2007-07-18 | 2012-08-15 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Endoscope device |
JP2010534571A (en) | 2007-07-26 | 2010-11-11 | エスアールアイ インターナショナル | Selectably curable and actively steerable articulatable device |
JP2009045141A (en) | 2007-08-16 | 2009-03-05 | Fujifilm Corp | Endoscope insertion auxiliary tool and endoscope |
JP2009055955A (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2009-03-19 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp | Endoscope apparatus |
US8287447B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2012-10-16 | Minos Medical | Outer tube for natural orifice surgery |
JP5096084B2 (en) * | 2007-09-07 | 2012-12-12 | オリンパス株式会社 | Endoscope device |
US8382785B2 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2013-02-26 | Swan Valley Medical Incorporated | Apparatus and method for performing cystotomy procedures |
US20090157068A1 (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2009-06-18 | Faouzi Kallel | Intraoperative electrical conduction mapping system |
US9220398B2 (en) | 2007-10-11 | 2015-12-29 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | System for managing Bowden cables in articulating instruments |
WO2009050668A2 (en) | 2007-10-16 | 2009-04-23 | Inmotion Medical Ltd. | Lumen probe apparatuses and methods for using the same |
US20090112063A1 (en) | 2007-10-31 | 2009-04-30 | Bakos Gregory J | Endoscopic overtubes |
US20100268025A1 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2010-10-21 | Amir Belson | Apparatus and methods for capsule endoscopy of the esophagus |
US8663096B2 (en) | 2007-11-13 | 2014-03-04 | Covidien Lp | System and method for rigidizing flexible medical implements |
US20090131752A1 (en) | 2007-11-19 | 2009-05-21 | Chul Hi Park | Inflatable artificial muscle for elongated instrument |
US9066655B2 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2015-06-30 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Selective stiffening devices and methods |
WO2009094434A2 (en) | 2008-01-22 | 2009-07-30 | University Of South Florida | Endoscopic overtube |
ES2334303A1 (en) | 2008-02-04 | 2010-03-08 | Universidad Politecnica De Valencia | Method and device for automated translational movement of an endoscope through the digestive tract |
US8246575B2 (en) | 2008-02-26 | 2012-08-21 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Flexible hollow spine with locking feature and manipulation structure |
US8550989B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2013-10-08 | The University Of Tokyo | Flexibility/rigidity adjustable apparatus |
WO2009131612A1 (en) | 2008-03-21 | 2009-10-29 | William Joseph Drasler | Expandable introducer sheath |
US7938809B2 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2011-05-10 | Merit Medical Systems, Inc. | Quick release hemostasis valve |
US20090287049A1 (en) | 2008-05-15 | 2009-11-19 | Jones Donald K | Access Systems Including Collapsible Port Body For Intra-Abdominal Surgery |
US8496648B2 (en) | 2008-05-27 | 2013-07-30 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Stiffening assembly |
CA2726983C (en) | 2008-06-05 | 2018-02-06 | Cardiorobotics, Inc. | Extendable articulated probe device |
US20100010437A1 (en) * | 2008-07-11 | 2010-01-14 | Miles Robin R | Steerable catheter with distending lumen-actuated curling catheter tip |
US8123739B2 (en) | 2008-08-19 | 2012-02-28 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Drainage catheter and method for catheterizing a patient |
EP2352450A2 (en) | 2008-08-28 | 2011-08-10 | Synthes GmbH | Bone-derived interspinous spacer |
JP5297732B2 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2013-09-25 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Parent-child endoscope |
US8047236B2 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2011-11-01 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Flexible conduit with locking element |
US20100069716A1 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2010-03-18 | Yem Chin | Flexible guide conduit |
US20100076451A1 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2010-03-25 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Rigidizable surgical instrument |
US8663196B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2014-03-04 | Kassab Kughn Endovascular Devices Llc | Endovascular sheath with gradable stiffness device and method |
US20100087711A1 (en) | 2008-10-06 | 2010-04-08 | Gyrus Ent, L.L.C. | Repeatably flexible surgical instrument |
US8894643B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2014-11-25 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Integral electrode placement and connection systems |
JP2010136834A (en) | 2008-12-10 | 2010-06-24 | Fujifilm Corp | Endoscope soft portion and endoscope |
US8348834B2 (en) | 2008-12-18 | 2013-01-08 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Steerable surgical access devices and methods |
EP2410900B1 (en) | 2009-03-25 | 2017-03-15 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Medical device sheath |
US20120022329A1 (en) | 2009-04-01 | 2012-01-26 | Wagh Mihir S | Apparatuses for advancing an endoscope through a passage |
US9254123B2 (en) | 2009-04-29 | 2016-02-09 | Hansen Medical, Inc. | Flexible and steerable elongate instruments with shape control and support elements |
US8758231B2 (en) | 2009-05-14 | 2014-06-24 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Access sheath with active deflection |
DE102009042490A1 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2010-12-09 | Aesculap Ag | control device |
US10080482B2 (en) | 2009-06-30 | 2018-09-25 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Compliant surgical device |
US8439970B2 (en) | 2009-07-14 | 2013-05-14 | Edwards Lifesciences Corporation | Transapical delivery system for heart valves |
WO2011013147A1 (en) | 2009-07-27 | 2011-02-03 | Kemiplast S.R.L. | Method and apparatus for making a composite tape for packaging foodstuffs |
US20110306950A1 (en) | 2010-06-10 | 2011-12-15 | Cucin Robert L | Coaxially-Driven Tissue Aspiration Instruments |
DE102009037046A1 (en) | 2009-08-13 | 2011-02-17 | Olympus Winter & Ibe Gmbh | Tubular shaft of a surgical instrument and surgical instrument |
DE102009037047A1 (en) | 2009-08-13 | 2011-02-17 | Olympus Winter & Ibe Gmbh | Tubular shaft of a surgical instrument |
JP5448637B2 (en) | 2009-08-18 | 2014-03-19 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Insertion path securing device |
DE102009041510A1 (en) | 2009-09-14 | 2011-03-31 | Richard Wolf Gmbh | Endoscopic instrument |
DE102009049143B3 (en) | 2009-10-12 | 2010-12-30 | Sopro-Comeg Gmbh | Rigid, rod shaped endoscope for examining inner organ of patient, has magnet within inner space, where movement of inner hollow tubes against innermost hollow tube takes place by forces produced by magnet |
WO2011047339A2 (en) | 2009-10-15 | 2011-04-21 | Inventio Llc | Disposable and reusable complex shaped see-through endoscope |
US8241299B2 (en) | 2009-10-22 | 2012-08-14 | Devicor Medical Products, Inc. | Biopsy marker delivery configured to retain marker prior to intended deployment |
WO2011053773A2 (en) * | 2009-11-02 | 2011-05-05 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Flexible endoscope with modifiable stiffness |
CN101732082B (en) | 2009-11-06 | 2011-06-22 | 广州宝胆医疗器械科技有限公司 | Soft and hard son-mother gall bladder and choledochoscope system |
WO2011060087A1 (en) | 2009-11-11 | 2011-05-19 | Alphatec Spine, Inc. | Methods and devices for portal fixation to the spine |
CN102695541B (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2015-04-22 | 迈克罗普拉塔公司 | Substaintially rigid and stable endoluminal surgical suite for treating a gastrointestinal lesion |
US9565998B2 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2017-02-14 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Multi-lumen-catheter retractor system for a minimally-invasive, operative gastrointestinal treatment |
US10595711B2 (en) | 2009-12-16 | 2020-03-24 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | System for a minimally-invasive, operative gastrointestinal treatment |
CN101797147B (en) | 2010-01-21 | 2011-09-14 | 广州宝胆医疗器械科技有限公司 | Soft-hard son-mother hysteroscope and oviductlens systems |
US8969639B2 (en) | 2010-02-05 | 2015-03-03 | Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. | Dehydrogenation process |
JP5563852B2 (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2014-07-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Overtube with balloon and endoscope system |
JP2011194126A (en) | 2010-03-23 | 2011-10-06 | Fujifilm Corp | Guide tube for endoscope or treatment tool |
JP2011200356A (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2011-10-13 | Fujifilm Corp | Endoscope insertion auxiliary tool |
JP2011200358A (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2011-10-13 | Fujifilm Corp | Endoscope insertion aid |
US20110245611A1 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2011-10-06 | Chuen-Tai Yeh | Expandable capsule endoscope and expandable capsule endoscopy system |
WO2011136115A1 (en) | 2010-04-26 | 2011-11-03 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Endoscope |
DK2575590T4 (en) | 2010-05-25 | 2019-02-11 | Arc Medical Design Ltd | COVER FOR A MEDICAL SHOPPING DEVICE |
WO2011159834A1 (en) | 2010-06-15 | 2011-12-22 | Superdimension, Ltd. | Locatable expandable working channel and method |
US8672837B2 (en) | 2010-06-24 | 2014-03-18 | Hansen Medical, Inc. | Methods and devices for controlling a shapeable medical device |
GB2477587A (en) | 2010-07-28 | 2011-08-10 | Architectural Facades And Soffit Systems Ltd | Cladding panels made to resemble tiling |
US20120029296A1 (en) | 2010-07-29 | 2012-02-02 | KYPHON SARL. A Limited Liability Company | Expandable cannula assemblies for use in percutaneous surgical procedures |
PL3120781T3 (en) | 2010-09-30 | 2018-12-31 | Ethicon Llc | Surgical stapling instrument with interchangeable staple cartridge arrangements |
US9358073B2 (en) | 2010-10-04 | 2016-06-07 | George Piligian | Expandable devices, rail systems, and motorized devices |
US9795771B2 (en) | 2010-10-19 | 2017-10-24 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Expandable spinal access instruments and methods of use |
EP2629676B1 (en) | 2010-10-19 | 2016-07-13 | United States Endoscopy Group, Inc. | Cytology brush apparatus with improvements |
WO2012054829A2 (en) | 2010-10-22 | 2012-04-26 | Medrobotics Corporation | Highly articulated robotic probes and methods of production and use of such probes |
CN201899767U (en) | 2010-11-23 | 2011-07-20 | 天津捷希医疗设备有限公司 | Lighting type anorectal internal expanding device |
US9211140B2 (en) | 2010-11-24 | 2015-12-15 | Kyphon Sarl | Dynamically expandable cannulae and systems and methods for performing percutaneous surgical procedures employing same |
TW201223493A (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2012-06-16 | Chung Shan Inst Of Science | Expandable capsule endoscope |
IT1402844B1 (en) | 2010-12-13 | 2013-09-27 | Scuola Superiore Di Studi Universitari E Di Perfez | ROBOTIC DEVICE FOR MAGNETIC DRIVING FOR ENDOSCOPY PROCEDURES |
US20120165792A1 (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2012-06-28 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Pill Catchers |
JP5174140B2 (en) | 2010-12-24 | 2013-04-03 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Endoscope insertion aid |
US9283402B2 (en) | 2011-01-03 | 2016-03-15 | Best Medical International, Inc. | Apparatus and method for providing a double balloon breast brachytherapy device |
US20120179097A1 (en) | 2011-01-06 | 2012-07-12 | Cully Edward H | Methods and apparatus for an adjustable stiffness catheter |
US10092291B2 (en) | 2011-01-25 | 2018-10-09 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Surgical instrument with selectively rigidizable features |
EP2675515B1 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2020-07-15 | Ancora Heart, Inc. | Systems and methods for variable stiffness tethers |
WO2012122288A2 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | The Johns Hopkins University | Visualization balloon and method of use thereof |
US9833126B2 (en) | 2011-04-05 | 2017-12-05 | Visualization Balloons, Llc | Balloon access device with features for engaging an endoscope |
CN103781394B (en) | 2011-04-05 | 2016-09-28 | 可视化气囊有限责任公司 | Inflatable balloon-like access arrangement for endoscope |
US20120259177A1 (en) | 2011-04-05 | 2012-10-11 | Warsaw Orthopedic, Inc. | Overlapping Retractor Blade Assemblies |
US9623206B2 (en) * | 2011-04-29 | 2017-04-18 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Catheter having a selectively variable degree of flexibility |
AU2012250729B2 (en) | 2011-05-03 | 2016-12-01 | Shifamed Holdings, Llc | Steerable delivery sheaths |
US20150094656A1 (en) | 2011-05-03 | 2015-04-02 | Amr Salahieh | Steerable medical devices, systems, and methods of use |
JP5788239B2 (en) | 2011-06-23 | 2015-09-30 | オリンパス株式会社 | Orbit forming device |
US20130018306A1 (en) | 2011-07-13 | 2013-01-17 | Doron Moshe Ludwin | System for indicating catheter deflection |
EP3321042A1 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2018-05-16 | Medrobotics Corporation | Highly articulated probes with anti-twist link arrangement |
CN103042777B (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2016-09-14 | 杜邦公司 | Composite bed compound of impact strength with improvement and its production and use |
US9585546B2 (en) | 2011-11-21 | 2017-03-07 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Endoscope stabilization system |
GB2497544A (en) | 2011-12-13 | 2013-06-19 | Staffordshire University Entpr And Commercial Dev | Travelling capsule with two drive mechanisms |
US9386916B2 (en) | 2011-12-20 | 2016-07-12 | Life Spine, Inc. | Three-blade spinal retractor |
KR20140104502A (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2014-08-28 | 메드로보틱스 코포레이션 | Stabilizing apparatus for highly articulated probes with link arrangement, methods of formation thereof, and methods of use thereof |
US20130190565A1 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2013-07-25 | The General Hospital Corporation | System, method and apparatus for optical imaging of luminal organs, and for centering within and contacting a luminal organ |
US20140074170A1 (en) | 2012-02-10 | 2014-03-13 | Herbert H. Mertens | Delivery Device With Interior Dilation Element Channel |
JP6034573B2 (en) | 2012-02-28 | 2016-11-30 | テルモ株式会社 | Flexible tube for medical device and medical device |
JP2015109887A (en) | 2012-03-28 | 2015-06-18 | テルモ株式会社 | Medical treatment implement |
KR101941569B1 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2019-04-15 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Pipe having variable flexibility and manipulator having the same |
US9192284B2 (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2015-11-24 | Easynotes Ltd. | Endoscopic accessory for endoscopic device |
US8777844B1 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2014-07-15 | Siddharth Sadanand | Modifiable endoscope device |
US9011513B2 (en) * | 2012-05-09 | 2015-04-21 | Abbott Cardiovascular Systems Inc. | Catheter having hydraulic actuator |
US9386910B2 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2016-07-12 | Apollo Endosurgery, Inc. | Endoscope overtube for insertion through a natural body orifice |
US9125653B2 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2015-09-08 | St. Jude Medical, Cardiology Division, Inc. | Flexible nosecone for percutaneous device |
US9610068B2 (en) | 2012-08-29 | 2017-04-04 | Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. | Articulation joint with bending member |
US20140081169A1 (en) | 2012-09-17 | 2014-03-20 | Vanderbilt University | System and method of tetherless insufflation in colon capsule endoscopy |
US9604339B2 (en) * | 2012-10-29 | 2017-03-28 | Wayne O. Duescher | Vacuum-grooved membrane wafer polishing workholder |
EP2934347B1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2023-02-22 | Ircad | Applicators for modular magnetic anastomosis device |
US9526862B2 (en) | 2012-12-27 | 2016-12-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Medical tube and flexibility-variable mechanism with the same |
JP6133594B2 (en) | 2012-12-27 | 2017-05-24 | 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. | Medical tube and flexible variable mechanism |
US20170055813A1 (en) | 2013-01-16 | 2017-03-02 | Uvision 360, Inc. | Medical device introduction and imaging system, and associated method |
US10299662B2 (en) | 2013-02-07 | 2019-05-28 | Endoaid Ltd. | Endoscopic sleeve |
US10369328B2 (en) | 2013-02-19 | 2019-08-06 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Adjustable stiffness catheter |
US9474882B2 (en) | 2013-02-26 | 2016-10-25 | Prytime Medical Devices, Inc. | Fluoroscopy-independent balloon guided occlusion catheter and methods |
US20140276601A1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | DePuy Synthes Products, LLC | Catheter stiffness adjustment system and method |
CA2905655C (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-04-14 | Textia Innovative Solutions, S.L. | Element with variable stiffness controlled by negative pressure |
US10206588B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-02-19 | Given Imaging Ltd. | Device and system for sensing within in-vivo fluids |
EP2994035A4 (en) | 2013-05-07 | 2017-06-07 | Jet Prep Ltd. | Rigid head for a body passage device |
CN107713968B (en) | 2013-05-17 | 2020-06-16 | Psip有限责任公司 | Secondary imaging endoscopic device |
US10463495B2 (en) | 2013-06-12 | 2019-11-05 | The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Encircling implant delivery systems and methods |
WO2014203641A1 (en) | 2013-06-19 | 2014-12-24 | オリンパスメディカルシステムズ株式会社 | Endoscope |
US9675792B2 (en) | 2013-08-05 | 2017-06-13 | Cook Medical Technologies Llc | Hemostasis mechanism and method |
WO2015035354A1 (en) | 2013-09-09 | 2015-03-12 | The Cleveland Clinic Foundation | Endoscope for tissue dissection and visualization |
US11007026B2 (en) | 2013-10-25 | 2021-05-18 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Flexible instrument with embedded actuation conduits |
KR101523598B1 (en) | 2013-11-04 | 2015-05-29 | 최재홍 | The device and method of fixing and shortening of intestine during endoscopy |
US9949618B2 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2018-04-24 | Motus Gi Medical Technologies Ltd. | Apparatus and method for coupling between a colonoscope and add-on tubes |
WO2015077584A2 (en) | 2013-11-22 | 2015-05-28 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Steering techniques for surgical instruments |
US20150164314A1 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2015-06-18 | Medical Instrument Development Laboratories, Inc. | Steerable laser probe |
US9730755B2 (en) * | 2014-01-31 | 2017-08-15 | Medtronic Cryocath Lp | Medical device with adjustable flexibility |
US9320508B2 (en) | 2014-02-27 | 2016-04-26 | Gyrus Acmi, Inc. | Expandable medical access sheath |
US9788856B2 (en) | 2014-03-11 | 2017-10-17 | Stryker European Holdings I, Llc | Endoscopic surgical systems and methods |
KR101584542B1 (en) | 2014-05-15 | 2016-01-13 | 주식회사 인트로메딕 | capsule endoscope |
WO2015193479A1 (en) | 2014-06-19 | 2015-12-23 | KB Medical SA | Systems and methods for performing minimally invasive surgery |
US20160270865A1 (en) | 2014-07-01 | 2016-09-22 | Auris Surgical Robotics, Inc. | Reusable catheter with disposable balloon attachment and tapered tip |
CN106455929B (en) | 2014-07-07 | 2018-06-26 | 奥林巴斯株式会社 | The connection method of the connecting structure of line protective case, connecting member, line protective case tectosome and line protective case |
WO2016017534A1 (en) | 2014-07-28 | 2016-02-04 | 株式会社日立メディコ | X-ray image pickup device and image reconstruction method |
WO2016043032A1 (en) | 2014-09-17 | 2016-03-24 | オリンパス株式会社 | Bending tube and endoscope device provided with bending tube |
US10363398B2 (en) | 2014-10-06 | 2019-07-30 | Sanovas Intellectual Property, Llc | Steerable catheter with flexing tip member |
CN104287684B (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2016-03-02 | 南京航空航天大学 | Parked and the pose adjusting device of ratchet pawl reset formula capsule Inner mirror robot and method |
WO2016100072A1 (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2016-06-23 | University Hospitals Health System, Inc. | Accessory medical device introduction apparatus for endoscopes |
CN105759418B (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2019-06-28 | 深圳市锐丽视科技有限公司 | Flexible number endoscope |
EP3247444B1 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2023-03-29 | Q'Apel Medical, Inc. | Tubular structures with variable support |
EP3258872B1 (en) | 2015-02-18 | 2023-04-26 | KB Medical SA | Systems for performing minimally invasive spinal surgery with a robotic surgical system using a percutaneous technique |
US9931026B2 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-04-03 | Acclarent, Inc. | Balloon catheter with image capture and light emission features |
US9498108B1 (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2016-11-22 | Opportunity/Discovery Llc | Disposable sheath device |
US10307042B2 (en) | 2015-04-28 | 2019-06-04 | Opportunity/Discovery Llc | Disposable sheath device |
EP3305165B1 (en) | 2015-05-25 | 2019-08-14 | Olympus Corporation | Medical tube and medical system |
EP3878350A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2021-09-15 | Gyrus ACMI, Inc. d/b/a Olympus Surgical Technologies America | Sheath for an endoscope |
US9913570B2 (en) | 2015-08-07 | 2018-03-13 | Enlightenvue Llc | Endoscope with variable profile tip |
US11219351B2 (en) | 2015-09-03 | 2022-01-11 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Device for endoscopic advancement through the small intestine |
US10765304B2 (en) | 2015-09-28 | 2020-09-08 | Bio-Medical Engineering (HK) Limited | Endoscopic systems, devices, and methods for performing in vivo procedures |
US10448805B2 (en) | 2015-09-28 | 2019-10-22 | Bio-Medical Engineering (HK) Limited | Endoscopic systems, devices and methods |
EP3363344A4 (en) | 2015-11-20 | 2019-10-09 | Olympus Corporation | Endoscope system |
US10500373B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2019-12-10 | Project Moray, Inc. | Lateral articulation anchors for catheters and other uses |
CN109069790A (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2018-12-21 | 伊纳里医疗公司 | Catheter shaft and relevant apparatus, system and method |
US10702305B2 (en) | 2016-03-23 | 2020-07-07 | Coopersurgical, Inc. | Operative cannulas and related methods |
EP3500151A4 (en) | 2016-08-18 | 2020-03-25 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Device and method for enhanced visualization of the small intestine |
US10271764B2 (en) | 2016-09-02 | 2019-04-30 | Elwha Llc | Intraluminal devices with deployable elements |
JP2020500615A (en) | 2016-12-05 | 2020-01-16 | シャーレ ゼデック サイエンティフィック リミテッド | Endoscope cuff |
US20180160893A1 (en) | 2016-12-12 | 2018-06-14 | Meditrina, Inc. | Endoscope and method of use |
CN116327271A (en) | 2017-03-18 | 2023-06-27 | 波士顿科学国际有限公司 | System for minimally invasive treatment within a body cavity |
US10751507B2 (en) | 2017-04-10 | 2020-08-25 | Syn Variflex, Llc | Thermally controlled variable-flexibility catheters and methods of manufacturing same |
CN106943114B (en) | 2017-04-27 | 2019-01-08 | 泗洪县正心医疗技术有限公司 | A kind of expandable endoscope in end |
WO2018208780A1 (en) | 2017-05-09 | 2018-11-15 | Merit Medical Systems, Inc. | Hemostasis torque assembly |
US20180326144A1 (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2018-11-15 | Meditrina, Inc. | Endoscope system and method of use |
EP3624668A4 (en) | 2017-05-17 | 2021-05-26 | Auris Health, Inc. | Exchangeable working channel |
US20180338673A1 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | Covidien Lp | Surgical sheath and surgical apparatus including the same |
CN107296584B (en) | 2017-07-07 | 2023-05-09 | 温州市人民医院 | Controllable novel capsule endoscope |
US20200178763A1 (en) | 2017-07-20 | 2020-06-11 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Dynamically rigidizing overtube |
NL2019545B1 (en) | 2017-09-14 | 2019-03-27 | Univ Delft Tech | Instrument for minimal invasive surgical operations, comprising a rod or catheter and a tip mounted on the rod or catheter with an elastically deformable element |
US11432717B2 (en) | 2017-10-11 | 2022-09-06 | Meditrina, Inc. | Endoscope and method of use |
GB2569177B (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-12-04 | Surgerytech Aps | Endoscope system |
PT3517772T (en) | 2018-01-24 | 2021-06-30 | Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy As | A flexible balsa wood panel, a rotor blade, a wind turbine and a method |
CN112004453A (en) | 2018-03-13 | 2020-11-27 | 梅迪特瑞纳公司 | Endoscope and method of use |
DE102018110624A1 (en) | 2018-05-03 | 2019-11-07 | Konstantin Bob | Endoscope with extendable working channel |
CN112512396A (en) | 2018-05-31 | 2021-03-16 | 海王星医疗公司 | Apparatus and method for enhanced visualization of small intestine |
CN216365146U (en) | 2018-06-05 | 2022-04-26 | 沙爱尔泽德克科技有限公司 | Endoscope assistance device and endoscope assistance kit |
CN112714658A (en) | 2018-07-19 | 2021-04-27 | 海王星医疗公司 | Dynamic rigidized composite medical structure |
US11678788B2 (en) | 2018-07-25 | 2023-06-20 | Intuitive Surgical Operations, Inc. | Systems and methods for use of a variable stiffness flexible elongate device |
US10687698B2 (en) | 2018-09-12 | 2020-06-23 | Enlightenvue Llc | Direct endoluminal- and/or endovascular-illumination systems and methods of use thereof |
US20200138271A1 (en) | 2018-11-07 | 2020-05-07 | Akos Toth | Endoscope and method of use |
DE102018133368A1 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2020-06-25 | Konstantin Bob | Endoscope with an expandable working channel |
EP3955982A4 (en) | 2019-04-17 | 2023-07-19 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
WO2020214556A1 (en) | 2019-04-18 | 2020-10-22 | Meditrina, Inc. | Endoscope and method of use |
CN113747933A (en) | 2019-05-24 | 2021-12-03 | 贝克顿·迪金森公司 | Articulating reinforcement sleeve, access device, and method thereof |
-
2019
- 2019-07-19 CN CN201980061388.7A patent/CN112714658A/en active Pending
- 2019-07-19 EP EP19838653.4A patent/EP3823711A4/en active Pending
- 2019-07-19 CA CA3106275A patent/CA3106275A1/en active Pending
- 2019-07-19 JP JP2021502825A patent/JP2021531111A/en active Pending
- 2019-07-19 WO PCT/US2019/042650 patent/WO2020018934A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-07-19 AU AU2019307743A patent/AU2019307743A1/en active Pending
-
2021
- 2021-01-19 US US17/152,706 patent/US11135398B2/en active Active
- 2021-10-04 US US17/493,785 patent/US11478608B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-09-02 US US17/902,770 patent/US11724065B2/en active Active
- 2022-09-06 US US17/903,879 patent/US11554248B1/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-06-28 US US18/343,561 patent/US20230338702A1/en active Pending
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11944277B2 (en) | 2016-08-18 | 2024-04-02 | Neptune Medical Inc. | Device and method for enhanced visualization of the small intestine |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20230001135A1 (en) | 2023-01-05 |
AU2019307743A1 (en) | 2021-01-28 |
EP3823711A4 (en) | 2022-05-18 |
WO2020018934A8 (en) | 2020-03-26 |
EP3823711A1 (en) | 2021-05-26 |
CA3106275A1 (en) | 2020-01-23 |
US11478608B2 (en) | 2022-10-25 |
US20220023586A1 (en) | 2022-01-27 |
JP2021531111A (en) | 2021-11-18 |
US11135398B2 (en) | 2021-10-05 |
CN112714658A (en) | 2021-04-27 |
US20230001134A1 (en) | 2023-01-05 |
WO2020018934A1 (en) | 2020-01-23 |
US11554248B1 (en) | 2023-01-17 |
US11724065B2 (en) | 2023-08-15 |
US20210138187A1 (en) | 2021-05-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11724065B2 (en) | Nested rigidizing devices | |
US20220323166A1 (en) | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures | |
US20230210351A1 (en) | Rigidizing devices | |
US20240024640A1 (en) | Dynamically rigidizing guiderail and methods of use | |
US20160331931A1 (en) | Biological navigation device | |
JP2008538709A (en) | Instrument with external working channel | |
US11793392B2 (en) | External working channels | |
CA3133556A1 (en) | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures | |
US20230338709A1 (en) | Steerable member and system and methods of making and using same | |
WO2023154743A2 (en) | Dynamically rigidizing composite medical structures |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NEPTUNE MEDICAL INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:TILSON, ALEXANDER Q.;MORRIS, STEPHEN J.;GOMES, GARRETT J.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190724 TO 20190729;REEL/FRAME:064102/0191 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |